|
|
Doreen Granpeesheh Speaker Series for the Interdisciplinary Approach to the Treatment of Autism: Autism and Epilepsy: A Coincidence or a Biomarker? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Doreen Granpeesheh (Autism Media Network) |
CE Instructor: Doreen Granpeesheh, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MOHAMMED ALDOSARI (Cleveland Clinic Foundation) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and epilepsy are both neurological conditions that can significantly impact a child's development and overall well-being. While they may appear to be independent diagnoses, there is a higher co-occurrence rate than chance would predict. This presentation will explore the complex relationship between ASD and epilepsy, equipping therapists with the knowledge and tools to better support their clients who experience both conditions. The presentation will delve into the following key areas: • Prevalence and Risk Factors: We will examine the co-occurrence rates of ASD and epilepsy, exploring potential risk factors and underlying biological mechanisms. • Clinical Presentations: We will discuss the diverse ways in which epilepsy can manifest, including potential challenges in identifying and diagnosing epilepsy in individuals with ASD. • Treatment Considerations: We will explore the evidence-based practices for treating epilepsy to address the unique needs of this population. Here, we will also discuss potential side effects of anti-seizure medications and how they may impact behavior or learning, equipping ABA therapists to collaborate with the medical team for optimal treatment. • Emerging Technologies: We will explore the potential of using new technologies including AI analysis of EEG (electroencephalogram) data for early detection of ASD. This discussion will highlight the promise and limitations of new technologies, emphasizing their role as potential tools to support informed clinical decision-making. • Collaborative Care: We will emphasize the importance of collaboration between ABA therapists, neurologists, and other healthcare professionals in developing comprehensive treatment plans. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Therapists and physicians taking care of individuals with ASD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the co-occurrence rates of ASD and epilepsy and identify potential risk factors for this dual diagnosis; (2) Explain the diverse clinical presentations of ASD and epilepsy, including the challenges of identifying and diagnosing co-occurring conditions; (3) Discuss evidence-based treatment approaches for both ASD and epilepsy, with a specific focus on adapting ABA therapy to meet the needs of clients with this dual diagnosis; (4) Identify potential side effects of anti-seizure medications and how they may impact behavior or learning, allowing for collaboration with the medical team for optimal treatment. |
|
MOHAMMED ALDOSARI (Cleveland Clinic Foundation) |
Dr. Mohammed Aldosari holds a joint appointment as the as the Director of the Center for Pediatric Neuroscience at the Cleveland Clinic Foundation, and Associate Professor at Case Western Reserve University, both in Cleveland, Ohio. He specializes in the evaluation and management of pediatric behavioral disorders especially Autism and ADHD and collaborates closely with Cleveland Clinic’s Center for Autism. Prior to joining the Cleveland Clinic, Dr. Aldosari established and directed the Center for Autism Research, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia which is a novel collaborative venture between the King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Center and the Saudi Basic Industries Company (SABIC) commissioned to transfer knowledge and technology to Saudi Arabia and the region. He also directed autism clinics at several private and public institutions. Dr. Aldosari is American Board certified in Pediatrics and in Child Neurology. He has multiple publications and presentations in national and international journals and meetings in the field of autism especially in genetics and innovative technology including sensing technologies and robotic-assisted therapy. He is the principle investigator of several ongoing studies including a large prevalence of autism study, developing Tele-Diagnostic tools and Arabic stimulus for Eye-Tracking |
|
|
|
|
|
Taking a Deeper Dive: Investigations Into Functional Behavioral Assessment (FBA) Protocols and Procedures |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While behavioral intervention based on results from functional analyses (FA) shows more successful intervention effects, survey data on behavior analysts implementing FAs in their practice has shown they are rarely implemented (Oliver et al., 2015). Research has studied why behavior analysts are stating they do not use FAs, while also disputing the stated limitations (Hanley, 2012). The avoidance of FAs in practice by behavior analysts often results in behavior analysts turning to descriptive assessments (Oliver et al., 2015); however, our science questions the validity of descriptive assessments leaving the practicing behavior analyst at a crossroads to select the best assessment method for their clients. This symposium will review the current status of behavior analysts implementing functional behavior assessments in practice, while also providing guidance on future practice. A focus will consist of how to determine the best practice of behavioral assessments for your clients and how best to interpret data collected during functional behavior assessments to lead to effective interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Descriptive assessments, Functional analyses |
Target Audience: Participants should have experience implementing functional behavior assessments within their practice. |
Learning Objectives: (1)Attendees will be able to discuss the analysis of descriptive assessments and the components that lead to the most successful treatment selection; (2) Attendees will describe empirically supported FA methodology and the implications for practice and further research; (3) Attendees will describe how to use the FA decision-making tool when selecting an FA methodology based on commonly encountered barriers |
|
A Component Analysis of Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence (ABC) Assessments as Demonstrated Through Function Based Interventions |
LISA TERESHKO (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Robert K. Ross (Ross Consultation LLC), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College), Dennis Keane (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: Research demonstrates that in order for behavior analysts to implement a successful behavior analytic intervention, the behavior analyst must first identify the maintaining contingencies of their client’s target behavior. Descriptive assessments are the most commonly implemented functional assessment by behavior analysts with approximately 94% of behavior analysts reporting to ‘almost always’ or ‘always’ use them to determine a function of behavior with the most common type of descriptive assessment being antecedent-behavior-consequence assessments (ABC; Oliver et al., 2015). Conversely, comparative research further supports the use of analog functional analyses over descriptive assessments as the validity of descriptive assessments has been questioned. ABC assessments and adapted practical functional analysis procedures were used to analyze the key components of descriptive assessment and were then verified with the implementation of a function-based intervention. Results indicated that conditional probabilities from the antecedent condition were verified as the function in the modified practical functional analysis and treatment. Implications for clinicians and researchers are reviewed. |
|
Functional Analysis Methodology: The Current Status and Pursuit to Enhance Practitioners' Decision-Making |
Brittany Tomasi (Endicott College), ADRIANA (ADIE) ANDERSON (Easterseals Southern California/Endicott College/), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College), Candice Colón (LEARN), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Kathleen Holehan (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Decades of research on functional analysis (FA) methodology suggest that the development of the FA provides scientific technology for clinicians and researchers to determine the function of problem behavior (Hagopian et al., 2013) and inform more efficacious treatment (Campbell, 2003; Heyvaert, Saenen, Campbell, Maes, & Onghena, 2014). To date, there have been several empirically supported adaptations to the methodology of the FA (Cooper et al., 2019) to address practical barriers, including time and environmental constraints, the severity of the behavior, and lack of clinical expertise (Chok et al., 2019; Cooper et al., 2019; Henry et al., 2021; Griffith et al., 2021; Standish et al., 2021). Despite the utility of adaptations to FA's, many behavior analysts still have not consistently adopted the use of FA’s in clinical practice to inform treatment for challenging behavior (Oliver et al., 2015; Roscoe et al., 2015). Based on this, there continues to be limited information regarding learning history (e.g., supervision, training) and contextual variables (e.g., constraints, topography, and severity of behavior) that may influence practitioner clinical decision-making when selecting and designing FAs among the various designs and adaptations within the growing body of literature on FA methodology. Therefore, the purpose of this presentation is to review the current status of practitioners' clinical decision-making on selecting and designing an FA, based on qualitative data gathered from a survey study designed for those professionals, scholars, or graduate students who currently or recently incorporated FAs within clinical practice for the treatment of challenging behavior. |
|
More Than Just a Flowchart: Using Survey Data to Create a Functional Analysis Decision-Making Tool |
ADRIANA (ADIE) ANDERSON (Easterseals Southern California/Endicott College/), Brittany Tomasi (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College), Candice Colón (LEARN) |
Abstract: While behavioral treatment informed by the functional analysis (FA) results show more successful treatment effects (Campbell, 2003), survey data on using FAs in daily practice has shown limited research to practice application. Roscoe et al. (2015) reported that under 35% of respondents said they “typically” include FAs, while Tomasi et al. (manuscript in progress) found similar results in that 42% strongly disagreed that FAs should always be included in the functional behavior assessment process (FBA). The limited use of FAs in practice may be related to time constraints and risks posed by the behaviors (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). However, numerous procedural modifications have been implemented to address these. While the current literature does yield convincing evidence of the effectiveness of FA’s, more needs to be done to train practitioners in deciding which type of FA to use based on individual and context factors. Tomasi et al. (manuscript in progress) survey data indicated that 86.11% of respondents agree that a decision-making tool for designing FAs would be beneficial. From this, the authors designed an FA decision-making tool to help navigate the reported barriers practitioners encounter. (Anderson et al. 2023 [manuscript in process]). A demonstration of this tool will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Constructional Approach to Training Complex Skills: The Often Overlooked Role of Component Motor Repertoires |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Bradley Zvorsky (Zvorsky Bx Consultants) |
Discussant: Andrew Miller (Conestoga Behavioral Services, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Richele Yeich, M.Ed. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will present compelling success stories that result from the application of the Constructional Approach to motor skills development. The symposium will feature detailed case studies, starting from the initial client interview to program development, staff and parent training, data collection, and follow-up.
We will demonstrate how even aggressive or non-cooperative learners can rapidly acquire essential skills without resorting to coercion. All taught by their own parents or novice clinicians. Moreover, we will highlight how these skills can be effectively taught entirely over zoom, using a coaching model.
Throughout the symposium, we will provide a clear and detailed demonstration of the step-by-step procedures used to create effective programs. We will closely examine video footage and data to emphasize the outcomes achievable when these two approaches are used in tandem. Initial program considerations will focus on how motor skills training can be used to build assent and enhance the instructor’s teaching ability. From there, we will progress to developing solid learning foundations and practical applications with family and community members. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Constructional, Motor, Shaping |
Target Audience: knowledge in:
basics of instructional design
basics of program implementation with learners on the Autism Spectrum
basics of parent training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. describe the foundations of the Constructional approach.
2. describe the motor skills foundations for assent.
3. describe the procedures for training parents in psychomotor repertoires. |
|
Applying the Constructional Approach and Reinforcement Loops to Enhance Instructional Control and Develop Motor Skills |
(Theory) |
RICHELE YEICH (Great Leaps Academy) |
Abstract: The use of reinforcement loops and clear, explicit instruction in tandem with foundational motor programs fosters an environment that is both achievable and assent-based for the clinician and the learner. Weekly supervised coaching sessions, which involve reviewing recorded interactions between the clinician and the learner, are concentrated on pinpointing the pertinent stimulus control, contributing to the development of an inherently constructive model.
In this approach, the clinician moves away from the pathological foundations that hinder contemporary teaching and behavior analysis, learning instead to design instructional programs that are grounded in an understanding of individual strengths and conducting a comprehensive component analysis. This method ensures a more personalized and effective learning experience, promoting a positive and constructional educational environment for all involved.
This discussion will present multiple video examples of learners from various diagnostic labels that demonstrates how the use of the constructional approach along with reinforcement loops establish strong instructional control in an assent-based format for learners of all types. |
|
Instructing Learners in Essential Motor Skills for Daily Activities and Guiding Clinicians on Their Implementation |
(Service Delivery) |
JONATHAN AMEY (AIMS Instruction) |
Abstract: Motor skills, essential for navigating the myriad signals we encounter daily, are frequently underestimated in clinical and educational environments. It's a common assumption among clinicians that clients can effortlessly perform basic tasks, such as sitting in a chair, manipulating items on a table, or turning their heads towards a speaker. It's vital to recognize that the foundation of all these activities lies in the domain of motor skills. Everyday actions like brushing our teeth, restocking grocery store shelves, swimming, and even communicating necessitate intricate, coordinated movements. Inadequacies in these movements can pose significant obstacles to personal development and societal participation.
This symposium will outline the foundational skills associated with gross, fine, and oral motor movements. Through case studies, we'll explore how the constructional approach was used to understand the specific motor skills needed for daily living activities, vocational tasks, and sound production. We'll also highlight the teaching methodologies employed to train clinicians, the data collection tools used, and the essential coaching techniques to ensure consistent, quality implementation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Compassionate Care in Behavior Analytic Treatment: Exploring the Social Validity of Component Skills Across Stakeholders |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristin M. Hustyi (LittleStar ABA) |
Discussant: S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Easterseals UCP North Carolina & Virginia) |
CE Instructor: Kristin M. Hustyi, M.A. |
Abstract: Research in allied professions suggests that specific interpersonal skills (e.g., the display of compassion) may lead to better treatment adherence, patient engagement, satisfaction, and outcomes. Compassion is a construct representing a host of nuanced behavior and contextual responses. Taylor and colleagues (2019) provided an outline of important therapeutic relationship skills that should inform the repertoire of practicing behavior analysts. Specifically, they identified 15 items representing listening and collaboration skills, 21 items representing empathy and compassion, and 11 items representing behaviors that may contribute to problems in the therapeutic relationship with caregivers of patients receiving applied behavior analysis (ABA) treatment. Among these items, the authors identified several items representing potential skill deficits in behavior analysts’ interpersonal skill repertoires. In this symposium, we will present recent research extending the work of Taylor et al. (2019) specifically as it relates to the relative social validity of component skills from the perspectives of practitioners and caregivers. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Caregivers, Compassion, Empathy, Training |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, practitioners, supervisors, and senior leaders |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide examples of at least 5 important therapeutic relationship skills; (2) identify at least 2 behaviors that may contribute to problems in the therapeutic relationship according to stakeholders; (3) identify at least 2 skills rated high for social significance (or value) by stakeholders. |
|
What Matters Most to Caregivers? Assessing the Social Validity of Compassionate Care Skills |
TABITHA N. HAYS (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Compassionate care in behavior analytic service delivery has emerged as both a priority for the field and an area where clinicians generally require more specific support and development (LeBlanc et al., 2020, Taylor et al., 2019). However, research demonstrating successful acquisition of compassionate care repertoires among behavior analysts is limited. This may be, in part, because compassion encompasses many skills and responses, making it challenging to pinpoint those most critical to target and measure objectively in applied research. However, gathering information about caregivers’ perception of the relative importance of compassionate care behaviors could be used to inform the design or selection of more specific measurement and intervention strategies. The current study replicated and extended the work of Taylor et al., (2019) by asking caregivers to rate their perception of their BCBA’s engagement in items that represented collaboration and compassion in the therapeutic relationship. Additionally, the caregiver was asked rate how important each item was in developing a therapeutic relationship from their perspective. The relationship between engagement and social significance of skills will be discussed, along with recommendations for future applied research. |
|
The Significance of Compassionate Care in in Behavior Analytic Practice: A Survey of Behavior Analysts |
NISSA VAN ETTEN (CentralReach), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School), Robyn Catagnus (National University), Tyra Sellers (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: In recent years, there has been an increased focus on the importance of "soft skills" (e.g., relationship building, compassion, listening, empathy, collaboration) within the practice of behavior analysis. However, caregivers of children with autism have reported that behavior analysts do not consistently engage in these skills when working with clients or their families (Taylor et al., 2019). Coupled with the knowledge that behavior analysts do not typically receive direct training in these areas (LeBlanc et al., 2019, Rohrer et al., 2021; Taylor et al., 2019), these findings may indicate the potential for deficits in a number of these essential skills (Taylor et al., 2019). The purpose of this study was to survey behavior analysts to assess their reported engagement in and value of the skills identified by Taylor et al. 2019). Most respondents indicated that all skill areas are significant (i.e., of value) to building rapport with caregivers however their engagement in those skills were inconsistent. |
|
|
|
|
|
Running for the Shelter of a Mother’s Little Helper: Behavioral and Pharmacological Determinants of Benzodiazepine Misuse |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: August F. Holtyn (National Institutes of Health) |
CE Instructor: Sally L. Huskinson, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Benzodiazepines (BZs) are effective and safe when used appropriately, but their utility is limited by unwanted side effects like misuse and reduced safety when combined with other drugs. Individuals with substance-use disorders (SUDs) misuse BZs as much as 20x greater than the general population, and the rising number of overdose deaths attributed to BZs are largely driven by opioid co-administration. The work I will present is focused on behavioral and pharmacological determinants of BZ reinforcement using preclinical choice models in nonhuman primates. Our overall goal is to identify BZ-type ligands with reduced potential for misuse in naïve subjects as well as in polydrug situations. We have found that nonselective, partial-efficacy BZ ligands or those that lack intrinsic efficacy at α1-subunit containing GABAA (α1GABAA) receptors have reduced potential for misuse relative to traditional BZs. However, our data suggest that the degree to which these BZ-type ligands exhibit potential for misuse depends on the subject’s drug history. A key finding from our choice research is that efficacy at α1GABAA receptors may be necessary for self-administration of BZs in cocaine-experienced subjects but are not required for enhancement of cocaine choice. We currently are evaluating whether this pattern of effects is observed in individuals without prior drug experiences (i.e., in naïve subjects) or with other misused drugs, in particular opioids. The pharmacological mechanisms underlying outcomes based on past drug experience may involve (1) a differential role for α1GABAA receptors in reinforcement enhancing vs. reinforcing effects of BZs alone or (2) differences in overall intrinsic efficacy, irrespective of subtype selectivity. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Basic and clinical students, researchers, and practitioners interested in substance use disorders |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Explain how drug experience contributes to benzodiazepine reinforcement; 2) Describe how GABAA subunit selectivity and efficacy may contribute to benzodiazepine reinforcement; 3) Describe the strengths of using choice procedures to answer questions about behavioral and pharmacological mechanisms underlying benzodiazepine reinforcement. |
|
SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Dr. Sally Huskinson is currently an Associate Professor in the Division of Neurobiology and Behavior Research in the Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at the University of Mississippi Medical Center. As an undergraduate, she worked with Dr. Erin Rasmussen at Idaho State University where she earned her bachelor’s degree (2007) in psychology. She went on to earn her master’s (2011) and doctoral (2012) degrees in psychology at West Virginia University with the mentorship of Dr. Karen Anderson. In 2012, Dr. Huskinson went to the University of Mississippi Medical Center to complete a postdoctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology with Dr. William Woolverton until his untimely death in 2013. Dr. Huskinson finished her postdoctoral training with Drs. Kevin Freeman and James Rowlett, also at the University of Mississippi Medical Center where she currently resides. Her research is focused on substance use disorders with a particular interest in behavioral and pharmacological determinants of drug choice, the reinforcing effectiveness of drugs, and in creating more translationally relevant preclinical models of substance use disorders. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empowering Developing Nations: A Pilot Program to Behavioral Science Dissemination Through Local Government and Clinical Collaboration |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Mary Wong, Psy.D. |
Chair: Mary Wong (Thrive Behavioral Care, LLC) |
ANNA MARIE LORENZO GALAY (Thrive Behavioral Care) |
NESSIE DE MAYO-BACULO (PARANAQUE CITY CENTER FOR CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS) |
MARY WONG (Thrive Behavioral Care, LLC) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is a field that has yet to extend globally. Diversity in cultural and socio-economic contexts create barriers to straightforward replication of ABA systems from more industrialized countries. Extensive supervision and collaboration between local and international providers are vital to foster growth, uphold standards, and ensure effectiveness in developing nations. Government agencies play a vital role in establishing new disciplines within its country. In the Philippines, a considerable portion of the population live in poverty with limited access to essential services. A lack of public and private funding and only 7 Board Certified Behavior Analysts serving the 13th most populated country in the world exacerbate the struggle for accessible behavioral healthcare. In response to the challenges, the city of Paranaque was the first to enact an ordinance including ABA in its provision of free services to the community. The local government unit and international behavior analysts collaborated to provide on-going training for families with special needs in a pilot program aimed at establishing an infrastructure of sustainable behavioral support in the tenth largest city in the Philippines. Initial outcomes and barriers will be presented alongside recommendations for further action and replication in other developing cities and countries. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BACB and QABA certified clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify barriers to international dissemination 2. List at least three strategies to establishing behavioral services in local communities 3. Identify roles of international practitioners in supporting behavior analysis in developing countries |
Keyword(s): Accessibility, Dissemination, Diversity, Inclusion |
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporating Contemplative Pedagogy to Teach the Science of Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Anita Li, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ANITA LI (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Teaching the science of behavior involves teaching with rigor to ensure students conceptualize the study of behavior as a natural science. As the growth of our field fosters the need for additional training programs, educators must consider the current landscape for students in higher education, such as increased financial stressors, lack of work-life balance, physically and emotionally demanding jobs, and familial commitments. Contemplative pedagogy incorporates a variety of practices in the classroom to provide an inclusive and transformative space for students. This presentation will introduce contemplative pedagogy and provide examples of exercises for both brick-and-mortar and online instructors to utilize in their classrooms to demonstrate how to incorporate reflection, contemplation, and mindfulness without sacrificing learning or rigor. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Instructors, supervisors |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define contemplative pedagogy; (2) identify learner dispositions; (3) state how contemplative practices can lead to generativity. |
|
ANITA LI (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Anita Li is currently an Assistant Professor in the Psychology Department at University of Massachusetts Lowell. She has been a Board-Certified Behavior Analyst since 2013 and has worked with individuals with developmental disabilities in a variety of settings. Anita has presented more than 30 papers and workshops, including invited addresses, at both national and international conferences in behavior analysis and has published her research in several journals, including Behavior Analysis in Practice, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, and Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Additionally, Anita has served as guest editor on two special sections of Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice devoted to the experimental analysis of behavior. Her research interests equity issues in behavior analysis, instructional design, and promoting worker well-being. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Physical Activity in Individuals With and Without Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft) |
CE Instructor: Christopher J. Perrin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Limited physical activity is associated with numerous negative health outcomes such as increased risk of heart disease and type two diabetes (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2022). Furthermore, individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are more likely to be diagnosed with diabetes, obesity, and hypertension compared to the general population (Croen et al., 2015). The present symposium will explore four studies evaluating different methods to increase physical activity in individuals with and without developmental disabilities, such as ASD. Findings show that interdependent group contingencies and goal-setting procedures effectively increase physical activity in sedentary adults. Furthermore, results of the current presentations also show that behavioral economics, goal-setting with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, and evaluating the preference for specific exercise activities successfully increase physical activity in children and adults with ASD. Taken together, the results of these four presentations demonstrate various effective methods to increase physical activity in a wide range of settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): exercise, goal setting, physical activity, preference |
Target Audience: Participants should have an understand of the theory of reinforcement and extinction. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe methods to increase physical activity in sedentary adults, (2) detail procedures to increase physical activity in children with developmental disabilities, and (3) discuss procedures to increase physical activity in adults with autism and severe challenging behavior. |
|
Effects of an Interdependent Group Contingencies and Goal-Setting Procedure on Physical Activity Research |
KATHERINE CUCINOTTA (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Despite the various positive health outcomes of physical activity (e.g., increased cognitive abilities and bone health; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC], 2022a), an increasing number of adults are physically inactive. In the United States, 25.3% of adults reported engaging in no leisure-time physical activity in the past month (CDC, 2022b). Given the numerous negative health consequences associated with physical inactivity (e.g., increased risk of developing heart disease, type 2 diabetes; CDC, 2022b), there is a critical need for interventions that successfully increase physical activity levels. The present study examined effects of an interdependent group contingency on physical activity in sedentary adults. Nine participants wore Fitbits and were assigned to teams. During baseline, researchers tracked daily step counts. The intervention consisted of a goal-setting procedure and an interdependent group contingency. Participants received individualized step-based goals and earned monetary incentives based on their team’s performance. The intervention had limited success: four of nine participants met all, or all but one, weekly step goals, and teams met the interdependent group contingency between 25% and 89% of opportunities. Future directions for physical activity research will be discussed. |
|
Leveraging Behavioral Economics to Promote Healthy Choices in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The impact of sedentary lifestyle on health is well-documented, with associations to obesity, type 2 diabetes, and cardiovascular disease. The literature suggests that the risk for these negative health-related outcomes is more pronounced in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). Recent research by McCoy and Morgan (2020) underscores that adolescents with ASDs tend to engage in lower levels of physical activity and exhibit higher rates of obesity in comparison to neurotypical peers. The current investigation aims to apply the principles of behavioral economics to modify physical activities and dietary choices among individuals with ASDs. Our approach involves identifying high/low calorie meal preferences and distinguishing between strenuous/non-strenuous exercise preferences for each participant. Economic incentives are introduced to encourage more strenuous exercises while assigning higher costs to meals with higher caloric content, promoting healthier, low-calorie alternatives. Preliminary results indicate that economic manipulations are successful at shifting behavior to less preferred, more strenuous exercise and dietary choice to lower preferred, healthier meals. This approach not only provides valuable insights into promoting healthier behaviors in individuals with ASDs but also highlights the potential of behavioral economics in mitigating the health risks associated with sedentary lifestyles in this population. |
|
Increasing Physical Activity in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Severe Challenging Behavior |
MATTHEW LOUIS LUCCIOLA (Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers University), Sydney Hall (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are disproportionally more likely to be diagnosed with diabetes, obesity, and hypertension compared to the general population (Croen et al., 2015). Whereas physical activity has been associated with improvement in problem behaviors demonstrated by individuals with ASD, limited research has been conducted with autistic adults with severe challenging behavior (Allison et al., 1991). The present study evaluated the effectiveness of goal setting and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior to increase the physical activity in three autistic adults admitted to an outpatient clinic for the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior. The present procedures effectively increased physical activity for all participants across four different forms of exercise (e.g., yoga, walking, soccer, basketball). The present study provides a model for clinicians working in the adult service setting to increase physical activity, and overall improve the health of the individual served with special considerations for severe challenging behavior. |
|
Further Evaluation of Context on Preference for and Levels of Physical Activity |
Lauren Adkins (Bancroft and Rider University), Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft), JONATHON C. METZ (Bancroft) |
Abstract: To help reduce health risks, it is recommended that children and adolescents get 60 minutes of physical activity a day and adults get 150 minutes of physical activity a week (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2018). However, many people with intellectual and developmental disabilities do not meet these criteria (ID/DD; Dairo et al. 2016; Peterson et al. 2018). To address this, it may be beneficial to assess individuals’ preference for contexts that promote physical activity. For instance, Pincus and colleagues (2019) found that for some individuals with ID/DD, contexts associated with higher levels of moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA ) were preferred to sedentary activities. We replicated and extended this research by assessing levels of MVPA emitted by individuals with ID/DD when provided access to materials for physical activities (e.g., gross motor toys, adaptive bicycle, exergame), materials for sedentary activities, and no materials. We then assessed preference for these contexts using a GIF-based preference assessment. Results indicated that levels of MVPA tended to be highest in contexts containing materials for physical activities, and that for most participants, these contexts were preferred to those with sedentary activities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Values-Based Programming and Dismantling Ableism in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ryan Moser (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is supported by multiple quality assurance bodies as incorporating evidence-based practice to support autistic children and adults (Slocum et al., 2014). Yet, ABA has been criticized for too infrequently considering the values and lived experiences of autistics as the community most served by -- and therefore with the most potential to be harmed by – behavior analytic practices. Presenters will discuss a series of studies designed to center the values of autistic learners in the development of behavioral services, as well emerging research on biased relational frames that could influence the behavior of ABA practitioners working with autistic learners. The first presentation will describe findings of a values-based approach to intervention utilizing the LIFE (Dixon, 2020) curriculum with autistic adults. The second presentation expands on the results of the first by creating affirming social skills training using LIFE and other technologies adapted around clients’ values and yearning for social connectedness. The third and fourth presentations broaden a relational learning analysis to allistic adults and behavior analytic service providers to model autism stereotyping that can impact services. The results of both studies suggest biases may be evident in practitioners and speak to solutions to reduce the function of biases when interacting with autistic learners. The broad methods of creating neurodiversity and autistic affirming spaces and centering the values of autistic learners is discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts and Practitioners. No prerequisite skills required. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the role of values in identifying behavior targets for autistic learners2.
2. Discuss relational framing within negative stigmatic beliefs towards autistic learners
3. Evaluate the role of defusion in reducing the function of autism stereotyping relations |
|
A Neurodivergent Affirming Approach to Teaching Social Skills |
(Applied Research) |
MEREDITH T. MATTHEWS (University of Illinois at Chicago), Claire M Zuch (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has made significant strides in developing and implementing effective social skills interventions for autistic individuals. Neurodiversity, which emphasizes the value of diverse neurocognitive functioning, calls for a paradigm shift in our approach to autism interventions, and in the spirit of neurodivergent-affirming practices, we suggest the use of a more affirming approach to teaching social skills within the neurodivergent community. The present study evaluated perceived self-stigma, psychological flexibility, and social validity of neurodivergent affirming social skills in autistic and ADHD individuals, and further explored the potential benefits of including neurodivergent individuals in the development, implementation, and evaluation of social skills interventions. Participants completed a series of pre/post questionnaires including the Interpersonal AAQ, a value-identification social interaction scale, and an internalized self-stigma measure. Implications are made surrounding the importance of a person-centered, neurodiverse-affirming approach to teaching social skills, and examples of successful interventions that have integrated the voices of autistic individuals are provided. |
|
Values-Based Programming Using the LIFE Curriculum With Adult Learners |
(Applied Research) |
MAGGIE ADLER (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Ray Burke (Apex Regional Program), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Sara R. Ibbetson (The Arc of the Ozarks), Kayette Glass (The Arc of the Ozark) |
Abstract: Person-centered planning and support should be a pillar in applied behavior analytic research by focusing on the inclusion of participants in decision-making and supporting neurodiversity affirming practice (Belisle et al., 2021). The LIFE Functional Module (LIFE; Dixon, 2018) provides functional behavior targets of daily living and prescriptive methods to target behaviors across multiple categories and domains. The current set of studies detail a framework for centering the input and values of adult learners in the selection and design of LIFE programming to support autonomy and independence. Multiple behavior topographies were targeted and evaluated within single-subject experimental designs, such as cooking, filmmaking, and liesure skills. Each broad target area was comprised of multiple component skills and training was designed to promote independent completion of chained tasks, generalization of skills across contexts, and relational frames developed to support the behavior targets. In all cases, results showed rapid acquisition of the target skills and social validity scores obtained directly from the adult learners suggested the interventions were seen as both helpful and preferred. Overall, results suggest behavioral technologies like LIFE can be adapted within a values-based framework. |
|
Defusing Autism Stigma to Promote an Affirming World for Autistics |
(Applied Research) |
ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Robin Arnell (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Claire M Zuch (University of Illinois Chicago), Stephanie Vickroy (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: While there has been an increase in assessing stigmatizing beliefs using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) based approaches, there have been fewer instances of exploring stigma within disability and autistic communities (Werner et al., 2012). The present study extended on results reported by Zuch et al. (in press), who demonstrated relational framing patterns and decision-making indicative of negative stigmatic biases towards autistics. The present study recruited a representative sample and measured biases using a multidimensional scaling procedure consistent with Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). Results showed relational biases that were consistent with the original study. A defusion exercise that incorporated deictic relating of self- and other- was then developed and results of the exercise were compared to a randomized control group of participants. Outcomes suggested a reduction in stigmatic relations following the intervention with the defusion group. In addition, biased decision making appeared to show reduced ableism that can impact the interlocking behavior contingencies of autistics within a shared verbal community. Taken together, these results speak to a translational technology for targeting autism stigma within behavior analysis. |
|
Paradigms of Treatment and the Perception of Autistic in Applied Behavior Analytic Service Providers |
(Applied Research) |
CLAIRE M ZUCH (University of Illinois at Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is diagnosed through the American Psychiatric Association Diagnostic and Statistical Manual - Fifth Edition (2013). The DSM-V defines ASD through three areas of core deficits; social-emotional reciprocity, nonverbal communicative behaviors used for social interaction, and developing, maintaining, and understanding relationships. Addressing deficits, as seen through the medical model, is common in services for many Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service providers (Matson, 2023). Pellicano and Houting (2022), echo a call from the autistic community to move away from a medical/deficit approach to autism services towards a paradigm of neurodiversity as an alternative method. The present study seeks to explore the relationship to which ABA practitioners utilize different paradigms of treatment to guide their practice and their perception of autism. Participants completed several surveys to obtain their perception of autism as well as a survey to understand their approach to practice. Results displayed a relationship between the paradigms that practitioners use to direct implementation and their perception of autism. The approach to services that practitioners use may have a relationship to their perception of autism as demonstrated by these results and may have implications for the use of a neurodiversity paradigm within the field of ABA to improve providers’ perceptions of the autistic clients that they serve. |
|
|
|
|
|
Embodying the Change We Want to See: Orienting Towards Therapist Behavior Using Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jon-Patric Veal (University of Louisiana-Lafayette) |
Discussant: Ryan Albarado (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
CE Instructor: David R R. Perkins, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A natural science approach to human behavior requires us to consider the role of the observer in our analysis of our phenomena of interest (Skinner, 1945; Kantor, 1924). In applied clinical contexts, this means including the therapist’s behavior in our analysis of client behavior. However, the preponderance of the research into therapist behaviors in psychotherapy has been oriented toward the efficacy of specific therapeutic approaches and protocols, or mediating constructs such as the therapeutic relationship (Horvath & Luborsky, 1993; Martin et al., 2000). In order to directly analyze the therapeutic interaction, what may be needed is a behavioral analysis of therapist behavior in terms of the contexts they create for client behavior in assessment and intervention. The papers within this symposium will examine several specific repertoires of therapist behavior that may hold promise in improving a clinician’s effectiveness in their work with clients: clinical note taking, clinical supervision, cultural humility, and the role of relational therapeutic narrative. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Psychotherapy Process, Supervision, Therapeutic Alliance, Therapist Behaviors |
Target Audience: Target audience might include clinicians, clinicians in training, students and those in applied behavioral analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify two therapist repertoires that may be examined via note-taking. 2. Define cultural humility in the context of psychotherapy with gender and sexually-minoritized individuals. 3. Describe the commonalities and differences that the therapeutic narrative in psychoanalysis shares with contextual behavioral approaches to the therapy process. 4. Identify the ways in which an Interbehavioral approach to supervision in clinical work can improve aspects of the therapeutic process. |
|
Note-ing Clinician’s Behavior: Targeting Clinical Processes Through Clinician Note Taking and Data Collection |
ABBEY WARREN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Janani Vaidya (National Louis University) |
Abstract: Clinical tools for behavior analysts in applied and clinical settings facilitate multiple aspects of the therapeutic process. In particular, a clinician’s method of data collection or note taking serves many purposes, such as the legal documentation of services (Cameron & Turtle-Song, 2002), monitoring client behavior patterns and functioning (Presser & Pfost, 1985), treatment planning and goals (Cameron & Turtle-Song, 2002), and storing client data for the clinician to refer to in the course of their work (Presser & Pfost, 1985). Research in this area consists primarily of comparative studies on the utility, efficiency, and accuracy of various data collection techniques (Taubman et al., 2013; Wiarda et al., 2014). Although the current literature suggests that a therapist’s notes may have direct implications on the therapeutic process (Taubman et al., 2013), the empirical literature has not yet explored the ways that note taking and data collection tools function for the clinician’s behaviors when working with clients. This talk will review findings from a preliminary study on the effects of using note taking style as a means of intervening on therapist in-session behaviors. The implications of targeting clinical processes through note taking will be discussed and ideas for future research in this area will be explored |
|
Cultural Humility When Providing Clinical Behavior Analytic Services for Gender and Sexually Minoritized Clients |
BRAD MICHAEL PARFAIT (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Gender and sexually minoritized individuals have a long-standing history of facing barriers to receiving proper mental health care due to their identity (National Center for Transgender Equality and the National Gay and Lesbian Task Force, 2011). A majority of mental health practices generated in the late 20th century were aimed at “curing” lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT+) individuals by changing their sexual or gender identity to fit with normative standards (Graham, 2018; Smith et al., 2004). Similarly, in the field of behavior analysis, older studies have utilized aversive techniques such as electric shock therapy to modify the sexual behaviors of LGBT+ individuals (i.e., conversion therapy; DeFelice and Diller, 2019). InMarch 2022, the ABAI clarified an official position to condemn the use of conversion therapy. And - there is still much room for growth. This presentation will explore the stance of cultural humility in the practice of treating gender and sexually minoritized individuals through the lens of building appetitive functional relationships with clients. |
|
The Consideration of Narrative-Based Psychoanalytic Therapy Through a Contextual Behavioral Lens |
DAVID R R. PERKINS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew David Andersland (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Nicole M. Pyke (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: The differences between psychoanalysis and behaviorism (in all its forms) are so great and wide-ranging that it often appears difficult to know where to start. Because of multiple epistemological and language system barriers, it can be difficult for a consumer of behavioral science to examine what concepts (if any) are useful from psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Despite this, some clinicians with familiarity with both perspectives will assert that psychoanalytic processes can provide benefits that transcend its structural mentalistic framework. In the current talk, some of the therapeutic principles outlined in Roy Schafer's The Analytic Attitude (1983) will be presented. This version of psychoanalysis will be framed as the co-creation of an evolving therapeutic narrative, expanding the range of choices for the client. Some commonalities that this approach may share with some of the so-called "third-wave" behavioral therapies will be explored as well as differences. Possible directions of how to explore these convergent/divergent processes will be discussed, as well as a consideration of the relevance of asking such questions in the first place. |
|
|
|
|
|
Happy, Relaxed, and Eating: Bringing the Joy Back Into Mealtime |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Farris (Monadnock Behavioral Consultants) |
Discussant: Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Mahshid Ghaemmaghami, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Food selectivity is prevalent in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Volkert et al., 2021). Unfortunately, this is not a transient concern and can potentially lead to nutritional deficiencies and health concerns in the population later in life. Furthermore, selective eating can lead to increased display of behavioral concerns when caregivers attempt to shift from the individual’s restricted meal repertoire to a more balanced and healthy diet. This symposium will discuss the replication of Gover et al. (2023) using shaping, choice, and synthesized reinforcement procedures to increase the healthy food repertoires of individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities in different settings that include: clinic, public school, and residential care. In addition, opportunities to assess assent from the participating will be emphasized. Opportunities and challenges in all settings will be discussed by the presenters. Maintenance and generalization of new food repertoires as well as current limitations and areas of future research will also be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding intervention, food selectivity |
Target Audience: Target audience should possess a solid understanding of shaping, chaining, and reinforcement principles. In addition, audience should be familiar with preference assessments and functional analyses |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. describe interventions that currently exist in the literature to treat food selectivity 2. describe the interventions of shaping, chaining, and synthesized reinforcement as it relates to increasing the food repertoire of those with selective eating 3. describe procedures needed to conduct both a descriptive assessment and functional analysis for food-related challenging behavior |
|
An Application of Feeding Treatment Incorporating Choice and Assent |
SAMANTHA A DEVOE (The Autism Community Therapists) |
Abstract: Feeding related issues are commonly presented by individuals with Autism (Volkert et al., 2021). Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions have been shown to be effective in treating food-related challenges; however, only a few peer-reviewed studies have described methods for incorporating assent and choice. A recent study by Gover et al., (2023) demonstrated positive therapeutic outcomes for three participants while incorporating choice and assent. This clinical demonstration is a systematic replication of the Gover et al., (2023) study with one participant diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). After conducting a pre-treatment assessment and collaboration meeting with caregivers treatment ensued. Treatment consisted of differential reinforcement of successive approximations to eating targeted foods during mealtime and incorporated choice during each trial. At the end of treatment, the participant consumed five new foods in the context of mealtime. In this presentation, we will elaborate on the clinical decision-making regarding treatment components and will discuss coordination of care tactics that ultimately led to the participant consuming a wider variety of foods. |
|
An Application of Food Selectivity Treatment Using the Enhanced Choice Model, Honoring Learner Choice and Assent |
JENNIFER FARRIS (Sprout, MBC) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is prevalent in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Volkert et al., 2021). Unfortunately, this selective eating profile can lead to negative health and behavioral concerns in this population, especially when there is a strong negative behavioral history surrounding mealtime with caregivers. The current demonstration sought to replicate Gover et al. 2023 to increase the variety of foods consumed by a pre-adolescent child with a history of severe problem behavior and inappropriate mealtime behavior in the clinic setting. Treatment began after 9 months of working with this learner in a clinic environment. The foods were initially selected by the parent as relevant to their quality of life with support from the behavior analyst. By the end of treatment, the learner was eating 3 new foods. This demonstration utilized strong rapport with the analyst, shaping, choice, and synthesized reinforcement without the use of escape extinction in order to increase the food repertoire. |
|
An Application of Food Selectivity Treatment Using Rapport, Choice, and Assent |
JONICA TEBO (St. Lawrence-Lewis BOCES) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is prevalent in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Volkert et al., 2021). Unfortunately, this can lead to health and behavioral concerns in this population, especially when there is a strong behavioral history surrounding mealtime. The current demonstration sought to replicate Gover et al. 2023 to increase the variety of food consumption in a pre-adolescent child with a history of severe problem behavior and inappropriate mealtime behavior in the school setting. Treatment began after one year of Skill-Based Treatment (SBT), a parent interview, and a preference assessment was conducted with the child. The foods were initially selected by the parent, and then were adjusted as the child voiced their choice of foods to eat. This demonstration utilized strong rapport, shaping, choice, and synthesized reinforcement without the use of escape extinction in order to increase the food repertoire. Results were generalized to the home setting and foods targeted during intervention became preferred foods to consume at home with caregivers |
|
Using Shaping, Choice, and Synthesized Reinforcement in to Increase the Food Repertoire of 3 Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
MARA VANDERZELL (Upstate Caring Partners) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is highly prevalent in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Volkert et al., 2021). Unfortunately, this can potentially lead to negative health outcomes (e.g, obesity) and nutritional deficiencies in the population. Furthermore, selective eating can also lead to increased behavioral concerns when caregivers attempt to shift from the individual’s more restricted meal repertoire to a well balanced and healthy diet. Specifically, in the literature, there is limited research regarding increasing food repertoires of adolescents with longer learning histories of food selectivity and more severe forms of problem behavior. The current study aimed to replicate Gover et al. 2023 to increase the healthy food repertoire of three adolescents and adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder and generalize those gains to a group residential setting through the use of shaping, choice, synthesized reinforcement, and without escape extinction. In addition, the presenter will discuss food preferences that emerged and were honored during treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Theory to Practice: Incorporating Trauma-Informed Care Into the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Phoebe Elizabeth MacDowell (Queens College & The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Discussant: Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Phoebe Elizabeth MacDowell, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Over several decades, researchers and clinicians have attempted to identify the function(s) of problem behavior through functional analyses to develop effective interventions. Past methods included evoking fully escalated problem behavior in multiple analogue conditions of isolated reinforcement contingencies. These methods led applied researchers to address concerns that may impact practical application such as safety and efficiency. For example, the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) involves a process that is relatively quick to complete and reinforces non-dangerous precursors to problem behavior. The elements of safety and efficiency were eventually considered within the larger framework of trauma-informed care (TIC; Rajaraman et al., 2022). The guiding principles of TIC include (a) acknowledging trauma and its impact, (b) ensuring safety and trust, (c) choice and shared governance, and (d) emphasizing skill building. These principles have informed the development of specific assessment and treatment procedures. In this symposium we will discuss how TIC has influenced research in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. We will review 20 years of functional analysis outcomes (Study 1), identify procedural modifications to pre-treatment assessments (Study 2), discuss the incorporation of TIC within skill-based treatment (Study 3), and consider the treatment utility of the novel performance-based IISCA (Study 4). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Problem Behavior, Safety, Trauma-Informed |
Target Audience: Necessary prerequisite skills for the audience include: an understanding of functional analyses and function-based interventions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the recent history of functional analyses; (2) identify procedural modifications to pre-treatment assessments; (3) incorporate trauma-informed care within behavioral assessments and intervention. |
|
Predicting and Managing Risk During Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
FLORIANA CANNIELLO (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center), Rosaria Benincasa (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), Maria Gallucci (AIAS Onlus sez.Nola), Salvatore VITA (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Maintaining participant safety and managing risk during the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior is of upmost importance. The performance-based interview-infomed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Luigi et al. 2022) is a functional analysis format that incorporates an interview with caregivers asking questions about problem behavior to avoid dangerous escalation. We introduced additional questions during the interview to more readily identify participants who are prone to escalation to better predict and manage risk (Canniello et al. 2023). The performance-based IISCA was conducted for eleven individuals and we found that the percentage of dangerous problem behavior and the probability of a burst was correlated with reports of quick escalation. The results suggests that questions regarding escalation speed from minor to more severe instances of problem behavior may be particularly helpful for predicting any safety concerns. Future researchers may want to consider other procedural modifications to the functional analysis to ensure individuals feel physically and emotionally secure when safety concerns are anticipated. |
|
A Research Synthesis of the Interaction Between Behavioral Assessment and Intervention of Challenging Behavior |
(Theory) |
TESS FRUCHTMAN (Temple University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Art Dowdy (Temple University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Reem Muharib (Texas State university), Felipe Magalhães Lemos (Luna ABA) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injurious behavior) can adversely affect the trajectory and quality of an individual’s life. Historically, pharmacological and behavioral approaches are the most recommended interventions for challenging behavior (Newcomb & Hagopian, 2018; Valdovinos, 2019). Using a behavioral approach, putative reinforcers of challenging behavior are identified using a functional analysis to inform subsequent treatment. Multiple functional analysis formats exist (e.g., interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis [IISCA], standard, brief) and behavioral interventions informed by functional analysis formats have resulted in improvements of challenging behavior across copious individuals. However, the treatment validity of each of these formats has yet to be compared. The authors synthesized functional analysis-informed outcomes from a 20-year review of the literature to determine the magnitude of effect of subsequent intervention for each functional analysis format. Additionally, moderating variables (e.g., diagnosis, language ability) were evaluated to identify the bounds of functional analysis-informed intervention. The authors investigated the difference in treatment outcomes informed by the IISCA with treatments informed by other formats because of the contrast with the IISCA procedures and components. This presentation will present outcomes that compare the intervention effects of different functional analysis formats, with an emphasis on the IISCA compared to other formats. |
|
Incorporating a Trauma-Informed Framework in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
PHOEBE ELIZABETH MACDOWELL (Queens College & The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Tess Fruchtman (Temple University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Bai Pan (Queens College, City University of New York), Shauntae McLeod (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Many autistic individuals are likely to have experienced adverse childhood events that could contribute to trauma. The prevalence only increases for those of whom exhibit problem behavior. Therefore, it seems important for behavioral assessment and treatment procedures to be designed within a trauma-informed framework. We incorporated the trauma-informed framework into the practical functional assessment (PFA) and skill-based treatment (SBT) model for three autistic children admitted to a university-based, outpatient clinic. Problem behavior was assessed during a functional analysis that allowed assent to be withdrawn at any time, delivered preferred events prior to escalation in dangerous problem behavior, and programmed evocative and preferred events to be completely controlled by the participants’ behavior. The treatment informed by the functional analysis taught a host of different skills (communication, toleration, and cooperation) while providing words of encouragement during nondangerous problem behavior and avoiding the use of extinction for dangerous problem behavior. The PFA/SBT model incorporating the trauma-informed framework resulted in the eventual elimination of problem behavior with caregivers implementing generality sessions for two of the three participants. In addition, all caregivers reported the process to be safe, acceptable, and helpful to their situation. |
|
Evaluating the Generality and Maintenance of the Skill-Based Treatment Informed by the Performance-Based Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) |
(Applied Research) |
AARON LEYMAN (queens college, CUNY), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Phoebe Elizabeth MacDowell (Queens College & The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Tess Fruchtman (Temple University) |
Abstract: Behavioral intervention for problem behavior often relies on the results of a functional analysis to identify environmental contributors. Multiple functional analysis formats have been developed to improve qualities of the process such as practicality, efficiency, and safety. More recently, the performance-based, interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) was developed as a functional analysis format that incorporates a trauma-informed framework. The performance-based IISCA (a) introduces evocative events following periods of calm to reduce dangerous escalation, (b) includes moment-to-moment measures of problem behavior to allow for ongoing visual analysis of data, and (c) maintains measures of positive affect. We conducted this study to evaluate the treatment utility of the performance-based IISCA when it is used to inform a skill-based treatment. The performance-based IISCA was conducted for the problem behavior of three autistic children before teaching communication, toleration, and cooperation during skill-based treatment in the home setting. Problem behavior was reduced for all participants across different therapists and across time (one, two, three-month maintenance probes). The results support the generality and longevity of treatment informed by the performance-based IISCA. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Preference Assessment Research |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University) |
CE Instructor: Samuel L Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium highlights the continued advancement in preference assessment research in applied settings. The first study (Elliott et al.) will describe an empirical evaluation of a direct correlation between the results of preference assessments and the identified stimuli’s reinforcing impact in behavior change procedures. The second study will describe a systematic replication of Hanely et al.'s (2003) response-restriction free operant preference assessment with children who exhibit problem behavior (Barall et al.). The third study will describe the replication of procedures by Clark et al. (2019) to systematically vary the duration of access to preferred leisure items previously displaced by preferred edible items to identify the switch point in which the participant demonstrated a shift in preference to the previously displaced item. The final study in this symposium will explore the potential relationship between a stimulus preference assessments and delay discounting to measure changes in individual preference as a result of delayed access. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): preference assessments, reinfrocer assessment |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1): Describe several preference assessment formatss (2): Describe the data collection procedures for a variety of preference assessment formats. (3): Describe when different preference assessment formats should be utilized. |
|
Further Evaluation of Multiple Stimulus Preference Assessment Without Replacement (MSWO) and Paired Stimulus Preference Assessments: Assessment Consistency and Reinforcer Potency |
Nora Seward (University of Georgia), TYLER-CURTIS CORY ELLIOTT (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are often used in behavior analytic treatment to identify reinforcing stimuli (Tullis et al., 2011). Therefore, empirically determining that a direct correlation exists between the results of preference assessments and the identified stimuli’s reinforcing impact in behavior change procedures is critical. In Experiment 1, the researchers compared the agreement between results of paired choice (PC) and multiple stimulus preference assessment without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments conducted with eight elementary aged participants in a classroom setting. Half of the participants exhibited near perfect agreement upon visual analysis between the preference assessments. The other half of the participants exhibited inconsistent results, indicating discrepancy in the suggestions of the preference assessment. In Experiment 2, the researchers compared both preference assessment results to a progressive ratio reinforcer assessment (PR), which yielded inconsistent results. Neither PC nor MSWO accurately identified reinforcing stimuli in the PR assessment. Results are discussed with respect to the validity and implications of the information gathered during preference assessments. |
|
Replication of Free Operant Response-Restriction Preference Assessment for Individuals With Severe Challenging Behavior |
BECKY BARALL (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kenna Reilly (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amaya Rocheleau (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jordan DeBrine (Kennedy Krieger), Colleen McGrory (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cynthia Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Utilization of reinforcement is necessary to effectively increase the frequency of socially valid behaviors. Free operant response-restriction (RR) preference assessments are often utilized with the goal of determining a preference hierarchy while yielding minimal problem behaviors. A replication of a RR assessment (Hanley et al., 2003) with individuals with disabilities and a history of severe challenging behavior extends literature on the effectiveness of this form of stimulus preference assessment (SPA) to show differentiated patterns of preference. Our procedures replicate Hanley et al.’s five rules for identifying activity preference and subsequent restriction, including item restriction after a demonstrated 60% or more intervals of interaction across 2 consecutive sessions. In this study, we measure additional dependent variables including clients’ indices of happiness, assent to engage in the assessment, rate of problem behavior, requests for other items, and active vs. passive item engagement. This presentation will discuss potential variables for clinicians to consider when implementing a free operant RR assessment for individuals who engage in severe challenging behavior. In addition, we discuss ways to incorporate measures of assent and indices of happiness within preference assessment data collection, and the impact of this data on our evaluation of idiosyncratic preference rankings. |
|
Effect of Delay on Stimulus Preference |
EMMA PRESTON (Utah State University), Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University), Tim Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) are often used to identify potential reinforcers for behavior change procedures. However, these assessments always provide stimuli immediately upon selection. In practice, it can be very difficult to provide reinforcers immediately, and some reinforcers may be delivered more quickly than others. Therefore, there is a need for an assessment to account for delay. The goal of this study was to explore the potential relationship between on stimulus preference assessments and delay discounting to measure changes in individual preference as a result of delay. Five typically developing children aged 8-11 completed a paired-stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) to establish a hierarchy of preference. These results were used in a 30-trial delay assessment across three sessions evaluating delays of 0 s, 30 s, and 60 s. Four out of five participants retained preference hierarchy across three sessions. Additionally, four out of five participants increased preference for an immediately available moderately preferred item as delays to a highly preferred item increased. This indicates that delays to reinforcement may be a parameter that should be considered when identifying preferred stimuli to use for behavior change procedures. |
|
Changes in Reinforcer Magnitude to Displace Edible Preference |
MADELINE GRIFFIN (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: In paired choice preference assessments, certain types of stimuli may displace others resulting in a limit of potential reinforcers. For example, Bojak and Carr (1999) documented the tendency for edible items to displace leisure items when concurrently assessed in a paired choice preference assessment. Further evaluation of the mechanism responsible for the displacement of certain types of stimuli is needed. This study replicated the procedures as outlined by Clark et al. (2019) to systematically vary the duration of access to preferred leisure items previously displaced by preferred edible items to identify the switch point in which the participant demonstrated a shift in preference to the previously displaced item. The results indicate increasing the magnitude of leisure items through duration of access within a PC can identify the switch point where the previously selected edible is displaced by the leisure item. Systematic reversals of the duration of access demonstrated experimental control of participant choice dependent on magnitude. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Applications of Behavioral Gerontology for Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorders |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Alexandra Doran (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavik University) |
CE Instructor: Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir, M.S. |
Abstract: The growing aging population in the United States is accompanied by an increase in both number of older adults with neurocognitive disorder and the number of people experiencing behaviors changes associated with neurocognitive disorder (NCD). Behavioral Gerontology is the "application of behavior analysis and therapy to older adults, ranging from basic behavioral research to clinical applications to organizational issues in service delivery (Adkins & Mathews, 1999; Burgio & Burgio, 1986)" (LeBlanc et al., 2011, p. 472). This symposium will focus on the practice of behavioral gerontology with older adults with NCD, including talks covering data-based interventions to support older adults with NCD, as well as discuss models for behavioral consultation and for informed consent/assent. Intervention studies will include caregiver implemented trial-based functional analysis and function-based treatment, as well as an individualized antecedent-based interventions to increase showering. The importance and future directions for clinical applications with adults with NCD, as well as needs for future research, will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Assent, behavioral gerontology, Consultation, neurocognitive disorder |
Target Audience: Masters level practitioner experience, BCBAs considering expanding into different practice areas |
Learning Objectives: (1) participants will learn to apply a decision model for dissent and assent; (2) participants will learn how to adjust a behavioral consultation model for aging settings; (3) participants will learn how to individualize antecedent-based interventions and functional assessments in aging settings |
|
Behavioral Consultation in Nursing Homes: A Model Adaptation and Considerations |
SANDRA WAGNER (Western Michigan University), andrea perez (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Up to 80% of older adults with neurocognitive disorder engage in behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD; e.g., verbal or physical aggression, wandering) in nursing home facilities (Toot et al., 2017). In nursing home facilities, health professionals often use a medical model to provide behavioral support. The medical model, however, does not consider the environmental factors that may be evoking and maintaining behaviors; it is also likely that pharmacological interventions are often prescribed to manage the behaviors (Baker et al., 2015). Given the adverse effects of pharmacological interventions, researchers have advocated for behavioral and function-based interventions for the management and treatment of BPSD (Dyer et al., 2017). Unfortunately, the behavioral approach to treatment is not widely adopted in nursing home settings. Thus, behavioral gerontologists are faced with having to provide behavioral consultation in a medical model setting. The purpose of the current study is twofold: 1) to provide a framework for providing behavioral consultation in these settings and 2) to provide examples and data related to the different decision points in the model. |
|
Teaching an 81-Year-Old to Use Subtle Prompts to Increase Showering by His Spouse With Dementia |
ZOE LUCOCK (Positive Ageing Consultancy & Training) |
Abstract: The behavioral gerontology literature to date has focused heavily on research with participants living in long term care facilities, yet the vast majority of people diagnosed with dementia live at home in the community. The purpose of this talk is to share the process and results from clinical work conducted in the home of a 79 year old woman living with Alzheimer’s disease who was supported by her 81 year old spouse. The client was referred for behavioral services due to a failure to shower for multiple months. Her spouse was supported to implement a simple and effective prompting procedure that utilised subtle verbal discriminative stimuli that resulted in increased showering behavior and preserved the client’s dignity. Maintenance probes demonstrated that the changes were generalized over time. I will discuss the changes that were made to data collection procedure and the method to ensure good contextual fit along with the importance of flexible and compassionate practice when working clients in the community living with dementia. This research demonstrates real-life behavior-analytic practice with older adults with dementia living in their own homes with a focus on practice that has strong contextual fit. |
|
Respecting Dissent and Seeking Assent in Behavioral Gerontology: The Application of a Decision-Making Model |
AMY WHITTEN SHAW (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavioral gerontologists may work with individuals with neurocognitive disorder (NCD) who may or may not be able to provide informed consent. As such, capacity assessments may be relevant. When participants in research or clients receiving treatment do not have the capacity for informed consent proxy decision makers provide consent and assent must be also be sought. Recent articles highlighted the need for behavior analysts to seek assent for research (Morris et al., 2021) and explored researchers’ comfort and current practices (Jasperse et al., 2023). While assent is recognized as affirmative agreement, participants and clients may also express dissent. Of informed consent, assent, and dissent, dissent is the least discussed and reported on measure. This talk explores current issues in the field of behavioral gerontology through the framework of a decision-making model that was originally published by Black et al. (2010) in the field of geriatric psychiatry. The model assesses for both dissent and assent separately. The authors use of this decision-making model while conducting research on manding will be discussed. Participants in the study were older adults with NCD living in a memory care unit. Data will encompass assent and dissent to sessions, session completion, and session termination. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Behavioral Economic Applications |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Derek D. Reed (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral economics provides a conceptually systematic approach to measuring reinforcer valuation that combines aspects of behavioral science and microeconomic principles. The relatively recent proliferation in the application of these frameworks comes both as a byproduct of the increased salience of their utility and via methodological advancements that permit extension to historically difficult-to-measure contexts (e.g., community health). Of notable use are tasks intended to measure patterns of discounting (i.e., change in perceived reinforcer value as a function of delayed or probabilistic contact) and operant demand (i.e., effort expenditure to defend baseline, or free-cost, access to a reinforcer as a function of systematically increasing cost requirements). As with any quantitative approach, methodological and interpretive considerations can dictate the conclusions draws from such analyses. This symposium describes four novel advancements in behavioral economic task applications, documenting development in modeling approaches, metric interpretations, and considerations when extending beyond the laboratory context. Our discussant Dr. Derek Reed will provide commentary on these approaches and the benefits of these advancements. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, discounting, operant demand |
Target Audience: Attendees should have foundational knowledge in behavioral economics. |
Learning Objectives: calculate behavioral economic metrics in resource-lean contexts; discuss advantages of "real" and hypothetical purchase task procedures; identify unit retention in discounting outputs |
|
Estimating Reinforcer Efficacy From Demand Curves, Dose-Dependent Curves, and Choice: A Principled and Practical Approach |
(Theory) |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Assessing the efficacy of reinforcers is as puzzling as it is important in behavior analysis and psychopharmacology. Rates of responding vary with schedule requirements, choice varies with reinforcer abundance, and contextual factors often play unknown roles on the impact of reinforcement on behavior. Maximization theory, supplemented with empirically supported assumptions, provides the basis for the estimation of reinforcer efficacy in individual subjects in laboratory settings. This approach identifies efficacy with the economic concept of utility; it assumes that subjects continually choose those activities with higher utility within the constraints imposed by the environment. From these assumptions, predictions may be drawn on how rate of reinforcement varies with price (response requirement), how rate of responding for drugs of abuse varies with dose, how discrete choices change with income (rate of choice presentation), among other important behavioral metrics. Data from these procedures may be used to estimate the utility—i.e., the efficacy—of reinforcers. This presentation emphasizes practical considerations for conducting the estimation of utility parameters such as unit utility and marginal rate of substitution. |
|
Arc Elasticities of Operant Demand: A Potential Model-Independent Solution for Applied Researchers |
(Basic Research) |
MADISON GRAHAM (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Brett Gelino (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Steven R Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
Abstract: Analyses of operant demand data have advanced precipitously over the past 5 years. These advances include refinement of quantitative models, newly proposed theoretical models, and advanced statistical modeling approaches. Concurrent with these advances has been an increase in behavioral economic extensions to applied questions in non-laboratory settings. Unfortunately, however, the advanced mathematical approaches to quantifying demand are often antithetical to applied pursuits where there are limited resources for software or inadequate training in quantitative modeling. Toward this end, some researchers have suggested the use of model-independent metrics of demand, such as observed markers along the demand curve (e.g., observed maximum output [Omax], price associated with observed maximum output [Pmax], breakpoints, observed intensity). While there is strong translational support for these observed markers, these fail to capture the most critical aspect of demand curve analyses: elasticity. We propose the use of arc elasticity to measure the percentage change in consumption as a function of the percentage change across specific price values. The presentation will provide specific data examples across numerous commodity types. We will present correlations between observed markers, model-derived variables, and clinical outputs with various approaches to arc elasticity. We will conclude with recommendations for applied researchers. |
|
Behavioral Economic Modeling of Incentivized and Hypothetical Demand Procedures |
(Basic Research) |
JUSTIN CHARLES STRICKLAND (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brett Gelino (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Hypothetical behavior is commonly used in the broader behavioral sciences to investigate behavioral repertoires of interest that are otherwise difficult or impossible to directly observe. Behavior analysts, understandably so for historic reasons, hold a skeptical view of using hypothetical arrangements in lieu of “real” behavior. This presentation will describe the behavioral economic modelling of data from incentivized and hypothetical purchase task procedures collected in a human laboratory study of reduced nicotine cigarette expectancies. Participants who smoke daily (N=21; 9 female) completed one practice and four experimental sessions in which expectancy (labelled “average” versus “very low” nicotine) and nicotine dose (0.80 mg versus 0.03 mg yield) were manipulated. Participants in acute withdrawal sampled experimental cigarettes followed by measurement of cigarette demand using an incentivized purchase task in which responses were randomly reinforced with purchased cigarettes and money and a hypothetical purchase task relying on verbal behavior manipulations. Analysis of incentivized and hypothetical outcomes showed a close correspondence for measures such as demand intensity (r = .56) and Pmax (r = .54). Practical considerations of modelling in these designs and methodological decisions regarding the ways in which hypothetical procedures differ from incentivized ones will be discussed. |
|
Unit Retention and Metric Interpretation in the Delay Discounting Framework |
(Basic Research) |
BRETT GELINO (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Derek D. Reed (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Discounting analysis has offered countless insights into behavioral health outcomes and continues to draw transdisciplinary attention as a reliable descriptor of decision-making. This presentation highlights some analytical issues that may be underappreciated, namely that the delay discounting parameter (i.e., k) carries units which are not reported in most studies, leading potentially to errors in cross-study comparisons. This presentation describes the relation between delay discounting k and delay value (i.e., D) logically and via data manipulation. We reanalyzed three extant datasets across a variety of discounting assessment methods using systematically different regression delay values. Results support the notion that k retains the reciprocal of time as a unit (e.g., days-1 if days were used as units for D). Next, we examine the role of time perception in human discount responding, paying specific attention to the s psychophysical scalar of the hyperboloid-like descriptive models. Participants completed a series of tasks intended to gauge differences in subjective temporal experience. Results of this study show promise for important conceptual considerations that need be made when selecting an ideal descriptive model. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Empirical Analyses of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos ) |
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
CE Instructor: Kian Assemi, M.A. |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) was originally conceptualised as a method for assessing the strength of natural verbal relations as conceptualised within RFT. Recent advances in the use of the IRAP have sought to develop a more precise functional-analytic understanding of the tool for its use within the behavior-analytic study of human language and cognition. The current symposium presents four papers that contribute to various aspects of this effort. Specifically, the four papers will consider: (1) recent research exploring the impact of masking response options with use of the training version of the task; (2) research attempting to induce patterns of IRAP effects predicted by the differential arbitrarily applicable relational responding effects (DAARRE) model; (3) a recent attempt to replicate an initially unexpected trial-type dominance effect for colors over shapes; (4) a relatively large N study that predicted a single trial-type dominance effect for happy over sad faces with a moderating impact of self-reported depressive symptomatology. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): DAARRE model, IRAP, RFT |
Target Audience: A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to: (1) summarize some recent developments in the use of the IRAP in both training and testing contexts; (2) articulate the ways in which recent developments have informed increasingly precise predictions of patterns of effects produced on the procedure; (3) provide examples of how these developments assist in analysing complex patterns of effects generated when participants complete an IRAP. |
|
Masking Response Options in the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: A Pilot Study |
ABRAAO FIGUEIRA DE MELO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The training version of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is used to establish differential responding to stimulus pairs as being equivalent or distinct to one another. Established conditional discriminations are then the basis for tests assessing arbitrarily applicable relational responding. Response options are usually key presses corresponding to mutually exclusive options, such as yes–no and true–false. Few studies have explored the impact of manipulating response options in the IRAP, training-version or not. College students participated in the present study, in which we explored the effects of manipulating the presence of contingent feedback in tests, and the masking of one option (i.e., participants chose between two options when only one was visible). We assessed the effects of these manipulations in terms of accuracy in tests; the number of training blocks to criterion; and the potential transformation of function of a culturally ‘meaningless’ stimulus (that was part of the relational training) in a non-arbitrary match-to-sample task. Data suggest that participants’ responding was functionally related to option masking and a history of feedback in testing conditions. We discuss the results in terms of membership of measured responses in the operants targeted in the IRAP and the role of rejection-controlled responding. |
|
Inducing Single Trial-Type Dominance Effects With Experimental Stimuli in the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure |
KIAN ASSEMI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Previous researchers have found that single trial type dominance effects are repeatedly obtained when participants complete a shape-color Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) (Finn et al., 2016). While initially these effects were unexpected, due to a lack of emotional functions for the stimuli used, the differential arbitrary relational responding effect (DAARRE) model was proposed to explain these single trial type dominance effects (Finn et al., 2018). One assertion of the DAARRE model is that the relative historical frequency of contact with stimuli has an effect on IRAP results. As such, based on the DAARRE model, if one could control the relative frequency of contact with experimental stimuli, IRAP results should be more predictable. As such, in the current study we trained participants to respond to arbitrary experimental stimuli in an effort to control the relative frequency of exposure to stimuli. The assumption is that we should be able to predict a single trial type dominance effect based on the amount of exposure participants have with the different stimuli being utilized in an IRAP. Preliminary data demonstrated the predictions of the DAARRE model. Additional findings and implications for the DAARRE model and future IRAP research will be discussed. |
|
Exploring Differential Trial-Type Effects on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) and the Impact of Alternative Cultural Histories |
MIGUEL DOS SANTOS CARVALHO (São Paulo State University), Joao Henrique de Almeida (São Paulo State University), Marcello Silvestre (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Research conducted by Finn and colleagues (2016, 2018) reported initially unexpected differential patterns of IRAP effects when employing stimuli that were assumedly relatively non-valenced (shapes and colors). It was argued that this may have been because participants tended to orient to the color stimuli more readily than the shape stimuli because color words occur far more frequently in natural language than shape words (specifically in Dutch, the language in which the study was conducted). These and related findings gave rise to the differential arbitrarily applicable responding effects (DAARRE) model for conceptualizing patterns of IRAP effects, explicitly emphasizing the impact of stimulus orienting properties. In Brazilian Portuguese, color words also occur more frequently than shape words in natural language. The current study thus sought to replicate and extend the previous findings. That is, if stimulus orienting properties (based on frequency of use in natural language) were critical in producing the reported effect, replicating this study in Portuguese should produce a similar pattern of effects. Patterns produced by student participants recruited to date replicate this same pattern. Group and individual patterns of responding are discussed, as are implications for the role of stimulus orienting properties in producing effects on the IRAP. |
|
Predicting and Interpreting Responding on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) in the Context Facial Expressions and Depression |
RENATO BORTOLOTI (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Ana Paula Rubert de Azevedo (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
Abstract: This study aimed to build on existing research on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), which has identified different patterns of IRAP effects associated with responses to happy and angry facial expressions. The objectives were to (1) replicate the previously observed happiness superiority effect with a larger participant group than previous studies and (2) explore whether the IRAP effect would be influenced by self-reported levels of depression. 122 participants completed an IRAP that presented pairs of emotional faces in a 2x2 crossover design yielding four trial-types: happy face-happy face, happy face-angry face, angry face-happy face and angry face-angry face. The results showed a clear happiness superiority effect, with the IRAP effect for trial-type 1 (happy face-happy face) larger than the IRAP effect for trial-type 4 (angry face-angry face). Self-reported depression appeared to moderate responding, with low depressed individuals producing a larger D-IRAP score on the trial-type 1 relative to high depressed individuals. The findings support recent arguments that the stimulus function properties of all elements within an IRAP should be taken into account when predicting and interpreting behavioral patterns produced on the procedure. Considerations for use of the IRAP to predict behaviors in the natural environment are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Translational Research on Relapse: Renewal, Resurgence, and Reinstatement With Human and Non-Human Participants |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University ) |
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Understanding of relapse to unhealthy behaviors is essential. Translational research is critical to this effort. The four studies in this symposium investigated different types of relapse, including renewal, resurgence, and reinstatement, with human and non-human participants. Randall and colleagues investigated ABA renewal with eye tracking in human participants. A target response was reinforced in one context (A), extinguished in a second context (B), and then recurred following return to the original context (A). Programming of shared stimuli between Contexts A and B may reduce renewal. Smith and colleagues examined Differential Reinforcement of Alternative (DRA) behavior as an animal model of interventions for decreasing target behaviors in applied settings. They found that synthesizing reinforcers (multiple reinforcers) reduced the target behavior but increased relapse. Willis-Moore and colleagues present an analog of vaping, a dangerous and epidemic behavior in young people. Rats reliably self administered snout-only flavored nicotine across acquisition, extinction, and reinstatement. Finally, Bridges and colleagues examined relapse using food seeking in rats. They report the effects of changing cues, contexts, and alternative reinforcement contingencies on reinstatement, resurgence, and renewal. Together, these presentations will provide cutting edge explorations of important facets of relapse, followed by discussion by Dr. Christopher Podlesnik. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Beginning |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe different relapse paradigms (2) Describe the importance of translational research (3) Describe ways to mitigate relapse |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of Eye-Tracking Software to Inform an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Renewal Mitigation Procedure |
KAYLA RANDALL (Georgia Southern University), Sydney Arthur (Georgia Southern University), Joshua Williams (Georgia Southern University), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)) |
Abstract: ABA renewal is one type of operant renewal in which a target response is reinforced in a unique context (i.e., Context A), extinguished in novel context (i.e., Context B), and then recurs following a transition back to the original context. Recently, researchers have examined the robust phenomenon of ABA renewal when differential reinforcement of an alternative response is included in Context B and the renewal test. One method to mitigate ABA renewal is to program common stimuli so as to increase the similarity between Context A and Context B. This stimulus control strategy may support the generalization of behavior change between contexts. Currently, no studies exist on how to empirically derive the selection of the stimuli to program into Context B. We conducted a preliminary investigation using eye-tracking software to empirically determine which common stimulus to program into a three-phase ABA renewal arrangement that included differential reinforcement for 12 undergraduate students in a translational preparation. Our results replicate previous research demonstrating ABA renewal despite differential reinforcement contingencies. Further, ABA renewal may be less robust and more variable when common stimuli selected for programming are empirically determined using eye-tracking software. |
|
Synthesized Alternative Reinforcement and Resurgence |
SEAN SMITH (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Beatriz Elena Arroyo Antunez (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Jacqueline D DeBartelo (Student at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative (DRA) behavior is an effective intervention for decreasing target behaviors in applied settings. In some cases, clinicians implement DRA by simultaneously presenting multiple, qualitatively different reinforcers (i.e., synthesized reinforcement) contingent on alternative responses. The concatenated matching law suggests that reinforcer magnitude and quality, both of which are affected by synthesizing reinforcers, contribute to reinforcer value. Previous research has demonstrated that reinforcer value affects resurgence during treatment disruptions, but research has not evaluated the effects of combining magnitude and quality manipulations on resurgence. In this experiment, groups of rats received (a) isolated (i.e., food or sugar) reinforcement for target responding in Phase 1, (b) either isolated or synthesized (i.e., food and sugar) reinforcement for alternative responding while target responding was on extinction in Phase 2, and (c) no reinforcement in Phase 3. Compared to rats receiving isolated reinforcement in Phase 2, rats receiving synthesized reinforcement showed more rapid and complete reductions in target responding in Phase 2, but greater resurgence during the transition to Phase 3. These results have implications for researchers’ conceptualization of resurgence and may provide important information for application. |
|
Toward a Face-Valid Rodent Model of Self-Administration of Nicotine-Vapor: Acquisition, Extinction, and Reinstatement |
MARIAH WILLIS-MOORE (Utah State University), Kiernan Callister (Utah State University), Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University), David Legaspi (Utah State University), Preston Alden (Utah State University), Lucy Scribner (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Although originally thought by some to reduce the harm of tobacco cigarettes, the use of electronic nicotine delivery systems, or vaping, is a rising health concern, especially among adolescents and young adults. Vaping increases risks such as stroke, lung, and cardiovascular disease, and is associated with a greater propensity to start smoking tobacco cigarettes. Given the foreseeable harm of vaping, especially in at-risk populations, it is critical to identify factors related to phenomena such as acquisition and relapse. Towards this end, we have developed a non-invasive, non-proprietary, animal-model of nicotine-vaping that allows for fully voluntary snout-only access to vaporized nicotine. Here, we describe our model, including recent data from an experiment (n = 4) examining factors that impact acquisition, extinction, and reinstatement. Specifically, we have found that rats will reliably self-administer vaporized nicotine puffs over extended time periods. Furthermore, we have seen a change and decrease in responding following removal of vape puffs and vaping-associated cues. This effect may differ across biological sex. We are currently investigating how cues and flavoring (a major influence in human vaping) impact reinstatement. Our potential findings may provide insight into future regulation of vaping products and policies surrounding vaping. |
|
Relapse Magnitudes of Food Seeking in Rats: Reinstatement, Renewal, Resurgence, and Their Combinations |
MARY ELIZABETH BRIDGES (Jacksonville State University), Julianna N. Mostillo (Jacksonville State University), Richard L. Sheffield Jr. (Jacksonville State University), Rusty Nall (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral treatments to reduce undesirable behavior exist, but recurrence of previously reduced behavior (relapse) often occurs. There are at least three major types of relapse. Reinstatement is induced by re-exposure to stimuli previously paired with reinforcement. Renewal is induced by transitions to contexts other than treatment. Resurgence is induced by worsening of alternative reinforcement conditions. Relapse-mitigation techniques are typically specific to the anticipated
relapse type, and behavior is often susceptible to each of the different relapse types and their combinations. Therefore, clinicians may dedicate significant resources to implementing several relapse-mitigation techniques or risk safeguarding against one type of relapse only to have another emerge. The present experiment assessed relative magnitude of different relapse types
and their combinations with the goals of determining the largest magnitude relapse effects and developing a translational testing ground for novel relapse mitigation techniques across relapse types. Using a translational model of food seeking in rats, magnitudes of reinstatement, renewal, resurgence, and their combinations were assessed by changing cues, contexts, and/or alternative
reinforcement contingencies across baseline (VI 20s reinforcement), extinction (VI 20s alternative reinforcement for groups including resurgence components), and relapse phases. Results and implications for clinicians, researchers, and theories of relapse will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
School Consultation: Supporting Educator Training and Evaluation of Behavior Approaches in Schools |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Camilla Woodard (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine ) |
Discussant: Lisa Kemmerer (STAR Autism Support Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Kemmerer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior consultation continues to be a leading approach for supporting students with educational needs and behavioral challenges in schools. Behavior consultation has also been an avenue for increasing educator training and building capacity within school systems to support students with educational disabilities and Individual Education Programs (IEPs). This symposium will discuss the evaluation of educator training in the areas of identification of professional training needs, classroom management and implementation of individualized student support. Presentation topics will place emphasis on educator training and expanding their skill development to use behavior analytic strategies to support students at the district, school, class, and individual levels. Presentation topics will cover instructional delivery of teacher training for Functional Behavior Assessments (FBAs), Behavior Intervention Plans (BIPs), and Positive Behavior Interventions. Outcomes from a statewide, multi-component training model developed to support the implementation of high-quality FBAs and BIPs will be reviewed. Presentation topics will also discuss the impact of consultation in self-contained public special education preschool classrooms and using a Classroom Needs Assessment (CNA) to identify areas of strengths and needs in the classroom. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Educator Training, Needs Assessment, School Consultation |
Target Audience: Graduate student |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify behavior consultation models to support teachers and school administrators at the system, classroom, and individual levels.
2. Identify the impact of instructional delivery on teaching training for individualized student support.
3. Identify behavior approaches for prioritizing professional training needs. |
|
Training In-Service Teachers in Functional Behavior Assessment and Positive Behavior Interventions: A Scoping Review |
ANURADHA DUTT (National Insitute of Education, Nanyang Technological University), Mo Chen (National Insitute of Education, Nanyang Technological University), Rahul Nair (National Insitute of Education, Nanyang Technological University) |
Abstract: Functional behavior assessment (FBA) and positive behavior interventions are empirically validated interventions employed in schools. Teachers play a necessary role in the development and implementation of these individualized behavior plans to prevent and manage student challenging behavior. The current study sought to conduct a scoping review on the content and instructional delivery of FBA and positive behavior interventions’ training for in-service teachers. We employed methods consistent with standards for systematic review and meta-analysis (e.g., Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses [PRISMA]). The methodological rigor of included studies was also evaluated using Cochrane’s tool for assessing the risk of bias and What Works Clearinghouse guidelines for group and single case experimental design studies, respectively. Our initial search yielded 20,827 articles, of which nine studies were included based on this study’s inclusion criteria. Implications of findings for future research and practice directions in in-service teacher professional development are further discussed. |
|
A Systematic Approach to Identifying Training Needs of Educators to Support Inclusive Classroom Environments |
BRENDA J. BASSINGTHWAITE (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University; University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alexandria C. Robers (University of Minnesota), Jessie Kaye Weber (Munroe-Meyer Institute at University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act mandates that students with disabilities receive special education services in the least restrictive environment. Historically, general and special education teachers have reported a need for additional training to be able to support the academic and behavioral needs of students with disabilities in their classrooms (e.g., Buell et al., 2010; Dutt et al., 2016; Knight et al., 2019; Locke et al., 2022; Pindiprolou et al., 2007; Stough et al., 2015). We worked with three elementary schools and their leadership teams to conduct a needs assessment and to develop a targeted training plan for their educators. Included in the needs assessments were interviews with the leadership teams, a 20-item survey of all staff regarding their prioritized training needs, and observations of classrooms. During observations, we evaluated key behaviors associated with best practices in teaching for supportive classrooms: the use of schedules and routines, the physical design of the environment, teacher/student interactions, instructional strategies, and student communication systems. We will present the results obtained through the needs assessment and how this impacted the designed training for each school. We will also discuss the lessons we learned throughout this process to aid in replication by others. |
|
Evaluating A Statewide Training Model to Promote High-Quality Functional Behavior Assessments and Behavior Intervention Plans |
MATTHEW SANTINI (Vanderbilt University), Michelle Mahoney Hopton (Vanderbilt University - Nashville, TN), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Adithyan Rajaraman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Broad federal mandates for functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and behavior intervention plans (BIPs) have been in place for many years (IDEIA, 2004). However, states continue to put forth new regulations that provide more pointed guidance on ‘the when, who, what, and how’ of developing, implementing, and documenting FBAs and BIPs (Collins & Zirkel, 2017; Zirkel, 2016). With such further guidance comes a need to train and support school professionals to develop, implement, and document high-quality FBAs and BIPs that are compliant with state regulations. We evaluated effects of a statewide, multi-component training model for improving FBAs and BIPs using a pre-post design. Training participants included 104 educators representing 80 of 147 districts across the state of Tennessee. The training series involved completing asynchronous online modules, attending an in-person interactive workshop, and attending monthly targeted follow-up sessions via video conference. Outcome measures aligned to state regulations included a knowledge assessment consisting of 25 questions, de-identified FBAs and BIPs submitted by participants and scored on compliance indicators, and a self-report rating of competence and confidence. Results provided descriptive evidence of improvement post-training and informed which aspects of FBAs and BIPs (e.g., replacement behavior goals, progress monitoring) warranted further targeted supports. |
|
An Evaluation of Behavioral Consultation in Self-Contained Public School Special Education Preschool Classrooms |
DEVA CARRION (School Consultation Program at Marcus Autism Center), Camilla Woodard (School Consultation Program, Marcus Autism Center), Leonora Ryland (School Consultation Program, Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The need for educator training and implementation of behavioral analytic strategies is increasing for special education preschool programs. The aim of this pilot is to evaluate the impact of a school consultation training model in self-contained public school special education preschool classrooms. Class Needs Assessment (CNA) was developed as a progress monitoring tool to measure the classroom strengths and needs to determine goals for consultation and support. The measure is repeated every 4-6 weeks to assess the effectiveness of consultation on the implementation of behavior analytic strategies used in the classroom. Participants include 7 special education teachers across 2 school districts. All classrooms are self-contained special education preschool programs with 3 to 9 students. Each teacher receives 1-4 consultation visits per month once consultation is introduced, and include observation, recommendations, modeling, and skill transfer to classroom staff. Research directions and implications of this pilot will inform behavioral approaches for school consultation and educator training to support the instructional, behavioral, and developmental needs of preschool students with educational disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Leveraging Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) to Enhance Dignity, Safety, and Life Quality of Consumers via Staff Training |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tyler Ré (The Chicago School) |
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One application of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) focuses on staff outcomes that impact client success. The four presentations in this symposium will demonstrate several key components of OBM consultation through the use of assessment, intervention, and ongoing evaluation to ensure positive outcomes for both staff and clients in applied research and service delivery settings. Dr. John Guercio will describe how assessment at an organizational level led to improvements in data collection and treatment integrity. Valeria Pascale will present on how training staff to engage in positive interaction styles has positively impacted clients. Dr. Byron Wine will present strategies to improve staff safety while working with severely aggressive clients and preventing the use of restraint. Chris Delap will describe strategies used to improve staff retention through on-going staff development opportunities. All four of the presentations will demonstrate how staff training can influence organizational outcomes and thus client outcomes in community-based organizations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Residential Services, Staff Retention, Staff Safety |
Target Audience: Intermediate: Participants should come to the presentation with a basic familiarity with OBM Assessment, intervention and On-going evaluation and a firm understanding of behavior skills training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Participants will identify assessment strategies that promote the identification and subsequent intervention with staff performance issues in adult residential settings 2. The participants will be able to identify types of positive interactions based on the PEARL scale (McMorrow 2003; Guercio 2020) 3. Participants will be able to describe a treatment package that may lead to reduced frequency of physical restraint and an increase in staff safety. 4. Participants will be able to identify key strategies that lead to increased staff retention. |
|
Implementation of Staff Training Procedures in Settings That Serve Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Other Intellectual Disabilities |
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: Staff members working in residential homes serving persons with developmental disabilities pose significant staff training challenges to behavior analysts that work in these settings. Many times, it is not unusual for a behavior analyst that works in these settings to spend as much as 60% of their time engaged in staff training related tasks from an organizational behavior management (OBM) perspective. The following presentation will cover a host of evidence based behavioral interventions that have proven efficacious in adult service settings for clients with extreme behavioral issues. The use of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services will be detailed along with several other interventions that have increased staff performance related to crucial behavior that is required to work in adult service settings. Several studies will be shared related to the effective assessment and intervention of staff performance issues have been addressed with favorable outcomes. Attendees will be able to identify the interlocking contingencies between staff behavior, their learning history, and the role of trauma as it relates to both the people whom we serve and the staff who work with them role of trauma as it relates to both the people whom we serve and the staff who work with them. |
|
The Effectiveness of Positive Interaction Style in Decrease Severe Problem Behaviors and the Use of Verbal Feedback, Modeling and Reinforcement on Staff Behaviors to Increase Greater Outcomes |
VALERIA PASCALE (The Chicago School, ABA For Disability), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School), John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: Organizational behavior management (OBM) can impact organizational systems and contribute to improve the well- being and the interaction style of leaders, clients and employers (Weatherly 2021). It involves strategies procedures and techniques that demonstrated the effectiveness in improving workers productivity and safety (Wine & Pritchard 2019). The quality and frequency of positive interactions between staff and clients are related to the reduction in the frequency and duration of severe problem behaviors and to the increasing of meaningful outcomes. Unfortunately, the frequency with which staff interact positively with clients is often low and requires regular intervention (Ruby& Di Gennaro Reed 2021). One of the most important factors that can impact motivation in staff may be to reinforce their appropriate behaviors and assessing the preference of the staff. This talk will cover the role of verbal feedback and modeling to increase the positive interaction between staff and clients with severe problem behavior and the effectiveness of tangible reinforcers to contrive motivation in staff and achieve greatest outcomes. |
|
A Blocking and Distance Management Staff Training Intervention on Occurrences of Torso- and Head-Directed Aggression |
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center; University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Prevalence estimates of aggressive behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) ranges from 8% to 68% (Georgiades et al., 2011; Kanne & Mazurek, 2011). Differences in definitions of aggression, sampling, and how the data are obtained likely account for the variation. Despite the differences in prevalence estimates, it appears that aggression is present more often in ASD than in individuals without ASD (Farmer et al., 2015; Hill et al., 2014). It seems intuitive that aggression exhibited by clients is responsible for staff injuries in human services given that staff are likely targets, but it is only recently that research has suggested that injuries, at least in some cases of autism service delivery contexts, are due to interactions with clients (Ruby et al., in press) and thus, relatively little work has focused on preventing injuries for the staff members who implement treatment plans. In this study, three direct care staff members working with clients presenting with aggressive behavior were taught targeted blocking and distance management techniques to prevent injuries to the torso and head. Findings indicated that the injury prevention training was implemented quickly, and all staff members acquired the target skills in simulations. |
|
Ongoing Staff Development: Implementing Behavioral Skills Training as a Staff Development Model |
CHRIS DELAP (Lakemary Center) |
Abstract: Effective on-going staff training strategies have been shown to increase staff retention along with fostering staff development. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is rooted in Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA) principles and is an evidenced-based teaching strategy to enhance staff training and staff development in a variety of employment fields. More specifically within residential treatment settings, BST strategies can teach staff at all levels the necessary competencies for working with learners who display challenging behaviors. Not only does the implementation of evidence-based training strategies positively impact the quality of care for learners within residential programs, but it also improves staff retention and perceived efficacy of their own skills in positive engagement, preventative strategies, and crisis de-escalation.
This paper will review the process of implementing BST curriculum for direct care staff at a Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facility (PRTF) in Kansas. Key implementation strategies for positive outcomes include developing a staff mentor program, implementing fidelity checklists and ongoing evaluations. The skills developed through the BST focus on preventative behavioral skills to aid in the reduction of Emergency Safety Interventions (ESI). Staff retention will be reviewed and discussed by comparing staff retention rates of one year pre and post implementation of the IGNITE Mentor program. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative Analytical Approaches in Behavior Analysis: From Basic to Applied Research |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the past decade, advances in data collection and processing have led scientists to examine the application of innovative analytical approaches to a wide variety of problems. These innovative approaches are also making their way across all domains of behavior analysis. The purpose of this symposium is to present some of these novel approaches as applied to data from nonhuman and human behavior. The first presentation examines how researchers may leverage technology to collect spatiotemporal data and test innovative hypotheses with rats. The second address compares different machine learning algorithms to identify schedules of reinforcement in pigeons. For the third presentation, researchers have conducted a study on applying genetic algorithms to produce artificial organisms, which can then be used to develop models to identify the reinforcement schedules and magnitude of automatically reinforced behavior. Finally, the symposium ends with a presentation on the application of disequilibrium theory in clinical settings. Altogether, the presentations provide exemplars of innovative data analyses that contribute to both basic and applied research in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, data analysis, machine learning, spatiotemporal data |
Target Audience: Advanced graduate students, BCBAs, and BCBA-Ds with intermediate competencies in conducting data analysis on behavioral data |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe at least one novel analytical approach applied to nonhuman animals, (2) describe at least one novel analytical approach applied to human behavior, and (3) explain how novel analytic approaches may contribute to the development of behavior analysis. |
|
Spatiotemporal Data and Machine Learning: Shaping the Future of Behavior Analysis and Reinforcement Schedules |
ALEJANDRO LEON (Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: This presentation introduces an innovative approach to behavior analysis, breaking away from the conventional focus on single responses and their timing. Instead, we delve into the continuous spatial aspects of behavior, a vital component of natural environments. We employ cutting-edge computer vision techniques for real-time spatial behavior monitoring, shedding light on previously unexplored insights. Our research highlights how spatial dynamics, including variables like entropy, are profoundly affected by reinforcement schedules. We introduce novel reinforcement schedules derived from real-time spatiotemporal data, showcasing two instances of behavior analysis under individual and social conditions. These examples reveal how organisms respond to reinforcement schedules rooted in spatiotemporal factors. We harness machine learning tools to conduct multidimensional behavior analysis, considering variables like reinforcement rate, distance traveled, velocity, proximity to reinforcement sources, the time organisms spend in reinforcement zones, spatial anticipation of reinforcement, and entropy, among others. This presentation underscores the importance of uniting spatiotemporal data with behavior analysis and reinforcement schedules. By doing so, we expand the horizons of behavioral science, allowing it to encompass a broader range of natural settings and variables. |
|
Predicting Animal Learning Histories With Artificial Intelligence (AI): Insights From Snapshot Data |
ANNA PLESSAS (Auckland University of Technology), Josafath Espinosa-Ramos (Auckland University of Technology), Dave Parry (Murdoch University), Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Jason Landon (Auckland University of Technology) |
Abstract: Past experiences shape behaviour and future actions are often based on current behavioural patterns. This research introduces an innovative tool to retrodict unknown learning histories from limited behavioural datasets extracted from binary choices made by laboratory pigeons. We extracted a snapshot of choice behaviour, including a 5-second post-reinforcer-delivery observation window. A Spiking Neural Network (SNN) was designed to generate retrodictions of learning histories. In Experiment 1, retrodictions were achieved, indicating that pigeons' binary choice snapshots contained sufficient information for the SNN model. Experiment 2 compared the SNN with other deep neural network models, with the SNN demonstrating superior retrodiction performance based on additional metrics. Experiment 3 illustrated the SNN's adaptability to novel, small-sized datasets of varying learning histories; personalised modelling further improved retrodictive performance. Experiment 4 validated the method's reliability through transfer learning techniques, highlighting the SNN's robust retrodiction capabilities. The SNN demonstrates proof of concept by discerning individual differences in learning patterns and the relationship between behaviour and learning history. The SNN's adaptability to small datasets makes it economical and easy to test in real-world conditions. Implications for both clinical and basic research will be discussed, including research in the use of SNN with human behaviour datasets. |
|
Detecting the Magnitude and Schedule of Automatic Reinforcement Using Artificial Neural Networks: A Simulation-Based Study |
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Given that the experimenter cannot directly manipulate the reinforcer maintaining the behavior, identifying the magnitude and schedule of automatic reinforcement remains a challenge for researchers and practitioners. One potential solution to this challenge is to combine the temporal dimensions of behavior with machine learning to develop models that can detect magnitude and schedules. However, the lack of access to an external reinforcer maintaining the behavior makes it difficult to develop models using nonhuman and human behavior. To this end, we used the evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics to simulate 250 artificial organisms that engaged in automatically-reinforced behavior under two different RI schedules with low and high magnitudes of reinforcement. A hold-out cross-validation approach was then applied to train and test artificial neural networks with rate and IRT data. The results showed that machine learning could detect changes in reinforcement magnitude with a high level of accuracy. That said, machine leaning did not considerably improve the identification of schedules. Further work in this area of research should thus focus on identifying other features of single-case data that would improve the models, especially in discriminating schedules. |
|
Applying Disequilibrium Theory in Clinical Settings: Considerations for Practice and Research |
HUNTER KING (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Derived from Timberlake and Allison’s (1974) response deprivation hypothesis, disequilibrium theory defines reinforcement and punishment in terms of instrumental and contingent activities (rather than stimuli). An instrumental activity is a response that produces an opportunity to engage in a contingent activity. Disequilibrium theory affords a novel technique for measuring behavior in applied settings as it focuses on the ratio of instrumental to contingent activities during free operant baselines to formalize the conditions under which a deprived organism will modify instrumental responding to access to the contingent activity. In recent years, researchers have evaluated the model’s ability to predict the desired effects of an intervention in human operant arrangements and clinical settings. The corpus of this literature supports the model’s ability to predict and control behavior, providing clinicians with a precise analytic method for determining contingency arrangements to address problems of social importance. This presentation provides an overview of disequilibrium theory, describes the process for how to collect data in a manner that facilitates analysis of behavioral events using this approach, and highlights several applied demonstrations of the model for making predictions about clinically significant behavior in treatment-resistant populations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diving Beneath the Surface of the Ethics Codes: Exploring Ethical Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby (Easterseals of Southern California) |
CE Instructor: Weihe Huang, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts frequently face ethical challenges beyond what the ethics code can suggest. In this symposium, we will discuss ethical issues behavior analysts likely to encounter in clinical settings and suggest the potential solutions. The first presentation explores the complex concept of value-based ethical dilemmas and proposes a decision-making protocol for behavior analyst to deliberate these unique ethical challenges that may not be fully addressed by the BACB ethics code. Case examples are examined to illustrate the decision-making process. These cases cover concerns with cultural responsiveness to treatment and services provided in the telehealth context. The second presentation reports results from a survey regarding autistic people’s perspectives of ABA services. Suggestions for incorporating autistic people’s voices to ABA services are discussed. The third presentation is designed to share results of recent literature regarding the prevalence of psychotropic medication with our likely clients and medication effectiveness. Basic information and simple techniques likely to promote effective collaboration with a prescribing physician are discussed. The fourth presentation focuses on ethical challenges encountered by behavior analysts when conducting sexuality education for people on the autism spectrum, as well as some proposed solutions. The perceived ethical barriers in this area are also addressed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Ethics Decision, Neurodiversity, Psychotropic Medication, Sexuality Education |
Target Audience: basic |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to 1. describe core ethical principles valued in the field of applied behavior analysis. 2. discriminate between value-based ethical dilemmas vs. strategy-based ethical dilemmas. 3. explain six steps in the decision-making model for value-based ethical dilemmas. 4. apply the decision-making model to solve ethical dilemmas stemming from applied behavior analytical services including telehealth-based ABA services. 5. describe the perspectives, experiences, and impacts of ABA-based practices for autistic people 6. discuss strategies to include autistic voices to enhance the social validity of ABA research and practice 7. define the placebo effect and its importance to the pharmaceutical study that pointed up the importance of the single subject design in monitoring drug effectiveness. 8. describe the role of the behavior analyst in assisting the physician in monitoring the effectiveness of a prescribed psychotropic medication. 9. describe the study that compared the effect on a target behavior of medication with ABA versus ABA alone. 10. identify the reasons why providing sexuality education is ethically necessary. 11. describe common ethical challenges faced when teaching sexuality education to people with disabilities. 12. engage in decision making strategies to make the best ethical decision under a variety of conditions. |
|
Addressing Values-Based Ethical Dilemmas in Behavioral Services |
WEIHE HUANG (Creative Human Learning), Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University), Xiaofan Zhang (University of Pittsburgh; Wuhan Linjie Rehabilitation Medical Center) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) service delivery is a complicated process and some issues stemming from this process can be controversial. Ethical dilemmas can challenge ABA practitioners and require thorough examination. In the first presentation, we will introduce a distinction between values-based dilemmas and strategies-based dilemmas for the first time. A values-based ethical dilemma exists when, in charting the course for a clinical case, tensions occur among values within the same ethical system. Strategies-based dilemmas, on the other hand, are mainly about “risk-benefits for each behavioral procedure” (Bailey & Burch, 2016). Having identified the existence of values-based ethical dilemmas stemming from potential tensions among underlying values and ethical rules, we want to provide behavior practitioners with a systematic approach to addressing these dilemmas. Specifically, we use a step-by-step protocol for ethical deliberation in situations involving values-based ethical dilemmas. We describe the application of this approach to clinical cases including services provided via telehealth. |
|
Exploring the Experiences of Self-Identified Self-Advocates on the Autism Spectrum With Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Practices and Research |
GRACE DEMERLING (University of Western Ontario), Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University), Albert Malkin (Western University), Laura E. Mullins (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University) |
Abstract: In this presentation, we will review the results from an online survey with adults who identify as being on the autism spectrum and have experience receiving ABA-based services and supports. This survey asked participants to report on their perceived success, outcomes, and challenges of ABA-based services and their impact on their identity, emotions, and well-being. A descriptive summary and thematic analysis of these experiences will be presented. A total of 14 participants completed the survey. All participants answered that they had received a formal diagnosis of autism rather than self-identifying. Thirteen of the 14 participants identified their race as white, while 1 preferred not to identify their race. Nine participants identified as male, 2 identified as female, while 3 preferred to self describe or preferred not to say. At the time of responding to the survey, participants' ages ranged from 19 to 32 (M= 25.5). The number of years participants reported receiving ABA-based services and supports ranged from 1 year to 18 years. 57% of participants reported feeling successful during their experiences with ABA-based services and supports, while 64% of participants reported feeling successful after their experience. 14% of participants reported feeling very unsuccessful both during and after their experiences with ABA-based services and supports. The majority of participants reported the outcomes of ABA-based services and supports to have been helpful later on in their lives, wth 50% of participants reporting they felt their outcomes have been helpful, 29% of participants reported their outcomes have been very helpful; in contrast, 14% of participants reported their outcomes were very unhelpful later on in their lives. This research hopes to amplify the lived experiences of autistic voices with ABA-based services and supports to better inform both practices in the ABA field and autism research. |
|
Ethical Considerations in the Coordination of Behavior Analysis and Psychotropic Medication Management Services |
THOMAS R. FREEMAN (ABA Technologies Inc. ; Florida Institute of Techology) |
Abstract: Many peer-reviewed surveys over the last 3 decades have revealed that psychotropic medications are commonly prescribed for many if not most of the individuals who are most likely to receive ABA services (e.g., individuals diagnosed with ID or ASD). These medications are typically prescribed by psychiatrists, neurologists, or other medical personnel with the express purpose of changing some problematic aspect of the individual recipient’s overt and covert behavior. Despite this fact, many behavior analysts refrain from participating in this clinical domain, considering it the exclusive responsibility of the prescribing physician. However, the current edition of the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts requires that behavior analysts “collaborate with colleagues from their own and other professions in the best interest of clients and stakeholders” (Code element 2.10 Collaborating with Colleagues). Behavior analysis is often recommended in the medical literature as the treatment of first choice to deal with the problem behavior of many individuals, as well being as an appropriate parallel to ongoing medication treatment. This presentation is designed to briefly review the prevalence of psychotropic medication with our likely clients; to share some key results in recently published literature regarding medication effectiveness and the need for behavior analysis services with individuals receiving these powerful medications; and to provide behavior analysts with some basic information and simple techniques likely to promote effective collaboration with a prescribing physician. We argue that the behavior analyst is the individual on the interdisciplinary team that is best equipped to collect solid data and other observational information on the effects, side effects, toxic effects, behavioral effects, and other impacts on the global functioning of individuals receiving psychotropic medication. The behavior analyst is also positioned to oversee the training of direct service staff in this area. The behavior analyst can then provide vital information to the prescribing physician, to assist in determining the most effective, least invasive level of these powerful substances, which profoundly alter the chemistry of an individual’s brain, and thereby affect the person’s perception of and response to their environment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyses of Verbal Behavior in Complex Cases |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College, CUNY) |
Discussant: Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas ) |
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As research in verbal behavior continues to advance, we find ourselves asking questions about the more complex cases including language acquisition beyond the elementary verbal operants, identification of the most effective and efficient teaching procedures, the role of learning histories on skill acquisition, and considerations in the rehabilitation of language skills. Research in these areas continues to develop and inform practice. Researchers in the first paper of this symposium taught qualifying autoclitics to children with autism spectrum disorder and assessed generalization of those qualifying autoclitics. Researchers in the second paper compared sequential and simultaneous methods for teaching two foreign languages to college students. Researchers in the third paper, controlled for and manipulated the learning histories of neurotypical adults to assess the effects on acquisition of convergent intraverbals. Researchers in the fourth paper assessed intraverbals in adults with aphasia or other acquired brain injury to provide input on optimal strategies for rehabilitating those lost repertoires. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): aphasia, autoclitics, convergent intraverbals, foreign language |
Target Audience: (1) Basic to moderate understanding of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior
(2) Consumption of verbal behavior literature on elementary verbal operants |
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify strategies to program for generalization of qualifying autoclitics.
(2) Describe sequential and simultaneous instruction.
(3) Speak to the role of learning histories in skill acquisition.
(4) List considerations for rehabilitation of language skills. |
|
Teaching and Generalization of Autoclitics for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BRIANNA KATHERINE DUSZYNSKI (Marquette University), Kara Burrows (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Mercedes Rios (Marquette University), Axel Meng (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) frequently have deficits in verbal behavior across operants. Skill acquisition services typically focus on teaching elementary verbal operants of verbal behavior such as mands, tact, echoics, and intraverbals. however, less focus has been placed on methods to teach autoclitics. An autoclitic is a verbal operant that alters the effects of other verbal behavior on the listener. The current investigation taught a qualifying autoclitic (i.e., an autoclitic mand) to two participants with ASD and assessed generalization of the autoclitic across conditions. A multiple baseline design across contexts was utilized. We identified three to four establishing operations (EO) conditions that were trained one at a time. Abolishing operations (AO) conditions were also included to ensure that the participant did not emit the autoclitic under unnecessary conditions. Next, generalization was tested with the untrained conditions. The results of one participant showed acquisition of the autoclitic mand during two trained conditions and generalization to the untrained conditions. The second participant’s treatment is underway. |
|
A Comparison of Teaching Two Foreign Languages Simultaneously and Sequentially to Young Adults |
TIANJIAO LI (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Iman Ahmed (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Xuehua Zhao (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: This talk will discuss the optimal procedures for teaching adults two languages. We recruited college students who are native English speakers with no prior learning history in Chinese and Japanese. In the first condition (the sequential condition), participants learned to tact stimuli in one language prior to learning to tact the same stimuli in the other language. In the second condition (the simultaneous condition), participants learned to tact stimuli in both languages concurrently. We conducted both between- and within-subject replications. We found that both conditions were effective; however, participants learned tacts in the sequential more efficiently than in the simultaneous condition. The within-subject replication data revealed a “learning to learn” phenomenon, whereby participants learned a second set of tacts more efficiently across conditions; however, the sequential condition continued to produce more efficient acquisition when compared to the simultaneous one. The simultaneous condition facilitated better bidirectional intraverbals than the sequential condition. |
|
The Effects of Learning Histories on Acquisition of Convergent Intraverbals: A Comparison of Stimulus Arrangements |
SAMANTHA WALSH (Manhattan Children Center), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College, CUNY), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College), Adrienne Jennings (Daemen University), Nicole Pantano (Assumption University) |
Abstract: It has been suggested that when teaching convergent intraverbals to children with autism spectrum disorder, researchers carefully construct stimulus sets such that they ensure responses to all relevant components within the auditory stimulus (i.e., that they overlap). However, this type of teaching arrangement might facilitate restricted stimulus control. To evaluate this, Aguirre et al. (2019) compared a simple arrangement in which stimuli did not share overlapping components with a complex arrangement in which stimuli shared overlapping components. Overall, their results showed no substantial difference in stimulus arrangements. It is possible that it is not the arrangement itself that is problematic, but rather different learning histories of participants and/or inadequate or missing prerequisite skills. The only way to accurately determine which variables are relevant is to control each one. Thus, the purpose of this study was to replicate Aguirre et al. (2019) but in a translational format, using arbitrary stimuli, with adult participants who had no known language or developmental delays. To extend Aguirre et al., we taught prerequisite speaker skills prior to assessing the effects of an overlapping target stimulus arrangement and a non-overlapping target stimulus arrangement. Our results indicate that teaching with overlapping stimuli might impact or delay acquisition of convergent intraverbals. This finding is preliminary and additional research is warranted. |
|
Intraverbal Assessment for Persons With Aphasia or Other Acquired Brain Injury |
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC), Tracie L. Lindblad (ONTABA), Brittany Clark (Evergreen Communication Therapy, Ltd.), Zareen Ali (Pediatric Rehabilitation Services) |
Abstract: An intraverbal assessment was administered to older adults with aphasia, using a hierarchy of questions that required increasingly complex verbal discriminative stimulus control. Five categories of errors were defined and analyzed for putative stimulus control, with the aim to identify requisite assessment components leading to more efficient and effective treatments. Evocative control over intraverbal error responses was evident throughout the database, as shown by commonalities within four distinct categories of errors; a fifth category, representing a narrow majority of errors, was less clear in terms of functional control over responses. Generally, questions requiring increasingly complex intraverbal stimulus control resulted in weaker verbal performance for those with aphasia. A new 9-point intraverbal assessment model is proposed, based on Skinner’s functional analysis of verbal behavior. The study underscores that loss or disruption of a formerly sophisticated language repertoire presents differently than the fledgling language skills and errors of new learners, such as typically developing children and those with autism or developmental disabilities. Thus, we would do well to consider that rehabilitation may require a different approach to intervention than habilitation. We offer several thematic topics for future research in this area. |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring Verbal Behavior Research: Translational, Application, and Recommendations for Practice |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Katie Renaud Breneman (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Discussant: Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Katie Renaud Breneman, M.A. |
Abstract: Verbal behavior has been widely studied with the goal of understanding the process of language development and its applications for the intervention of people with language delays. This symposium will offer a collection of studies focused on verbal behavior and its applications across a variety of settings and participants. The opening presentation will feature Anne Carneiro, who will present a study that evaluated the effects of teaching problem-solving strategies on the accuracy of tacts in neurotypical children. In the second presentation, Dr. Juliana Oliveira will discuss the use of different training designs in the instruction of foreign-language vocabulary. The third presentation will feature Dr. Heidi Olaff, who will present on forming equivalence classes by using the bidirectional intraverbal naming paradigm with college students. Finally, Dr. Meral Koldas will discuss the findings of a systematic review of empirical studies focused on verbal behavior variability and provide preliminary recommendations for practitioners. Dr. Per Holth will serve as the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior variability, equivalence, foreign language, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Intermediate instruction level. Attendees should have a good understanding of basic concepts and principles of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives:
At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to:
1) List the problem-solving strategies used to determine effects on the accuracy of tacts.
2) Name at least one training design that was effective at teaching foreign-language vocabulary.
3) Describe what is the bidirectional intraverbal naming paradigm.
4) Explain recommendations for practitioners to use to promote variability in verbal responses. |
|
The Effects of Teaching Problem-Solving Strategies on Tact Accuracy of Past Events With Children |
(Applied Research) |
ANNE COSTA CARNEIRO (Guia AC; UFSCar), Ricardo Pereira da Silva Oliveira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: This study aims to evaluate the effects of teaching problem-solving strategies (categorization and rule-used prompts) on the accuracy of tacts of past events. Three neurotypical children (4-5-years-old) were first taught to tact 36 unfamiliar visual stimuli (pictures of animal, plants, objetcts) using a auditory-visual discrimination instruction with echoic response requirement (preexperimental condition). After meet the learning criteria, participants will be exposed to the experimental conditions in a multiple probe across participants design. During probes, participants will be allowed to play with different toys and games, including a card game (critical activity) during which the experimenter will present nine out of the 36 pictures previously learned and require the children to tact each of them. After 10 min, they will be asked to respond questions about past events (e.g., What pictures did you see today at the playing room?). Intervention will consist in a teaching both categorization and medianting-response prompting (rule-used prompts) to the participants, according to Sautter et al. (2011). Data collection for the preexperimental condition is still in progress. Partial results shows that the auditory-visual discrimination instruction with echoic response requirement is producing emergent tact responses. |
|
Evaluating Different Training Designs in Computerized Foreign-Language Vocabulary Instruction |
(Basic Research) |
JULIANA OLIVEIRA (Munroe Meyer Institute), Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The present study sought to evaluate training designs commonly used in popular commercially available computer-assisted language learning (CALL) programs. In a between-group design, we compared the efficiency with which participants acquired the same emergent stimulus relations as a result of an instruction that teaches a small number of relations (Compound MTS condition) versus an instruction that directly targets a greater number of relations separately (Mixed condition). Forty participants were assigned to either a compound MTS or Mixed condition. In the compound MTS condition, each trial presented a compound sample (i.e., an auditory, picture, and a textual FL stimulus), to which the learner was required to respond by selecting a matching picture from an array of choices. In the Mixed condition, each trial presented a stimulus (i.e., textual, picture, or auditory separately) as samples. During training, participants received feedback on correct and incorrect responses. In a post-test, emergent listener relations, tacts, and intraverbal relations were tested. We predicted that the compound MTS condition would require fewer trials to complete mastery than the Mixed condition. This prediction was not confirmed. The compound MTS condition required fewer trials to achieve mastery, while also performing similarly during post- and follow-up tests. |
|
The Role of Bidirectional Intraverbal Naming on Stimulus Class Formation |
(Basic Research) |
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo Metropolitan University), Emilie Jørgensen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Bidirectional intraverbal naming (I-BiN) involves establishing vocal relations between stimuli, which, in turn, results in the emergence of novel intraverbals and listener responses: Training A to B and B–C, will likely, produce the emergence of the relations B–A and C–B, A–C and C–A, in addition to listener responses. This study extends Ma et al. (2016) and comprises three experiments––eight college students in each experiment. In Experiment 1, we replicated the procedures in Ma et al. In Experiment 2, listener responses were established first, and subsequently, we tested tacts. Finally, in Experiment 3, we employed a one-to-many training structure, as opposed to the linear structure utilized in Ma et al. Additionally, we exposed participants to sorting tests. Across experiments, we assessed the properties of stimulus equivalence through pre- and post-tests across three meaningful stimulus classes, each containing three members. The results demonstrated when I-BiN was successfully established, the participants formed equivalence classes and correctly emitted matching-to-sample responses during posttests, thereby confirming the findings of Ma et al. The occurrence of I-BiN was confirmed by reaction time and post-experimental interviews. These results confirmed that participants form equivalence classes when they are trained in an I-BiN paradigm. |
|
Verbal Behavior Variability: A Systematic Review of Empirical Literature |
(Theory) |
MERAL KOLDAS (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Abstract: Research has shown that behavior variability can arise as a by-product of contingencies of reinforcement or as a direct outcome of such contingencies. In the former case, variability is not a mandatory condition for reinforcement delivery but is permissible. In the latter case, reinforcement is contingent upon variations (Neuringer, 1991). People with autism and other developmental disabilities typically engage in rigid, invariant verbal behavior, which might interfere with social interactions and the development of meaningful relationships. Therefore, it is essential to understand the contingencies that facilitate variability of verbal behavior during social interactions. The purpose of this systematic review was to investigate empirical studies focusing on the variability of verbal operants. We conducted a search on major databases as well as reference checks to identify studies that included humans as participants, directly evaluated variability, and focused on verbal behavior. A total of 44 studies were included for full-text review. Studies were coded for participants' demographics, study design, and procedures involved in promoting verbal behavior variability. The findings regarding participants' characteristics, verbal response topographies, and antecedent and consequence strategies to promote variance in verbal responses will be discussed. We will conclude with preliminary recommendations for practitioners focused on promoting variability in verbal responses. |
|
|
|
|
|
Chasing Joy: Priorities for Ethical Dog Behavior Change |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ran Courant-Morgan, M.S. |
Chair: Ran Courant-Morgan (The Dog Behavior Institute) |
STEPHANIE KEESEY-PHELAN (The Dog Behavior Institute) |
MAIA HUFF-OWEN (University of North Texas) |
KIKI YABLON (Kiki Yablon Dog Training/Karen Pryor Academy/BehaviorWorks) |
Abstract: When applying behavior analysis to dog behavior change, behavior analysts often focus only on the outcomes of effective behavior reduction or skill acquisition. In this panel, three professional dog trainers will discuss how they approach behavior change while centering joy for both the dog and human learner. A focus on joyful behavior change is intimately related to providing ethical care. Panelists will consider a working definition of joy in the context of training and what observable behavior might indicate that they have successfully incorporated joy into their training. Most dog training involves more than just dog behavior, and requires the practitioner to work well with both dogs and their people. The conversation will include discussion about the importance of accessibility and inclusion for human learners when working towards these goals. Incorporating best practices related to accessibility and inclusion can further support joyful training for dogs and their people. There will also be opportunity for attendees to submit questions for panelists. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: This is open to all instruction levels. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify potential definitions of “joy” that are relevant when teaching; (2) Name at least one way to make a behavior practice more accessible; (3) Identify the relevance of joy in training |
Keyword(s): accessibility, dog behavior, ethics, inclusion |
|
|
|
|
|
The Development of Behavior Science |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Linda J. Parrott Hayes, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This session considers the development of behavior science in the context of celebrating the 50th anniversary of The Association for Behavior Analysis International. The session includes three presentations by leaders in the science of behavior, each representing areas of work where there has been significant development with broad implications for theory, research, and application. These areas include cultural behavior science, derived stimulus relations, and the molar perspective. Each presentation addresses where we have been, where we are, and implications for the future, within the context of their respective topic. The session concludes with a panel that discusses these developments as well as the future of science of behavior more generally. Central to this discussion is how the science of behavior might continue to be a progressive science that develops and changes in various ways over time. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and graduate students interested in history of behavior analysis and culturo-behavioral science, the molar view of behavior, and human language and thought. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Identify at least 3 themes of B. F. Skinner’s work; (2) State the author’s view of the theme of Skinner’s 1981 article “Selection by Consequences”; (3) Describe one example of behavior analytic substantive work addressing societal problems; (4) Specify and define one concept that addresses contingencies of selection in the evolution of cultural phenomena; (5) State their own view (with rationale) regarding the value, importance, or necessity of integrating substantive and conceptual work in culturo-behavior science; (6) Explain the molar view of behavior; (7) Discuss how the molar view of behavior grew from matching theory; (8) Discuss how the molar view of behavior relates to evolutionary theory; (9) Describe key behavior-analytic milestones in the study of human language and cognition; (10) Outline the core tenets of relational frame theory; (11) Explain how recent developments in the study of derived stimulus relations create the opportunity for synergies within the field and highlight future potential research directions. |
|
The Molar View of Behavior and Its Development |
WILLIAM BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: The history of the molar view of behavior as I conceive it goes back even to my undergraduate days, when Richard J. Herrnstein was my advisor. By the time I finished, I was already doubting the adequacy of the concepts of discrete responses, contiguity, and reinforcement. In graduate school, I saw the beginnings of a way to view behavior as temporally extended with temporally extended causes, particularly relations between rates. Many influences affected my thinking after that, but a linear account would be impossible. In this talk I will explain the influences as best as I can recall them and give some idea of chronology. |
Dr. Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965–66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis and lives in Walnut Creek. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, cultural evolution, and behaviorism. He is the author of three books, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution (3rd ed.), Science and Philosophy of Behavior: Selected Papers, and Introduction to Behavior: An Evolutionary Perspective. |
|
Following the Lead of B.F. Skinner to Culturo-Behavior Science |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Over a period of 50+ years, B. F. Skinner set the agenda for a scientific approach to the subject matter of behavior. His doctoral thesis was essentially philosophical in nature. After about a quarter century of experimentally analyzing operant behavior in laboratory settings, Skinner turned to applications and interpretations that dealt with real-world phenomena in terms of the scientific principles established by his experimental work. For many behaviorists, his 1981 paper titled “Selection by Consequences” pointed to a future in which operant analysis would be linked substantively and conceptually to the evolution of human species on one end, and the evolution of their cultural environments on the other. On the cultural end of this linkage, behavior scientists tend to focus either on substantive or on conceptual matters. Those focusing on substantive matters rather straightforwardly apply operant principles to deal with societal problems involving the behavior of many people (and these efforts pre-date Skinner, 1981). Those focusing on conceptual problems go forward to explore Skinner’s suggestion that selection by consequences accounts for the evolution of cultural phenomena themselves. A brief review of the substantive and conceptual work suggests that integration could be helpful. |
Sigrid Glenn is Regents Professor Emeritus at the University of North Texas. Her published work includes four books, 60+ articles and six book chapters on experimental, conceptual and applied topics in behavior analysis and culturo-behavior science. She has served on multiple publication boards and as editor of The Behavior Analyst (1988-1989). As founding chair of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas, Dr. Glenn established master's and bachelor's degree programs in behavior analysis, leading the faculty in the first accreditation of a graduate program by ABAI. She is a founding fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis and a fellow of the American Psychological Association. Awards from students and colleagues include the 2015 SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis, TxABA’s 2011 Award for Career Contributions in Behavior Analysis and its 2015 Award for Pioneers of Behavior Analysis in Texas; and awards from the University of North Texas, Cal ABA, the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. Students at UNT named her Honor Professor in 1987 and ABAI student committee gave her Outstanding Mentorship Award in 2008. Dr. Glenn served as president of Texas Association for Behavior Analysis in 1992 and President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in 1994. |
|
A Brief History of Basic Research on Derived Relational Responding and What the Future May Hold |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University) |
Abstract: The presentation will describe how the study of derived stimulus relations has provided the basis for a behavior–analytic approach to the study of human language and cognition in purely functional–analytic terms. A brief history of the early behavior–analytic approach to human language and cognition is first provided, focusing on Skinner’s text Verbal Behavior, his subsequent introduction of the concept of instructional control, and Sidman’s seminal research on stimulus equivalence relations. Thereafter, the concept of derived stimulus relations from the perspective of relational frame theory is considered, with an emphasis on how it allowed researchers to refine and extend the functional approach to language and cognition in multiple ways. Some recent conceptual and empirical developments are then reviewed, which highlight how the concept of derived stimulus relations continues to play a key role in the behavior–analytic study of human language and cognition. It will also be argued that this recent work appears to encourage particular synergies across different theoretical perspectives within behavior science, suggesting potential directions for future research. |
Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland, Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. In 2020 he returned to his alma mater as a full professor at Ulster University. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behaviour between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, and a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis, International. He is also a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and became an Odysseus laureate in 2015 when he received an Odysseus Type 1 award from the Flemish Science Foundation in Belgium. |
|
|
|
|
|
Variations in Assessment Methodologies for Individuals With Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chelsea Rose Fleck (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Chelsea Rose Fleck, Ph.D. |
Abstract: When meeting a new client, behavior analysts often begin by conducting a number assessments to gather empirical information about client preference and behavioral sensitivities before implementing treatment. When the client engages in challenging behavior such as aggression or self-injury, clinicians may consider additional assessments beyond a functional analysis to identify reinforcers, target demands, or effective schedules of reinforcement. In the first talk, Emily Gottlieb will present on a negative reinforcement latency assessment (NRLA) for identifying potentially evocative demands or types of social interactions that may be relevant for the client's treatment. In the second talk, Nicholas Migliaccio will present on the impact of different functions of challenging behavior on levels of behavior during different preference assessment formats. Finally, Lauren Layman will present on an assessment for comparing the effectiveness of positive reinforcers in the treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior when participants do or do not have access to the reinforcers outside of the assessment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, challenging behavior, escape, preference assessments |
Target Audience: Participants should be familiar with single-subject research design, assessment methodology, and behavior-analytic assessment and treatment approach for individuals with challenging behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a negative reinforcement latency assessment for identifying potentially evocative demands and/or social interactions to evaluate within a functional analysis; (2) describe features of preference assessment formats that may evoke challenging behavior with clients with some function types, and (3) describe the relative effects of open and closed economies on positive reinforcement-based interventions for escape-maintained problem behavior. |
|
The Utility of Conducting a Negative Reinforcement Latency Assessment |
EMILY GOTTLIEB (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Jennifer M. Hodnett (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts use an array of assessment tools in their efforts to devise and implement function-based interventions (LeBlanc, Raetz, Sellers, & Carr, 2016). One such group of assessment tools include latency-based measures. Historically, these assessments promote gaining insight regarding the aversiveness of demands (Call, Pabico, & Lomas, 2009). More recently, this assessment logic has been applied to contexts expanding beyond demands. Specifically, latency assessments can develop a hierarchy of aversiveness related to exposure to social interactions (Slocum, Scheithauer, & Muething, 2021). The utility of these assessment measures is demonstrated by applying the insight gained to subsequent assessments and analyses (e.g., functional analysis). The current study applied negative reinforcement latency assessments for 5 participants. Results obtained in the negative reinforcement latency assessment were used to inform the functional analyses for participants and subsequently aid in developing effective intervention packages. Implementations of these results for designing assessment and treatment will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Varying Preference Assessment Methodology on the Occurrence of Challenging Behavior |
NICHOLAS MIGLIACCIO (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Lauren Gayoso-Acuna (Rutgers University), Arielle Rose Marshall (Rutgers Graduate School of Applied Psychology), Ting-yu Liu (Rutgers University), Nicole Barfield (Rutgers University), Deandra Damson (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Preliminary research has suggested that while preference assessments are important for identifying items for use in behavioral and skill acquisition programming, some procedures may evoke challenging behavior. The occurrence of challenging behavior may vary from person to person due to assessment type and as a function of their challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to extend on previous research and evaluate the relationships between different functions of challenging behavior and preference assessments. Three different models of preference assessments (paired stimulus (PS), multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO), and free operant (FO)) were implemented three times each to 4 different participants whose challenging behavior was maintained by access to tangible items, escape from demand, and automatic reinforcement (AR). Results showed that the function of challenging behavior may impact rates of challenging behavior depending on assessment type. Two participants with access to tangible functions demonstrated little to no challenging behavior during all 3 assessment types. Two other participants with escape from demand and AR functions demonstrated higher rates of challenging behavior during the PS and MSWO sessions compared to the FO sessions. These findings suggest that practitioners may want to consider a client’s function of challenging behavior when deciding which preference assessment type is right for them. |
|
Evaluation of Open and Closed Economies in the Treatment of Escape Behavior |
LAUREN LAYMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Chelsea Rose Fleck (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Many individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities, including autism spectrum disorder, engage in problem behavior such as aggression (e.g., hitting) or self-injurious behavior (e.g., self-biting). These behaviors are learned through repeated exposure to certain consequences, and one common reason is to get out of having to do nonpreferred activities. Current treatments involve providing breaks or edibles contingent on compliance to reduce “escape-maintained behavior.” While these interventions have been shown to be effective, the current study is examining how well these treatments work under open and closed economies. That is, when breaks or edibles are freely available, it is likely they will not work as well as a contingent reward. These treatments will be compared utilizing a reversal design with an embedded multielement design. Participants will include six individuals between the ages of 4 and 12, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, and identified to engage in problem behavior when asked to complete tasks. Preliminary results have shown variable responding across all conditions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Words Are Not Enough: Intervention Strategies That Promote Social Attention and Interaction in Autistic Children |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording not available by presenter request |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
CE Instructor: Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: PAMELA ROLLINS (University of Texas at Dallas) |
Abstract: Current theories suggest that mechanisms for language development change over the course of infancy and early childhood. In neurotypical infants, initial perceptual processing mechanisms essential for word learning give way to more advanced social strategies critical for the development of social language. Language intervention for autistic children often leverages perceptual processing by creating an association between a referent (i.e., object or picture) and the corresponding word, thereby promoting word learning. However, this intervention strategy often fail to facilitate social language needed to share information and for interpersonal communication. Recent research suggests that naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBIs) that encourage early dyadic social interactions may stimulate the social brain networks, thereby improving fundamental social attention (i.e., social orienting and joint attention) and social language in young autistic children. This presentation will discuss the theoretical underpinnings of these claims, emphasize the importance of social language as an intervention outcome, and provide empirical evidence supporting the efficacy of NDBI approaches in promoting social attention and reciprocal social language development in young autistic children from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Interventionists who work with young autistic children |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe different mechanisms for word learning and how they change from infancy to early childhood for neurotypical children; (2) describe the developmental sequence of early social attention and social communication in neurotypical infants and toddlers; (3) describe the nature of early social attention and social communication challenges seen in autistic children and the implications for intervention; (4) describe the role social attention plays in social language development. |
|
PAMELA ROLLINS (University of Texas at Dallas) |
Rollins, MS, Ed.D. CCC-SLP, is a Professor in the Department of Speech, Language, and Hearing Sciences at The University of Texas at Dallas/Callier Center for Communication Disorders. Dr. Rollins obtained a bachelor's degree, cum laude, from Boston University (1981), a Master of Science in Communication Disorders from the University of Wisconsin-Madison (1983), and a Doctorate of Education in Human Development and Psychology from Harvard University (1994). Dr. Rollins's research uses behavioral paradigms to understand the dynamics of infant/child social interactions and social experiences as predictors of social attention, communication, and language development. Dr. Rollins extends this work to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), charting developmental trajectories. Her current focus is on the experimental-intervention studies of the relationship between social-orienting, joint attention, and language, and the efficacy of Pathways Early Autism Intervention in culturally and linguistically diverse autistic children and their families. |
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies for Teaching Expressive and Receptive Language to Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University ) |
CE Instructor: Lori Beth Vincent, Ph.D. |
|
Strategies for Teaching Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations (Receptive Labeling) to Children With Autism Exhibiting Limited Verbal Skills |
Domain: Theory |
SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
|
Abstract: The establishment of auditory-visual conditional discriminations (receptive labeling) is fundamental for successful everyday communication and interactions to occur. Learning auditory-visual conditional discriminations may be challenging and require lengthy training, especially for children with autism or intellectual disabilities. In an auditory-visual conditional discrimination, correct responding requires (a) successive discrimination of the verbal, auditory sample stimuli; (b) simultaneous discrimination of the visual comparison stimuli; and (c) responding to a cross-modal relation between the sample and the comparison stimuli. Due to the complexity of this skill, the use of systematic procedures to establish these discriminations has been an essential component of EIBI. Lovaas (2003) described a discrimination learning procedure designed to assist those learners with a limited verbal repertoire to acquire conditional discriminations using a systematic approach. This procedure includes teaching stimuli through massed trials and intermixing of stimuli. Criticism surrounding this procedure has included the possibility of inadvertently establishing faulty stimulus control during initial training steps, where mass trials are conducted; this may inhibit the desired stimulus control required to establish a conditional discrimination on final steps within the procedure. To avoid such problems, researchers have recommended beginning with a minimum of three stimuli trained semi-randomly from onset using a conditional-only method. In this presentation, pros and cons of these two procedures will be discussed. |
|
Evidence-Based Interventions for Increasing Expressive Communication of Autistic Preschoolers: Common Practice Elements From the National Clearinghouse on Autism Evidence and Practice (NCAEP) Database |
Domain: Applied Research |
LORI BETH VINCENT (University of Cincinnati), Maria Hugh (University of Kansas), Andrea Ford (University of Cincinnati), Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln), Ana Paula Martinez (University of Kansas), Kathleen Ann King (University of Cincinnati), Kara Acosta (University of Cincinnati), Hailey Spencer (University of Cincinnati) |
|
Abstract: To promote communication gains for young autistic children, researchers recommend using 25 evidence-based practices (EBPs), such as reinforcement, modeling, and naturalistic interventions (Steinbrenner et al., 2020). However, educators have called for explicit guidance on what practices to use and when to use them in their routine classroom settings (Brock et al., 2020). In response to this call, our team conducted a secondary analysis of the single-case experimental design and communication-focused studies (n = 164) from the National Clearinghouse on Autism Evidence and Practice (NCAEP) database. We identified practice elements—discrete, observable, measurable practices—common across these EBPs and then classified them as antecedents to or consequence strategies to increase communication behaviors of autistic preschoolers. Our preliminary results suggest that most studies included practice elements such as incorporating child preferences, prompting, reinforcement (e.g., differential, natural, praise), and wait time. In this presentation, we will describe our approach to identifying and classifying these practice elements and describe the results of our investigation. We will then shift to practical application and discussion, highlighting a selection of practice elements and describing with whom and under what conditions they were used. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding the Analytic Methods of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Posey, M.A. |
Abstract: In the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), innovation and adaptability are driving forces shaping the field. This symposium unites three interconnected studies, collectively exploring the need for an expansion of the methods in ABA.
The first study, Playful Dynamics: The Need for Play-Based Assessment in ABA challenges traditional assessment methods. Focusing on a play-based assessment approach underscores the ever-present quest for improved methodologies within ABA assessment as the first step in expanding analytic methods in the field. This is followed by an investigation into how methods utilized in ABA can profoundly impact individuals. “Psychological Flexibility in ABA: A Key to Expanding Analytic Insights explores the interplay between risk-taking behavior and adaptability and how increased psychological flexibility can mitigate risk-taking. Finally, we discuss the potential pitfalls of technical drift. “Avoiding Drift, Fostering Progress: Navigating Analytic Expansion in ABA" delves into the concept of "technical drift," where well-intentioned methodological innovation may inadvertently lead to unintended consequences in ABA practice. It underscores the need for vigilance in preserving the integrity of ABA.
This symposium provides a glimpse into the need for an expansion in ABA methodology while carefully navigating the preservation of evidence-based practices. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, autism, psychological flexibility, technical drift |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts should have a basic understanding of basic ABA methodologies including assessment and how various psychological tasks can be utilized to measure behavior. Behavior analysts should also have a working understanding of psychological flexibility and how private events impact overt behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to:
1) articulate how play-based assessment methodology may be a more suitable methodology for assessing young learners
2) articulate how risk taking can be mitigated by improvements in psychological flexibility
3) articulate the importance of expanding ABA methods while also safeguarding the field against drift. |
|
Playful Dynamics: The Need for Play-Based Assessment in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) |
JENNIFER POSEY (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago; Endicott College) |
Abstract: An important element in ABA practice is the development of behavioral change programs that emphasize skill acquisition. This relies upon effective assessment. Effective assessment practice in ABA, particularly as it relates to young children, should include a play-based approach to facilitate the demonstration of skills within their naturally occurring contexts. Yet, there is a dearth within the behavior analytic community of standardized methods in the assessment of skills within the play-based context. Expanding the assessment methods utilized is key for continued growth in the field. This talk explores the development of such an assessment, comparing it with the existing PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA) in capturing the skills of young learners within the play-based context. Data from piloting this assessment across a sampling of over 20 learners with autism and how these data converge and diverge with data captured in the traditional PCA are examined, revealing that greater than 50% of participants performed significantly better in the play context. This demonstrates that assessment within the play context may be more suitable for young learners to demonstrate skills within their repertoire. |
|
Psychological Flexibility in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): A Key to Expanding Analytic Insights |
EMMA ISABEL MOON (Endicott College | Contemporary Behavior Consultants), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago; Endicott College), Fina Robertson (Endicott College, Gardner Public Schools), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The interplay between psychological flexibility and risk-taking behavior is a novel area in which ABA can offer profound methods for decreasing unnecessary risk-taking behavior,, which can be detrimental. This presentation discusses correlations between risk-taking behavior as assessed using the Balloon Analogue Risk Task (BART) and psychological flexibility assessed using the Wisconsin Card Sorting Task (WCST) and the Child Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ). Psychological flexibility, the ability to adapt cognitively and emotionally to changing circumstances, plays a pivotal role in shaping how individuals perceive and engage with risk. By fostering psychological flexibility, individuals can navigate novel and challenging situations with resilience and adaptability. ABA intervention’s potential to modulate and mitigate impulsive and harmful decision-making processes is explored by investigating the association between performance on the BART and WCST, as well as responses to the CPFQ. Results indicate negative correlations between psychological flexibility and risk taking behaviors. This discussion uncovers practical implications for ABA practitioners and researchers, as it highlights the opportunities for intervention and the development of behavior analytic methodologies that promote adaptive decision-making while reducing unnecessary risks. |
|
Avoiding Drift, Fostering Progress: Navigating Analytic Expansion in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) |
ALLYSSA MINICK (Endicott College), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College), Emma Isabel Moon (Endicott College | Contemporary Behavior Consultants), Fina Robertson (Endicott College, Gardner Public Schools), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Natalie M. Driscoll (Melmark New England & Endicott College) |
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) play a pivotal role in recommending treatments for individuals with autism. These recommendations must be firmly grounded in established scientific evidence to ensure optimal care. However, the complex landscape of autism treatment presents unique challenges. This presentation delves into two insightful studies. The first study sheds light on the issue of the use of technical terminology bias and the challenges behavior analysts face in grasping its nuances. These challenges may inadvertently lead to a phenomenon known as technical drift, where terminology evolves in ways that can affect the precision of recommendations over time. The second study explores how the severity of autism symptoms influences the recommendations made by behavior analysts. This single variable can exert a significant impact, potentially causing deviations toward non-evidence-based practices. Expansion of our methodology to include advances in practices and the inclusion of novel technical terms can impact drift over time. This presentation highlights the need for continued vigilance in the field to protect our science from drift. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pharmacotherapy of Interfering Behaviours in Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alison Cox (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Alison Cox, M.D. |
Presenting Author: ROBERT NICOLSON (University of Western Ontario) |
Abstract: Children and adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) commonly have a variety of behvavioural disturbances that can interfere with their ability to participate in interventions and which reduce their quality of life. Chief among these are aggressive behaviour (including self-injurious behaviour) and symptoms commonly seen in Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD).
In this presentation, the role of medication in the treatment regimen of youth with ASD and the evidence supporting the use of psychopharmacological agents will be reviewed. The presentation will also describe the importance of combined treatments (i.e., medication plus behavioural intervention) and the paucity of research investigating such combinations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Clinicians and researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the indications for pharmacotherapy in Autism Spectrum Disorder 2. Explain the role of pharmacotherapy in Autism Spectrum Disorder in relation to behavioural intervention 3. Discuss the medical approach to aggressive behaviour in Autism Spectrum Disorder 4. Review the pharmacological treatment of inattention and hyperactivity in Autism Spectrum Disorder |
|
ROBERT NICOLSON (University of Western Ontario) |
Dr. Nicolson is currently an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Chair of the Developmental Disabilities Program at The University of Western Ontario. He is a child psychiatrist whose clinical practice is largely devoted to children and adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability. His research is devoted to the etiology and treatment of children and adolescents with neurodevelopmental disorders, particularly Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability. He has authored or co-authored over 100 journal articles and he has been an investigator or co-investigator on grants totaling more than $30 million. |
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporating Choice During Intervention and Training Within Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Laura Quintero (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine
) |
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Laura Quintero, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, presenters will discuss incorporating choice to increase consumption of target foods as well as the impact of choice on treatment integrity when implementing a pediatric feeding protocol. Presenters will begin with an overview of existing literature on choice-based interventions and applicability. Presenters will then transition to discuss the impact of choice-based interventions with various programmed differential reinforcement contingencies and how this impacts food consumption. This study will also discuss how it extends the literature by examining preference for bite sequences and if participants chose a bite sequence beginning with a highly preferred food as opposed to a less preferred food. Outcomes of this will be discussed followed by further implications for choice arrangement and differential reinforcement. Additionally, presenters will discuss how choice affects treatment integrity when therapists choose from components of behavioral skills training to learn protocol implementation versus when training components are assigned. Ultimately, these presentations will address the utility of choice-based strategies across intervention and training as it relates to pediatric feeding disorders. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Choice-based interventions, Feeding Disorder |
Target Audience: Researchers and clinicians interested in learning more choice-based procedures in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders and how choice-based procedures impact treatment integrity as it relates to implementation of a feeding protocol. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Discuss the existing research on the choice-based research and pediatric feeding disorders; (2) Explain how arranging choice and incorporating differential reinforcement impacts food consumption (3) Incorporating choice-based practices with therapists and how this relates to protocol implementation |
|
An Evaluation of Choice-Based Interventions Among Children With Feeding Disorders |
NICOLE PERRINO (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Crowley et al. (2020) used a choice-based intervention to increase consumption of target foods among children with autism and food selectivity. Children chose between the change-resistant food and a target food, when no reinforcement (free choice), positive-reinforcement (preferred edible or toy at the table; asymmetrical choice), or negative-reinforcement (single choice) contingencies were programmed. In the first study, we extended Crowley et al. by adding an asymmetrical choice condition in which children could leave the mealtime area (referred to as mealtime exit). One participant did not require escape extinction and target-food consumption increased regardless of consequences during asymmetrical choice conditions. However, access to leaving the mealtime area produced higher levels of target-food consumption for another participant who required one exposure to escape extinction. To further our understanding of choice-based intervention, we also extended Borrero et al. (2021) in a second study by evaluating child preference for a specific sequence of bites (e.g., least to most preferred) during portion-based meals. Like some of the children in Borrero et al., our participant preferred sequences that began with a highly preferred food. These outcomes have implications for arranging choice and differential reinforcement in specific ways for children with feeding disorders. |
|
The Impact of Choice on Treatment Integrity |
JULIA JOANNA HOWARD (Rutgers University & Children's Specialized Hospital), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University, Department of Pediatrics and Children's Specialized Hospital), Emma Auten (Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH—RUCARES)), Casey Toutoungi (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training is a multicomponent package consisting of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback (DiGennaro Reed et al., 2018). Several studies have demonstrated behavioral skills training as an effective procedure for teaching others how to implement interventions for children with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer-Lee et al., 2020). Research has shown that providing choice may increase participation in an activity and may lead to better task performance and outcomes (Kosiewicz et al., 1981; Parsons et al., 1988). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the impact of therapist choice on treatment integrity when implementing a pediatric feeding protocol. Six participants were randomly assigned to either a choice or no-choice group. Participants in the choice group had the opportunity to learn by selecting one component of behavioral skills training (i.e., modeling, role-play with delayed feedback, or in-vivo feedback). Participants in the no-choice group were randomly assigned to one type of training component (e.g., modeling). Results demonstrated on average, participants in the choice group reached appropriate levels of treatment integrity faster than those in the no-choice group. However, participants in both groups reached and maintained appropriate levels of treatment integrity during post-training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Scholarly Contributions to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Paper Competition Winners |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: May Chriseline Beaubrun (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
CE Instructor: May Chriseline Beaubrun, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This competition is designed to encourage, promote, and reward behavior analytic scholarship on topics and issues in DEI, both in the field of behavior analysis and more broadly. Students (graduate or undergraduate) and post-graduate professionals who have completed empirical or conceptual papers relevant to DEI that are informed, at least in part, by a behavior-analytic perspective were invited to submit. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Articulate the concept of Racism from a behavioral analytic perspective (RDR); (2) Integrate recommendations provided in the presentation into their everyday practices to reduce RDRs; (3) Understand a novel application of behavior systems analysis to examine practices to recruit, retain, and support Black, Indigenous, and People of Color faculty at predominantly White institutions of higher education; (4) Identify concerns faced by these faculty, and potentially efficacious interventions to recruit, retain, and support them; (5)Explain how the “refer-test-place” model which has led school psychologists to over-identify students of color (SOC) with disabilities and place them in special education (SPED) for decades has imposed significant risks upon SOC; (6) Describe a new model for school psychologists in which applied behavior analysis (ABA) is incorporated into their practice and motivational interviewing (MI) is used in consultation to promote teacher buy-in of evidence-based interventions; (7) Explain how school psychologists who have skills in ABA combined with MI can assist in ameliorating disparities in discipline and referrals with subsequent SPED placement; (8) Describe a consultation case that illustrates how her use of ABA and MI facilitated a change in the teacher’s decision to place a SOC in SPED. |
|
Applied Behavior Systems Analysis to Recruit and Retain Black, Indigenous, and People of Color as Faculty at Predominantly White Institutions of Higher Education |
MENAKA KUMARI DE ALWIS (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Most universities in the United States continue to uphold and perpetuate values that promote an uncomfortable and unwelcome environment for Black, Indigenous, and people of color (BIPOC) faculty (Bhambra & Nisangioglu, 2018). Behavior systems analysis (BSA), a subarea of organizational behavior management, evaluates organizations as complex systems with a focus on interlocking, interdependent parts that make up the organization and how they are connected to each other or not (Kast & Rosenweig, 1972; Brethower, 2000). Conducting a BSA allows a university to see how parts of the system interact with each other, how individuals affect the functioning of the system, and how solutions may be multifaceted and will likely involve many systems and processes (McGee, 2007). BSA can identify areas of need that will have the greatest impact on the university when supporting BIPOC faculty, so that resources and supports may be adjusted accordingly (Diener et al., 2009). |
Menaka De Alwis is a leadership grant recipient through the United States Office of Special Education Programs and a doctoral candidate in Special Education at the University of Oregon, advised by Dr. Wendy Machalicek in her Applied Behavior Analysis lab. Menaka has a master’s degree from Teachers College, Columbia University in Behavioral Disorders/Applied Behavior Analysis, under the mentorship of Dr. R. D. Greer. She has over 25 years of professional
experience working with children (ages 1 to 15) and adults (up to age 59) with disabilities, and their families as a paraeducator, behavior interventionist, teacher (early childhood, inclusion, and special education), clinical director, board certified behavior analyst (public and private
organizations), and educational/behavioral consultant. Menaka has spent much of her career supporting teams in public and private PK-12 schools, early intervention centers, homes,
community settings, and most recently clinically supervising a behavior intervention services team within a large, urban public school district. Menaka’s research interests include increasing access to culturally responsive evidence-based practices for underserved communities,
improving educator and caregiver training practices within natural contexts, and using strategies from organizational behavior management within public school systems to improve outcomes for students, staff, and families. |
|
Understanding Racism from a Radical Behaviorism Perspective |
CHANGZHI WU (University of Reno, Nevada) |
Abstract: Racism is the belief that differences in race and ethnicity lead to inherent superiority of a particular race, with other races posing a threat to one's own (Racism, 2023). However, racism is more than an abstract idea; it is reflected in people's differential responses when they are interacting with people from different races. As racism is a persistent global issue with negative impacts on education, mental health, and economic development (Cohen et al., 2006), it is imperative that all related sciences, including behavior analysis, contribute to the understanding of this behavioral phenomenon therefore necessary social actions can be designed to eliminate it. However, a review of the literature (Matsuda et al., 2020) on racism and prejudice in behavioral journals only identified a few studies related to topics, indicating a lack of understanding and a missing importance placed on racism from a behavior analytical perspective. Considering the urgency and difficulty to eradicate this harmful belief system and related discriminating behaviors, behavior analysts should cooperate with scientists from other disciplines. The purpose of this paper is to examine the formation and maintenance of racism from a radical behaviorism perspective, analyze factors that are identified in existing literatures that are related to discriminations based on races, and propose possible solutions that can be implemented in a social level to reduce racism. Key words: racism, radical behaviorism, factors related to racism |
Changzhi Wu is currently in his fourth year of doctoral studies at the University of Reno, Nevada, where he is pursuing a degree in behavior analysis. He received a bachelor’s degree in psychology from Georgia Institute of Technology and a master’s degree in applied behavior analysis from Long Island University, Post. His research interests span cultural behavior, Interbehaviorism, and philosophical considerations within the field of behavior analysis. |
|
School Psychologists Improving Equity for Students of Color: Is Applied Behavior Analysis the Answer?” |
SARAH HAYES (Durham Public Schools), JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: School systems have primarily utilized school psychologists for their expertise in psycho-educational assessment to diagnose students with disabilities. Poor student achievement and behavioral difficulties have historically been addressed by enlisting teachers to make a referral to the school psychologist who will then observe and assess the student to qualify them for extra support through special education (SPED). This “refer-test-place model” has led to the over identification of students of color (SOC) with disabilities for decades (Shinn, 1986, p. 49). Although actual disability does not occur in these populations at a higher rate, SOC are more likely than their white peers to be identified as disabled (National Center for Learning Disabilities, 2020). Furthermore, students who do not need special education do not benefit from it. They are more likely to be at risk of denied access to rigorous educational opportunities, alternative diplomas, dropout, poor grades, increased disciplinary action including suspension and alternative school placement, poor job outlook, and introduction to the criminal justice system (Bekele, 2019; NCLD, 2020) |
 Sarah Hayes is a licensed school psychologists in NC who recieved her graduate degree from the School Psychology MA/SSP program at East Carolina University. She is currently working as full-time school psychologist for Durham County Public Schools. Sarah is passionate about working with children in the general education public school setting who have difficult problem behavior. Her hope is to reduce the number of children erroneously diagnosed with behavioral disorders and create effective interventions for students with disabilities through the use of behavior analytic principles within a teacher-school consultation model of collaboration. Sarah received the Project CONVEY (Collaborating to Overcome Needs by improving the Voice of Exceptional Youth) grant where she participated with a cohort of multi-disciplinary school teams to build collaborative practices that meet the needs of students with disabilities. |
Dr. Jeannie A. Golden is a Licensed Psychologist who received her Ph.D. in School Psychology from Florida State University in 1981. Dr. Golden has been teaching in the Psychology Department at East Carolina University for 42 years and became the first national Board Certified Behavior Analyst in North Carolina in 2000. Dr. Golden received ECU teaching awards in 2001 and 2009, the FABA Honorary Lifetime Membership Award in 1994, the NCABA Fred S. Keller Excellence in Behavior Analysis Award in 2005, the ECU Scholarship of Engagement Award in 2012, the NCABA Do Things Award for Outstanding and Sustained Contributions in 2013, the ECU Psychology Department Faculty Appreciation Award for Mentoring in 2017, the ECU Psychology Department Award for Distinguished Service in 2015 and 2023. Dr. Golden and colleagues received grants from Kate B. Reynolds Charitable Trust (2008-2011) and the Department of Health and Human Services (2011-2016) to provide school-based mental health services in two rural, impoverished counties in North Carolina. In March of 2018, Dr. Golden and colleagues were awarded the Creating New Economies Grant by Resourceful Communities for the Greene County Community Advancement Project. Dr. Golden and colleagues (2020) have developed a training program for staff who work with traumatized youth titled Trauma: The invisible Elephant Underlying Challenging Behavior. Dr. Golden and her mentee, Sarah Hayes (2023) have also developed a micro-credential titled De-Escalating Challenging Behavior as part of the Educator Pipeline In Rural Action for Teaching Equity Grant awarded to the Rural Education Institute at East Carolina University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Methodological Advancements in the Use of Functional Assessment to Delineate the Risk of Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Isaac Joseph Melanson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Descriptive assessments involve the observation of behavior under controlled (i.e., structured) and uncontrolled (i.e., unstructured) contexts in which the natural consequences of behavior remain intact. Descriptive assessments are commonly used to identify the prevalence of environmental correlates to problem behavior. The presenters in this symposium will describe three novel applications of descriptive assessment methodology to screen for the risk or occurrence of a variety of problem and appropriate behaviors. The first study includes data from descriptive assessments of diurnal bruxism, or the audible grinding of teeth while awake. The second study is an extension of research on sensitivity tests, which are brief screeners for the presence of emerging problem and appropriate behavior. The study compares the outcomes of sensitivity tests to functional analyses. The third study evaluates predictions made by the no-interaction screening tool with respect to the function of appropriate, neutral, or challenging behavior. Collectively, these studies emphasize the flexibility of descriptive methodology to inform ongoing, functional assessment of comprehensive behavioral repertoires. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional assessment, prevention, risk, screening |
Target Audience: Understanding of functions of behavior and basics of functional behavior assessment |
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify events that correlate with higher and lower rates of diurnal bruxism (2) Describe the goal of sensitivity tests (3) Describe at least two ways to enhance data collection during the no-interaction screener |
|
A Descriptive Analysis of Diurnal Bruxism |
SAVANNAH TATE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yoselin Hernandez-Avalos (New England Center for Children
Western New England University), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Diurnal bruxism, defined as audible grinding of teeth while awake, has several harmful side effects including abnormal tooth wear, loss of teeth, and tongue indentations. These issues often result in dental work, which may pose a challenge for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Research indicates that 10.3%-60% of individuals with ASD engage in diurnal bruxism. Thus, it may be important to identify environmental variables that are related or unrelated to the occurrence of diurnal bruxism. We conducted a descriptive analysis of diurnal bruxism and used calculations similar to risk ratios to identify environmental variables associated with differential levels of engagement in bruxism. Eight autistic children in early intervention settings participated. The children participated in observations that lasted between 15-30 minutes, and were conducted at least twice weekly for a minimum of one month. Based on our modified risk ratio calculations, we identified correlations associated with higher and lower relative rates of bruxism for all individuals. Ear plugging, attention, contexts with demands, other topographies of problem behavior, and prompts were correlated with higher rates of bruxism across many participants. |
|
Correspondence Between Sensitivity Tests and Functional Analyses to Assess Emerging Problem Behavior |
ISAAC JOSEPH MELANSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Emily Salvetti (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute), Jasmeen Kaur (University of Nebraska Medical Center - MMI), Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts typically assess and treat problem behavior after it has already emerged and is occurring at high severity. Although effective, this reactive approach is quite costly, resource intensive, and dangerous. A growing body of literature supports an alternative preventive approach, the first step of which involves conducting sensitivity tests to screen the emergence of lower-severity problem behavior and functional skills (e.g., Fahmie et al., 2020). Research on sensitivity tests has shown that information on the function of both emerging problem behavior and alternative communication can be acquired in a relatively short period of time. However, the correspondence between sensitivity test and traditional functional analysis outcomes has not yet been established. In the current stud, young learners with autism who were referred for the presence of low-severity problem behavior participated in sensitivity tests and functional analyses. Preliminary data have shown moderate to high correspondence between both assessment outcomes. Implications for the use of sensitivity tests will be discussed. |
|
Extending the No Interaction Screening Tool to Capture Varied Topographies of Appropriate and Challenging Behaviors |
ALVA ELIZABETH ALLEN (Louisiana State University), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Recent research has demonstrated the utility of conducting extended no-interaction sessions (Slanzi et al., 2022) as well as recording (Fahmie et al., 2020) and reinforcing (Deshais et al., 2023) appropriate and challenging behaviors during functional analyses (FA). In this study, a no interaction session was conducted to test for automatic reinforcement prior to the first FA session. Next, two FA variations were compared, one that equated the contingencies for appropriate and challenging behavior and another in which the contingencies favored challenging behavior. Behavior was recorded using a rating scale that characterized the extent to which observed topographies were appropriate, neutral, or challenging. Data collection is ongoing, but results for participants with whom the no-interaction and FA sessions have been completed suggest that the no-interaction sessions may predict the type and severity of behavior that occurs during the FA. Additionally, the two FA variations may yield clear differences in sensitivity to different types of reinforcement and the degree of bias toward appropriate versus challenging behavior. Implications of these findings for future research and practice related to assessing and intervening on existing challenging behavior and preventing the emergence of more severe topographies of challenging behavior are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dosage and Interventions Based in Applied Behavior Analysis: Is More Meaningful? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
CE Instructor: Lindsey Sneed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent research challenges the notion that autistic children require 20-40 hours per week of applied behavioral analysis (ABA) based intervention for meaningful progress. Studies, including a 2021 study by Rogers et al., reveal that 15-25 hours of ABA intervention per week offer similar benefits, with no added advantage to more hours. Additionally, a modular treatment approach of 5-8 hours per week proved non-inferior in this context. Similarly, a community-based study revealed autistic children in a 4–10-hour group made greater gains than 10 or more-hour groups on treatment outcomes.
The increasing prevalence of autism underscores the importance of early diagnosis, but many families, particularly in underserved communities, face obstacles in accessing evidence-based services. To address this, a community-based program partnered with the Part C early intervention system, providing six brief telehealth caregiver coaching sessions. The outcomes demonstrate enhanced caregiver skills, improved child communication, and high satisfaction, especially among historically underserved groups.
These findings collectively challenge the "more hours, better results" ABA paradigm for autistic children. They highlight the potential of shorter, sustainable models to boost caregiver skills and child outcomes. These insights have significant clinical implications, emphasizing the need for outcome-based decisions to determine the appropriate ABA intensity for individual children. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, dosage, outcomes |
Target Audience: The target audience should have a foundational knowledge of the principles of applied behavior analysis and have at least 1-2 years of experience implementing interventions based in applied behavior analysis in a community-based or research setting. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to (1) list three empirical studies demonstrating more hours are not necessarily better for autistic children receiving interventions based in applied behavior analysis, (2) describe at least two factors that significantly predict treatment outcome in applied behavior analysis interventions for autistic children, (3) synthesize the importance of significant caregiver involvement in interventions based in applied behavior analysis. |
|
An Evaluation of Dosage Intensity for Interventions Based in Applied Behavior Analysis |
LISA WALLACE (Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders
Vanderbilt Kennedy Center
) |
Abstract: While 20-40 hours per week of early intensive applied behavioral Intervention (ABA) has been the typical recommendation for young autistic children for many years, solid research has emerged and continues to emerge indicating that lower therapeutic doses can provide equal benefit for these young children. In research published in 2021, Rogers, et al. found that children benefited equally whether they received 15 or 25 hours per week of ABA intervention. This randomly controlled study compared 87 participants who were randomly assigned to receive DTT or ESDM at an intensity of either 15 or 25 hours weekly. All four groups of children made significant across domains, which suggested no added benefit from the additional hours. In an extension of this study, children were enrolled in one of two treatment models, >15 hours of behavioral intervention, or 5-8 hours/week of a modular treatment approach. Again, outcomes showed that both groups made significant improvements and the modular approach was not inferior. In this presentation, we’ll talk through the implications of these studies for practice including sharing best practices with families so they can make data driven decisions about how much intervention their child receives. More hours is not always better. |
|
Community-Based Interventions Based in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Review of Paraprofessional-Delivered Intervention and Outcomes |
LINDSEY SNEED (Catalight Research Institute), Doreen Ann Samelson (Catalight Research Institute), Ian Cook (Catalight Research Institute), Brianna Fitchett (Catalight) |
Abstract: There is a long held-belief in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) that a high number of paraprofessional-delivered hours (e.g., 20-40 hours per week) is needed for autistic children to make meaningful progress. Recent research has demonstrated that no more than 15 hours per week may be necessary for autistic children to make significant gains. These researchers set out to understand if the number of paraprofessional hours delivered to 509 autistic children between 2-11 years (M =6.17, SD = 2.3) of age who received community-based ABA was significantly different between three groups, 0-4 hours (n = 118), 4-10 (n=246) hours, and 10 or more hours (n = 145) per week. A mixed-model ANOVA was conducted to assess progress within each group across time as well as between groups. Individuals in the 0-4 group made less mean progress over time. Those in the 4–10-hour group made significantly greater progress on all adaptive behavior domains in comparison to the 10 or more-hour group. The results reveal that fewer hours may produce more optimal benefits than higher amounts of hours in ABA for autistic children and is consistent with more recent research investigating hours and interventions based in ABA. |
|
Evaluating a Brief Parent-Mediated Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Model With Historically Under-Served Groups |
KATHLEEN SIMCOE (Vanderbilt University Medical Center) |
Abstract: As autism prevalence continues to increase the average age of diagnosis is decreasing. A significant benefit of early diagnosis is access to early intervention, however, families caring for young autistic children, especially those in under-resourced communities, often experience barriers to accessing evidence-based services, such as applied behavior analysis (ABA). Under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA) law families can access Part-C early intervention services, but providers within that system often lack specific training in autism or ABA. Working with our state’s Part C system, we developed a partnership providing brief (six sessions) caregiver coaching sessions via tele-health following an autism evaluation. These sessions focus on introducing caregivers to the basic principles of ABA and coaching them to apply these strategies throughout daily routines. Data (n= 234 families) show that caregivers gained skills, children improved their social communication, and provider (n=80) and caregiver satisfaction was high. Group comparisons show that outcomes are consistent across groups (e.g., race/ethnicity, rural/urban location) with some outcomes significantly better for families from historically under-served groups. This community-based program demonstrates the possibility of a brief, sustainable model to increase caregiver skill and improve child outcomes when access to ABA services is delayed or not available. |
|
|
|
|
|
Not Your Average Assessment: Considering Unique Variables in the Objective Assessment of Problem Behaviour |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marie-Chanel Morgan (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Fritz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Problem behavior may be broadly operationalized as any behavior which threatens the safety and quality of life of an individual, their peers, or caregivers (Evers & Pilling, 2012; Hanratty et al., 2015; Lowe et al., 2007). This collection of works features three papers focused on exploring different variables that may impact assessments of problem behavior with individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The assessments are surrounding objective measures such as functional analyses and a proposed tool to classify severe problem behavior. Speakers will discuss their research regarding the effect of language proficiency and preference on the results of a functional analysis, the impact of statements that describe programmed consequences in functional analysis, and exploring preliminary results of validity testing regarding a novel tool to classify severe problem behavior. Authors will share findings across various participants and the implications their results may have in methods or procedures of assessing problem behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Functional analysis, Objective assessments, Problem behavior |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
- Describe issues related to the classification of problem behavior
- Describe how contingency-related statements can influence the outcomes of functional analyses
- Describe how language preference and proficiency can influence the outcome of functional analyses
|
|
The Effects of Consequence-Related Statements on Responding in Functional Analysis Test Conditions |
ALISON ALVAREZ (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Samantha Dyer (University of Houston Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The functional analysis is the most precise method for identifying environmental variables that maintain the occurrence of problem behavior. When behavior is hypothesized to be maintained by social consequences, the functional analysis involves observing a target behavior under controlled antecedent and consequent conditions. In some studies, statements that describe the programmed consequence have been provided following the occurrence of problem, specifically during the tangible condition or demand condition. For instance, experimenters have provided statements such as “you don’t have to do work” when providing escape in the demand condition or “you can have this back” when delivering the item in the tangible condition. It is unclear if doing so would produce different patterns of responding compared to an assessment without the statements. It is possible that the statements synthesized with the programmed consequence might result in an interaction effect. Alternatively, the rate of problem behavior might decrease overall with the statement increasing the saliency of the reinforcement period. Results showed that the consequence-related statements affected responding for two of four participants. |
|
The Effect of Language Preference and Proficiency on Problem Behavior |
JENNIFER CARRERA (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Frances Gabriella Feliciano (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: There is extensive research on the use of a functional analysis to determine the function of problem behavior. However, there is minimal research on the effect of a participant’s language proficiency and preference on the results of a functional analysis. This study evaluated the effect of language proficiency and preference on the results of a functional analysis that was conducted in English and Spanish with bilingual children. The language proficiency assessment determined the participants’ language ability, and the language preference assessment determined the participants’ preference for either Spanish or English. These results showed that there was a difference in the function between both languages for two of four participants, and that for all participants there was a differentiation in the rate of responding in English compared to Spanish. This suggests that practitioners should be sensitive to the language to which individuals are exposed and the context in which problem behavior occurs, and in some cases, functional analyses conducted with caregivers might yield different results if they speak a different language than the practitioner. |
|
A Preliminary Descriptive Analysis of an Objective Severity Tool to Classify Severe Problem Behavior |
SONIA STELLATO (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio), Marie-Chanel Morgan (Brock University), Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University), Lauren Gonzales (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: The application of the term ‘severe’ when referencing problem behavior is often subjectively defined. This has led to a wide range of interpretations, which could impact the replication of studies and procedural implementation in clinical practice. Morgan and Cox (in progress) developed a 26-item tool comprised of four sub-domains to classify severe problem behavior more objectively. The current project exemplifies some next steps in tool validation. That is, Brock University researchers partnered with researchers in the Severe Behavior Lab at the University of Texas, San Antonio to begin steps of the tool validation process. For the current study, individuals diagnosed with Autism who engage in problem behavior were invited to take part in a tiered service model provided by the Severe Behavior Lab to address their problem behavior. Concurrently, Brock University researchers supported caregivers in completing the severity tool following the onset of their treatment with the Severe Behavior Lab. Outcomes from these study elements (e.g., subdomain and overall severity tool scores, final service level received) assess the utility of the severity tool through a comparative analysis of tool raw scores and participant outcomes. Importantly, study outcomes may outline further steps in the process of tool validation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Applications to Enhance Performance in Sports and Gaming |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three recent studies evaluating behavioral approaches to enhance performance in sports and gaming. The first paper by Samantha Martinez, describes a study comparing video feedback versus video modeling and video feedback for enhancing performance of ball control skills in soccer. Her results, in a multiple baseline across participants and adapted alternative treatments design, showed similar increases in performance with both interventions. The second paper by Cara Shapiro evaluates an intervention consisting of gradual exposure and thought training to help gymnasts overcome performance blocks in the execution of gymnastics skills. Her results, in a multiple baseline design across participants, showed the intervention helped three gymnasts overcome performance blocks in three different skills. The third paper by Romel White describes a study evaluating video feedback for enhancing the performance of a defensive move in an online video game, Street Fighter V. His results, in a multiple baseline design across participants, showed increased performance for a three participants that generalized to ranked online matches. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): gaming, gymnastics, soccer, sports |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe video modeling and video feedback for enhancing sports performance in soccer At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe an intervention for performance blocks in gymnastics consisting of graduate exposure and thought training At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the application of video feedback for enhancing a pivotal skill in an online video game |
|
Comparing Video Feedback to Video Modeling Plus Video Feedback for Improving Soccer Skills |
SAMANTHA MARTINEZ (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study compared the effects of video feedback (VF) as a stand-alone intervention and the effects of a video modeling plus video feedback (VMVF) as a package intervention for improving soccer players’ static ball control skills. Static ball control skills involve ball movements with the feet executed without movement in the field. This study used a multiple baseline across participants with an embedded alternating treatments design to compare VF and VMVF. Following baseline, two skills received the intervention and one skill continued without intervention as a control skill. This study involved two 10-year-old female soccer players and one 9-year-old male soccer player. The same three target behaviors were assessed across participants. The first author implemented the VF and VMVF training procedures. The results showed that VF and VMVF produced similar increases in performance for the three participants and that both interventions were effective at substantially increasing ball control skills from baseline levels and compared to a control skill. |
|
Evaluating a Behavioral Intervention for Performance Blocks in Gymnastics |
CARA SHAPIRO (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate a gradual exposure and thought training treatment
package to increase gymnasts’ successful completion of a performance block skill. Following
baseline, the researchers implemented both a thought training procedure to alter participants’
negative thoughts into positive thoughts, and a gradual exposure procedure which included
gymnastics drills that were small approximations to the performance block skill. A 2-point rating scale was used to indicate successful completion of the skills: 0= refusal, 1= the participant
initiated the skill but failed to complete it successfully, 2= the participant initiated the skill and
completed it successfully. Rating scale scores, latency, and Subjective Units of Discomfort Scale (SUDS) (Abramowitz et al., 2011) were measured during baseline, the gradual exposure and
thought training package, and follow-up. The Sport Anxiety Scale-2 (SAS-2) (Smith et al., 2006) was used to measure anxiety levels of the gymnasts at baseline and follow-up. The results
showed that all three participants completed their performance block skill successfully during the post-treatment and follow-up sessions. |
|
Evaluating Video Feedback to Improve eSports Performance in Street Fighter V |
Romel White (University of South Florida), ANTHONY CONCEPCION (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: eSports is a newly rising field with rapidly increasing cultural validity. Despite the wide array of similarities between eSports and traditional sports, behavioral skill acquisition interventions have yet to be applied to video game skills. Feedback-based behavioral interventions in particular have been widely used and implemented for effective skill acquisition for traditional sports. Although video feedback has been established as effective in conjunction with video modeling for traditional sports, further research is needed to validate its efficacy as a standalone intervention. In this study, the effects of video feedback were analyzed in a multiple baseline across subjects design. Participants attempted to perform a specific in-game behavior (an anti-air attack) in a controlled match against a skilled confederate, then viewed a recording of their performance and receive positive and corrective feedback from the researchers. The generalization of the skill improvement were evaluated through the rate of successful skill implementation in ranked online matches. Results showed that video feedback improved performance of all participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching, Learning, and Practicing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the Context of Laws Targeting LGBTQ+ People: A Panel to Discuss Actions and Supports Needed |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Jonathan K Fernand, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mary Llinas (University of South Florida, USF) |
JONATHAN K FERNAND (Florida Institute of Technology) |
BRYN HARRIS (University of North Texas) |
AMANDA RALSTON (NonBinary Solutions) |
Abstract: The purpose of this panel is to discuss how recent state legislation in states such as Florida, Texas, and Tennessee are actively threatening the teaching and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis in relation LGBTQ+ and Gender, Sexual and Romantic Minority (GSRM) populations. Panelists will explore difficulties they have encountered in their roles as students, faculty members, and clinicians in affected areas, including intersectionalities between marginalized groups they embody, serve, supervise, or teach. Panelists will share the disproportionate impact these restrictions have on LGBTQAI+ Black, Indigenous, People of Color". In addition, panelists will discuss how the legislation conflicts with the BACB’s Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2022) and explore how other related fields have handled similar challenges. The panelists will consider how credentialing bodies that provide course sequence or program accreditation can leverage support for marginalized students. Finally, the panelists will propose specific revisions to the Ethics Code that will provide support for university training programs and practicing clinicians as these laws are challenged in court and provide recommendations based on their individual experiences and suggestions made by the audience. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A - Submitted as Basic level |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe how recently passed state legislation threatens the teaching and practice of ABA with targeted populations. (2) Reflect on how the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts’ values conflict with these laws. (3) Discuss proposed changes to the BACB Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts and credentialing bodies to support those fighting these laws. |
Keyword(s): accredidation, ethics, intersectionality, LGBTQ+ |
|
|
|
|
|
Putting the MATRIX Project Into Action: An Update on Projects of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (SIG) |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Amanda N. Chastain (University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
CE Instructor: E. Scott Geller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The mission of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing global issues such as social justice, environmental justice, and human rights. For the past several years BFSR has been using a matrix analysis (Biglan, 1995; Mattaini, 2013) to identify the practices that support, oppose, motivate, and select the development and utilization of scientific behavioral systems to address social issues. Upon identifying 28 societal sectors, work groups comprised of SIG members have been applying the matrix analyses to various issues of social importance. The symposium aims to highlight the work of two of those work groups, the Sustainability Work Group and the Public Health Work Group. Each of these presentations will provide an update on recent actions taken by each work group as members carry out the mission of the BFSR SIG and the matrix project. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): culturo-behavior science, Matrix Project, public health, sustainability |
Target Audience: A basic understanding of the fundamental concepts and principles of behavior analysis (i.e., principles of reinforcement) would support audience members in understanding the content discussed in this presentation. Additionally, while it is not required to understand, some knowledge of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibilities Matrix Analysis may be beneficial. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Discuss updates on recent practices and outcomes of practices put forth by the Sustainability Work Group of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) 2. Discuss updates on recent practices and outcomes of practices put forth by the Public Health Work Group of the BFSR SIG 3. Identify ways in which the matrix analysis can further support targeting social issues such as sustainability and public health. |
|
Integrating Public Health and Behavior Science: Updates From the Public Health Work Group |
(Theory) |
JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Elizabeth Schieber (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Crystal M. Slanzi (Temple University), Sarah Catherine Weinsztok (University of Kansas), Patricia I. Wright (ProofPositive: Autism Wellbeing Alliance) |
Abstract: The purpose of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Public Health Work Group is to explore the intersection between behavioral science and public health. This Work Group explores the ways in which behavioral and public health scientists can collaborate and learn from one another to develop strategies that improve population level outcomes. Previous work by the Work Group includes creating a fact sheet for public health as an ABA subspeciality area for the BACB website, presenting posters and symposium at the ABAI’s Annual Convention, and developing a special section on human behavior and public health for Behavior and Social Issues. Currently, the group is collaborating with other BFSR chapters to facilitate communication and create learning opportunities, identifying faculty who may provide opportunities for students to work in public health areas, building a comprehensive database that contains information on behavioral friendly public health programs, highlighting people who are working in both public health and behavior analysis, listing language that is necessary to work in both areas, and creating panels and posters for behavior analytic conferences. |
|
Updates From the Sustainability Working Group of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility |
(Theory) |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University), Molly Benson (Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Sarah Lichtenberger (BehaviorLive), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Climate change has been identified as a “super wicked problem” and is one of the most pressing issues facing humanity today. The Sustainability Work Group of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is focused on applying the matrix analysis (Biglan, 1995; Mattaini, 2013) to sectors linked to behavior analysis, primarily sectors comprised of behavior analysts (e.g., Association for Behavior Analysis International affiliate chapters, Special Interest Groups, and practitioners). Over the course of the past year, the Sustainability Work Group has focused on the identification of practices that Association for Behavior Analysis International affiliate chapters can take to support their membership in engaging in pro-environmental behaviors and taking climate action, and to make their regional conferences more green. The aim of this presentation is to provide an update on these practices along with a discussion of the outcomes. Future directions and implications of these practices and outcomes will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Renewal, Reinforcement, and Reinstatement: Insights From Basic and Translational Research |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Emily Salvetti (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Michael Kranak (Oakland University) |
CE Instructor: Michael Kranak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium explores the intricate dynamics of relapse phenomena in behavior-analytic contexts through two distinct yet interconnected research projects. The first study delves into the complex interplay of renewal and reinstatement—two forms of treatment relapse—in the realm of challenging behavior within behavior-analytic services. In this study, undergraduate college students engaged in a simulated computer task under varying conditions. One group experienced ABA renewal alone during differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA). The second group experienced the same conditions, but with renewed target behavior temporarily contacting reinforcement during relapse tests in Context A. Findings suggest increased relapse persistence when renewed target responses are briefly reinforced during contextual shifts, posing nuanced challenges for behavior analysts. The second study introduces a rat model simulating commission errors in relapse scenarios, emphasizing the significance of inadvertent reinforcement. Theoretical and practical implications from both studies illuminate the complexities of relapse phenomena, offering valuable insights for behavior-analytic interventions and highlighting the need for precise strategies in addressing challenging behaviors. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): DRA, Reinstatement, Renewal, Treatment relapse |
Target Audience: Researchers; Graduate students; Clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the nuances of treatment relapse in behavior-analytic contexts; (2) Analyze the role of contextual shifts and reinforcement patterns in relapse scenarios. |
|
Examining the Combined Effects of Renewal and Response-Dependent Reinstatement: A Human Operant Investigation |
(Basic Research) |
RYAN KIMBALL (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)), Michael Kranak (Oakland University), Rodolfo Bernal-Gamboa (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), A. Matías Gámez (Universidad de Córdoba, Spain) |
Abstract: Renewal is a type of relapse that occurs due to a change in context. Unfortunately, the renewal of challenging behavior may also introduce the opportunity for stakeholders of behavior-analytic services to reinforce the renewed challenging behavior inadvertently (i.e., a treatment integrity error of commission), which may result in another form of relapse called reinstatement. However, few studies have examined the combined effects of renewal and reinstatement. To that end, we used a translational approach to study the combined effects of renewal and reinstatement in a group design with undergraduate college students (n = 13) and a simulated computer task. One group of participants experienced a three-phase arrangement with ABA renewal alone during differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA). The second group experienced the same conditions, but relapsed target responding also produced reinforcement during the first two minutes of the relapse tests in Context A. Preliminary results show that the magnitude of relapse might not significantly differ between groups. Nevertheless, preliminary findings also suggest that temporarily reinforcing renewed target responses might increase the persistence of relapse during context changes. |
|
Exploring the Impact of Delivering Few Reinforcers on the Renewal of Operant Behaviors in Rats |
(Basic Research) |
RODOLFO BERNAL-GAMBOA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Tere Mason (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), A. Matías Gámez (Universidad de Córdoba, Spain), Michael Kranak (Oakland University), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)) |
Abstract: Several authors have proposed the renewal effect as a laboratory model to understand relapse after a successful behavior intervention. The main goal of the present experiments was to contribute to developing an experimental situation that might simulate some aspects of commission errors. Thus, during Phase 1 rats were trained to performed a target response for food in Context A. Then, in Phase 2 the target response underwent extinction while an alternative response was reinforced. Half of the rats received Phase 2 in Context B (Experiment 1), whereas the other half experienced Phase 2 in the original Context A (Experiment 2). Rats in Experiment 1, were tested in Context A; while the test was carried out in Context B for rats in Experiment 2. For half of the rats in each experiment, testing was similar to Phase 2 (i.e., target response in extinction while an alternative response was reinforced; ABA, AAB); for the other half, the target response was reinforced only at the beginning of the test (ABA+, AAB+). Our data suggests that reinforcement does momentarily favors target behavior since we found higher levels of renewal in the groups that experienced that situation. Theoretical and applied implications are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empirical Evaluations in Reading: Preference, Stimulus Control, and Generality |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Tom Cariveau, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Proficient reading is a paramount goal of elementary education. Despite decades of research on methods to assess and teach the necessary reading-related repertoires, recent reports suggest that more than one-third of all fourth-grade students are unable to read at a basic level. Behavior analysts are poised to contribute to the science and practice of effective reading instruction in several ways. This symposium includes three presentations by researchers contributing to the refinement of targeted reading interventions. Each will report on methods to improve the efficacy or social validity of instructional practices in school-based settings. The first paper will describe a systematic approach to teach generalized phoneme blending to children exhibiting reading challenges. The second paper will describe an evaluation of the timing of repeated reading opportunities in a small group setting. The final paper will describe methods to overcome common stimulus control topographies exhibited by early readers. Across each presentation, topics relevant to research in applied contexts and skill acquisition programming more broadly are emphasized. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): reading, stimulus control |
Target Audience: Master's-level students; doctoral-level students; researchers; practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify possible relations between phonemic awareness skills such as phoneme blending and phoneme segmenting; (2) describe how the timing of interventions may impact efficacy and learner preference; and (3) describe methods to remediate overselective responding during reading tasks. |
|
A Systematic Approach to Establish Generalized Phoneme Blending in Children Exhibiting Reading Deficits |
ALEXANDRIA BROWN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Although reading seemingly involves only responding to text on a page, many other skills have been shown to facilitate reading performances. One critical skill is phonemic awareness which represents a generalized auditory discrimination repertoire in which a learner can vocally respond with the individual phonemes when presented with the word (i.e., phoneme segmentation) or vocally emit the word when provided with the individual phonemes (i.e., phoneme blending). Despite the relevance of phonemic awareness to early reading, behavior analytic research on phonemic awareness or, more generally, the discrimination of complex auditory stimuli is lacking. The purpose of the current study was to (1) evaluate the efficacy of a stimulus control shaping procedure for establishing phoneme blending skills with students exhibiting reading challenges, (2) evaluate the effects of multiple exemplar training on generalized phoneme blending, and (3) extend previous research on the number of exemplars necessary to produce generalized performance in humans by arranging an incrementing set size. By evaluating the relationship between set size and generalized performances and by assessing the efficacy of an errorless teaching method for establishing phoneme blending skills, the results from the current study may inform best practices for establishing generalized phonemic awareness skills in early learners. |
|
Effects of and Preference for the Timing of Repeated Reading on Elementary Students' Reading Fluency |
KRISTEN NEWELL (Louisiana State University), Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Interventions that target both class engagement and academic skills may decrease the likelihood of future reading difficulties in elementary students, amongst other academic deficits. Repeated reading (RR) can be used as either a preteaching or review strategy to increase overall fluency and comprehension, but the timing of when the intervention is arranged may be important for increasing active student responding (ASR) during class. In this study, we examined how the timing of an RR intervention, as either preparation for or review of reading material, affects ASR during a small group of fourth-grade students. Additionally, we investigated student preference for RR as an intervention and when it was delivered. For all 3 participants, the percentage of ASR was variable across baseline, review, and preteaching conditions; there were no significant differences in ASR across conditions. For all 3 participants, oral reading fluency (ORF) accuracy during small group was consistently higher for the passage that the participant practiced during the preteaching intervention in comparison to baseline, review, or preteaching conditions. All 3 participants selected the preteaching condition most frequently during the choice phase. These findings are consistent with literacy research demonstrating that repeated reading increases oral reading fluency of the practiced passage. |
|
Methods to Remediate or Prevent the Picture-Text Problem in At-Risk Readers |
TAYLOR LEWIS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Early reading environments are dominated by the simultaneous presentation of pictures and text. Such arrangements have repeatedly been shown to impede the development of textual control for some readers. Previous research attempting to remediate control by the picture element has manipulated the text size or brightness of the picture; nevertheless, presenting the text alone has been shown to be superior to any picture-text arrangement. To date, no previous research on picture-text compounds has required that the learner differentially respond to the underselected (i.e., textual) element. In the current study, we evaluated the efficacy of three picture-text arrangements for children exhibiting reading deficits. Across all conditions the text either appeared (1) alone, (2) with a single representational picture, or (3) with an array of compound stimulus prompts. In the latter condition, the learner was required to differentially respond to the textual element of the compound to respond correctly. Efficiency of sight-word acquisition was compared across conditions. Participant preference for conditions was also assessed following mastery using a concurrent-chains preference assessment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Adventures of Behavior Analysis in Juvenile Justice |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Samantha Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
Discussant: Samantha Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
CE Instructor: Samantha Fuesy, M.A. |
Abstract: Providing Behavior Analysis informed services for youth in the juvenile justice system is flush with unique challenges. Adapt and Transform Behavior has been providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and other behavior science informed services in the Florida juvenile justice system since 2017. Come learn about the current challenges we have experienced trying to expand services including limitations on the state and juvenile justice facility administration for allocating resources to staff training and education as well as regular assessment and evaluation of treatment outcomes. Additionally, there is a culture within these organizations where decision makers and agency leadership are reluctant to “rock the boat” and change the way they have been operating even if there is clear evidence that the way things have been done is not working. Please join us to learn more about some of our specific projects as we share what we have learned about providing Behavior Analysis services in juvenile justice settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Education, Juvenile Justice, Precision Teaching, Public Policy |
Target Audience: Knowledge of behavior analysis practices and knowledge of behavior analysis research designs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe implementation of precision teaching in juvenile justice settings (2) Identify common issues to providing Behavior Analysis services in juvenile justice settings (3) Discuss strengths and limitations to current Behavior Analysis research designs |
|
Classroom Management and Precision Teaching Training and Coaching for Teachers in Residential Juvenile Justice Facilities |
Sara Hordges (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Nicole Marie Harris (Adapt & Transform Behavior), SAMANTHA FUESY (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Jason Guild (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
Abstract: The educational needs of children in residential juvenile detention facilities can present a number of challenges to teachers and administrators. For example, students are typically grouped based on safety concerns and not by their school grade level leading to classrooms with students who are at very different grade levels. Adapt and Transform Behavior, with support of a Department of Education grant received by one of our contract providers, provided data-driven, behavior-science-based teacher training workshops and weekly follow up coaching to increase student academic gains. Our workshops and weekly coaching trained teachers in basic principles in behavior science, classroom management, student data collection, fluency based instruction, and differential instructional techniques, so that teachers would have the skills to engage students with diverse educational needs. This presentation will provide a brief overview of some preliminary data on the role and importance of coaching to help promote the use of skills and techniques trained during workshops. |
|
Getting Behavior Analysis Into Those Hard to Reach Places |
CALEB DENEB HUDGINS (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Samantha Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
Abstract: Advocating for access to Behavior Analysis informed practices outside of the world of Autism can be an uphill battle. This is particularly the case when providing ABA and other behavior analysis informed practices within state organized and tax funded public health and safety systems and agencies. The goal of this presentation is to introduce the audience to the kinds of barriers (and successes) our company has experienced trying to provide services to children who have become involved with Florida’s Juvenile Justice system. We will provide an overview of the different kinds of advocacy we have engaged in including partnering with other state associations, including our state Association for Behavior Analysis chapter, engaging with state level administrators and policy makers, as well as academic partners. The presentation will close with a set of recommendations for practitioners and researchers in the field on specific steps we can take to improve access to behavior analysis informed services for children with some of the greatest needs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Communication in the Workplace: Being Aversive Isn’t Always a Bad Thing… Or Is It? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology) |
CE Instructor: Abigail Blackman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Communication in the workplace can have multiple functions for behavior. For example, it can serve as an antecedent to prompt appropriate behavior or as a reinforcer that increases correct responding, such as with feedback. Communication may also function as a motivating operation and alter the value of current consequences for behavior. In the workplace, employee preference for different forms of communication can impact efficacy and, in some cases, the wrong communication can result in unintended consequences. While some may assume that employees would avoid corrective feedback, results from the first study in our symposium suggest that not only is corrective feedback more effective, employees actually prefer it to positive feedback. The second study will explore how aversive control in the workplace can backfire. Depending on how critical messages are delivered, they may increase performance, but they may also evoke countercontrol, which is behavior intended to punish the behavior of the individual delivering the aversive statement (e.g., sabotage). Overall, this symposium will discuss how communicating with employees, whether as feedback or other forms of communication, needs to take into consideration preference, efficacy, and potential side-effects. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium are individuals with some background or education in behavior analytic principles and concepts. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how positive and corrective feedback influence performance and identify which is preferred by employees 2. Explain how aversive control can result in countercontrol by employees 3. Discuss why it is important to consider preference, efficacy, and side-effects of communication in organizational settings |
|
A Further Investigation Regarding the Efficacy of and Preference for Positive and Corrective Feedback |
(Applied Research) |
ERIK SWANSON GODINEZ (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Although feedback is a widely used intervention, it is unclear what characteristics individuals prefer and what is necessary for feedback to be effective. Simonian and Brand (2022) investigated the efficacy of and preference for positive and corrective feedback and found that corrective feedback was more efficacious and preferred. The purpose of the current study was to systematically extend Simonian and Brand (2022) by addressing the limitations and adding a best treatment phase for two participants. The acquisition phase consisted of participants completing novel arbitrary tasks and the experimenter delivering either positive, corrective, or no feedback. Nine of the 10 participants mastered the task associated with corrective feedback, and one participant mastered the task with no feedback. Next, eight participants completed the preference phase in which they completed a novel task and were provided a choice of either positive or corrective feedback. Half of the participants showed a preference for corrective feedback and the remaining participants had mixed preference. Overall, corrective feedback was more efficacious and more preferred than positive feedback. |
|
Employee Countercontrol: An Investigation of How Individuals in an Organizational Analogue Respond to Aversive Statements |
(Basic Research) |
ALEXIS BARAJAS (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In organizational settings, one avenue for changing behavior is through aversive control. However, the use of aversive control may have negative side effects such as emotional responses or acts of aggression. Countercontrol is one such negative side effect of aversive control and may look like acts of sabotage, desertion, protest, and terrorism. Although countercontrol and its topographies have been discussed conceptually, there are few studies that have investigated this phenomenon empirically. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate an experimental procedure to evoke countercontrol among participants in an analogue work environment. An ABCD multiple baseline design was used to examine how aversive control affected participant responding on several work tasks. Following a baseline condition, a neutral statement with goal was introduced, before an aversive statement (also with goal) was presented to evoke countercontrol, followed by an apologetic statement to abate countercontrol responding. The results of this study suggest that while the procedure did not evoke countercontrol for most participants, it was successful in illustrating both potential countercontrol and negative reinforcement effects. This methodology then allows for further investigation into how aversive control may have unintended consequences in the workplace. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: A Panel Discussion on How to Write for the Behavior Analysis Journals |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Xiaoyuan Liu, M.A. |
Chair: Xiaoyuan Liu (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
DEREK D. REED (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
ANNA INGEBORG PETURSDOTTIR (University of Nevada, Reno) |
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Research is pivotal in advancing the field of behavior analysis. For graduate students, learning to writing for publication is often viewed as a cornerstone of academic growth. Scholarly activities include first conducting high quality research and learning to effectively convey research findings to disseminate in peer-reviewed journals. This panel discussion will delve into the nuances of writing for behavior analytic journals. Well-known mentors and researchers will share invaluable insights into learning to write for publication, including essential elements that are required for crafting successful journal submissions. Panel members will speak from the perspective of mentors who teach graduate students scholarly writing as well as expectations for publications from the perspective of the journal. This event aims to empower graduate students and researchers by providing a roadmap for accessing publication opportunities and generating high quality written work suitable for dissemination within the field of behavior analysis. Through these discussions, attendees will be better equipped with the knowledge needed to craft high-quality writing to fit for the purpose of publication within the field of behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate audience: currently enrolled or recently graduated graduate student that is learning how to write for publication |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify key components to write for publication, 2) Identify audience that you are writing to, and 3) Identify that the journal that is suitable for the scholarship. |
Keyword(s): behavioral journals, dissemination, Publication, Writing |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring the Effects of Medication on Challenging and Adaptive Behavior Within the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital; The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Lisa Alberts (Lasalle University) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Alberts, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals who exhibit challenging behavior are commonly prescribed psychotropic medications with the hope of reduced challenging behavior with minimal adverse effects. The effects are often measured indirectly through rating scales and interviews with caregivers, which are prone to response biases and may fail to detect subtle behavior changes. Behavior analysts are uniquely trained in direct measurement methods and are well-suited to assess the effects of medication on challenging and adaptive behavior. The four presentations in this symposium highlight the role of behavior analysis in the assessment of medication effects for individuals who exhibit challenging behavior. The first presentation provides outcome data from a randomized clinical trial of cannabidiol on irritability and aggression in children with autism. In the second presentation, large-scale data are presented on the effects of medication and medication withdrawal on challenging behavior at a large service provider. The third presentation provides data on the collateral effects of stimulant medication on social behavior for children with ADHD from a pilot clinical trial. The final talk will present the results of a systematic literature review covering psychotropic medication use for challenging behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Lisa Alberts, DNP, will provide a discussion of these talks. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior assessment, challenging behavior, neurodevelopmental disabilities, psychotropic medication |
Target Audience: Basic understanding of psychotropic medications |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to develop single case designs to measure the effects of medication on behavior. 2. Attendees will be able to describe the collateral effects of psychotropic medications. 3. Attendees will be able to identify the benefits and challenges of direct measurement of medication effects on behavior. |
|
The Effect of Cannabidiol on Symptoms of Irritability and Aggression in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Nanastasia Welnick (Neuroscience Institute Research Team; Children’s Hospital Colorado), Rebecca Rochowiak (Neuroscience Institute Research Team; Children’s Hospital Colorado), Angelique Koerner (Children’s Hospital Colorado/ University of Colorado Denver), Nicole Tartaglia (Department of Pediatrics; University of Colorado School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Youth diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder exhibit challenging and aggressive behaviors at a higher rate than their neurotypical peers. Preliminary data suggests that cannabidiol (CBD) may reduce problem behaviors among autistic children. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of CBD as treatment for problem behaviors. We will present data from 31 children enrolled in a double-blinded modified cross-over study with 3 arms, including 2 traditional placebo-controlled cross-over arms (12 weeks per treatment/3 week wash-out), plus a third arm where participants receive CBD for the entire 27 weeks. Randomized participants were titrated to a dose of 10mg/kg/day of CBD or placebo (provided by Jazz Pharmaceuticals). The research team conducted a functional analysis of problem behavior prior to the participant receiving CBD/placebo and two more times when participants received CBD or placebo at 10mg/kg/day. The research team will be unblinded to study conditions in December 2023. We will present individual and aggregated data on the rate of and the latency to problem behavior occurrence when participants took CBD or placebo. Results from the current study will be essential towards providing recommendations to caregivers and practitioners using CBD as a treatment for problem behaviors. |
|
Positive Behavioral Outcomes Following Medication Reductions |
KELLIE P. GOLDBERG (Bancroft), Arielle Di Stefano (Bancroft), Miranda Slotkin (Bancroft), Amanda Schechtman (Bancroft, Rider University), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are commonly prescribed as a treatment for challenging behavior. Individuals with autism and other developmental and intellectual disabilities with behavioral challenges are often prescribed off-label psychotropic medications and polypharmacy is a common occurrence (Bowring et al., 2017, Laermans et al. 2023). In a review of published studies evaluating pharmacologic interventions for challenging behavior, Matson and Neal (2008) concluded that psychotropic medications may be less effective in managing challenging behavior when accounting for studies that included objective measurements for the target behavior. In this presentation, we will summarize large scale data on medication use across children and adults receiving services at a large non-profit behavioral service provider. We will provide example data from clients who were observed to have reductions of challenging behavior that corresponded with the reduction or removal of psychotropic medications. In some cases, the complete suppression of challenging behavior was observed following medication removal. We will also share data from clients who were observed to have increases in challenging behavior corresponding to the addition of or an increased dose of psychotropic medication. |
|
The Effects of Stimulant Medication on the Social Behavior of Children With Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) |
ELIZABETH FREIBURGER (University of Iowa), Carolyn Zhou (The University of Iowa), Alexander Pauls (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital; The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: ADHD is the most common neurodevelopmental disorder and is characterized by inattentiveness, hyperactivity, and impulsivity. To address the symptoms of ADHD, nearly two-thirds of children with ADHD take psychotropic medication, with the majority demonstrating improvements. Although there is an abundance of research demonstrating the efficacy of stimulant medication for ADHD symptoms, including disruptive behavior, less is known about the collateral effects of stimulant medication, such as its impact on positive social behaviors. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of stimulant medication on various social behaviors of five children diagnosed with ADHD who were enrolled in a larger pilot clinical trial. Free play sessions from functional analyses were coded for physical and vocal behavior associated with more or less social interaction (e.g., vocal initiation, solitary play, physical orientation) on and off stimulant medication in reversal designs. The results suggests that stimulant medication slightly suppressed participants’ social behaviors, with some idiosyncratic findings. The implication is that there may be a tradeoff of improvements in ADHD symptoms with reduced positive social behaviors. Implications for clinic and future research will be discussed. |
|
Psychotropic Medication Use for Challenging Behaviors in Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities: An Update |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Elizabeth Freiburger (University of Iowa), Alexander Pauls (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital; The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior (CB) in individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) is common. Recent studies found the prevalence of CB in school age children with ID ranges from 48% to 60% and is approximately 18% in adults with ID (Bowring et al., 2019; Simó-Pinatella et al., 2019). Within this population, psychotropic medication as an intervention for CB is high, with many individuals experiencing both high doses of medication as well as polypharmacy (Bowring et al., 2017). In a 2009 paper, Matson and Neil reviewed the evidence supporting the use of psychotropic medication as an intervention for CB emitted by individuals with ID. They described the evidence as “minimal”, noting a discrepancy in findings between studies that incorporated object measures of behavior versus those that relied on rating scales and other indirect measures. Given these findings, the authors called for additional high-quality studies. The purpose of this review was to evaluate the evidence for use of psychotropic medication in the treatment of CB for individuals with ID. In addition to those studies included in the original review, we conducted a search of PsychInfo and PubMed databases and reference sections to identify studies published between 2008 and 2023. For included studies, we evaluated the extent to which each study met (a) criteria for establishing scientific confidence (Sprague & Werry, 1971), (b) the use of polypharmacy, (c) specification of target behaviors, (d) the use of objective measurements of CB, and (e) the use of behavioral interventions. This talk will discuss the findings of this review and considerations for behavior analysts when working with clients prescribed psychotropic medication. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services to Facilitate Communication in Individuals With Complex Needs in the United Kingdom |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Risca L. Solomon (Skybound Therapies) |
Discussant: Lina M. Slim (Lina Slim Consulting; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Risca L. Solomon, M.A. |
Abstract: An overarching goal of ABA services is to empower individuals to ask for what they want and make choices about their own life. While this skill may be commonplace for many individuals, several barriers begin to surface for individuals with severe disabilities and in regions with few trained behavior analysts. The authors of Study 1 will contextualize ABA services to the UK and highlight unique cultural and societal considerations for successful programs. Study 2 will evaluate the impact of modified TalkTools to facilitate speech in minimally-verbal children with developmental disabilities. The authors will highlight the efficacy and acceptability of their intervention. The authors of Study 3 will present data on the effectiveness of functional analysis and functional communication training using manual signs for an autistic adolescent. They will discuss the barriers to intervention and how these were addressed. The authors of Study 4 will present data on how an AAC device was used to train choice-making in an adolescent with brain injury. Specific implications for quality-of-life measures and happiness indicators will be highlighted. Finally, Lina Slim will discuss these studies with a focus on interprofessional collaboration and advocate for programs that directly target quality-of-life in individuals. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): communication, non-vocal individuals |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to: 1. List at least three specific considerations for designing and implementing a successful ABA program in the UK 2. Define and list the steps involved in a modified TalkTools intervention 3. Describe how to implement functional communication training for individuals using manual signs 4. List the steps involved in choice-making training using an AAC device |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Therapy for Individuals With Special Needs in the United Kingdom: Demand and Services Between 2019-2023 |
RISCA L. SOLOMON (Skybound Therapies), Alison Deakin (Skybound Therapies), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University) |
Abstract: ABA interventions were largely developed in the United States, in settings with relatively more trained professionals compared to the United Kingdom. Data retrieved from the BACB website showed that as of October 18, 2023, there were a total of 214,817 certified behaviour analysts in the USA compared to 837 such professionals in the UK. When this number is juxtaposed against the estimated 1.6 million individuals with special and complex needs in the UK who could benefit from the services offered by behaviour analysts, it becomes apparent that there is a critical shortage in the number of trained professionals available. Nevertheless, the past few years have seen growth in the number of professional behaviour analysts in the UK, the establishment of a local accreditation body, and increases in the demand for ABA services. This talk will offer a snapshot of how ABA services are offered in the UK, a five-year perspective on demand for these services, and trends in the types of services offered (e.g., home-based, consultancy) by one organization during this period. The feasibility of funding, designing and implementing an ABA intervention program in the UK will be discussed. |
|
Modified TalkTools to Improve Speech Outcomes for Minimally Verbal Learners With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities |
SOPHIE LOUISE BRADBURY (University of South Wales, Skybound Therapies), Jo Saul (University College London), Corinna F. Grindle (University of Warwick), Dan Bowers (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: TalkTools is an intervention designed to target functional speech. We undertook a preliminary investigation to explore the efficacy and the feasibility of an adapted version of TalkTools for improving speech in minimally verbal young learners with autism and intellectual disabilities. Ten participants with minimal functional speech or speech clarity difficulties and diagnosis of autism who were receiving clinic-based services were randomly allocated baseline and intervention durations in an AB phase design. Over an 8-month period we explored the impact of the intervention on speech sound through weekly probe assessments of individualised speech sounds. Standardised measures were also administered at the beginning and the end of the intervention period, measuring speech sound inventory, oral motor imitation, functional speech, oral motor fluency, and motor imitation. We evaluated the feasibility of the intervention through acceptability, adherence, and fidelity of implementation measures. The results of the study will be discussed, highlighting how our findings might usefully inform future large-scale evaluations of TalkTools. |
|
Service-Delivery for a Non-Vocal Autistic Adolescent With Severe Self-Injurious Behaviour, Seizures and Partial Visual Impairment |
SARAH DENISON (Behaviour Analyst), Simbarashe Kenneth Shamu (Skybound Therapies), Victoria Adshead (Skybound Therapies), Megan Bonelle (Skybound Therapies) |
Abstract: Over the last few decades, the provision of ABA services to individuals with disabilities has had a flourishing literature base. Several successful studies have demonstrated the effectiveness and acceptability of functional analysis and functional communication training to address self-injurious and aggressive behavior. A limitation of prior research is that a majority of these studies have been conducted with young children in North America most of whom were vocal and sessions were conducted in short weekly meetings. The current study was conducted with a 16-year-old non-vocal adolescent in the UK diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, convulsive seizures, and a partial visual impairment. In this study, we report on the assessment and treatment process offered by behavior analysts in the home setting. We used a functional analysis to develop a function-based treatment to reduce severe self-injurious behavior and increase communication using manual signs. Over the course of 15 months, we observed reductions in challenging behavior to near-zero levels and a substantial increase in manual signs. Areas for future research and clinical considerations for adolescents with complex needs are discussed. |
|
Facilitating Choice-Making Using a Head Switch in an Adolescent With Quadriplegia and Brain Injury |
JODIE WHITE (Skybound Therapies), Sarah Denison (Behaviour Analyst), Kirby Duval (Skybound Therapies), Veronika Liptakova (Skybound Therapies) |
Abstract: Being able to communicate and make choices about one’s life is a basic human right. Yet, these seemingly fundamental rights are unavailable, marginalized, or marked by profound dependency for some individuals with complex needs. Previous research has used children’s consumption of a food item, refusal, approach, or verbal statements about preferences as indicators of a valid choice. Identifying and training valid choice-making for individuals with limited motor and verbal skills may involve measuring other idiosyncratic behaviors that may demonstrate their happiness at a preferred choice being offered. In this study, we report on a 16-year-old girl with quadriplegia and brain injury in the UK being facilitated to make choices using a head switch mounted on her wheelchair. We describe the training phases beginning with a movement analysis, followed by shaping to teach head switch activation, and choice-making training with stimuli of varying preference levels. We will highlight the methods we used to assess preference, measure happiness indices, and how these data were used to successfully guide teaching sessions. Our training was effective in establishing socially-valid choice-making and adds to the literature on the scope of behavior analytic procedures to improve quality of life. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancing Relapse Mitigation and Clinical Impact: Translational Research and Practical Recommendations |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)) |
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of behavioral treatments, such as Functional Communication Training (FCT) and FCT with delay-and-denial tolerance training, for reducing challenging behavior. Relapse refers to the recurrence of a previously decreased response when a treatment is challenged, such as treatment integrity omission errors (i.e., resurgence) or when treatment is transferred from clinics to community settings, such as the home or school (i.e., renewal). Although effective, relapse following FCT is highly prevalent, and there is relatively little research evaluating relapse following FCT with delay-and-denial tolerance training. Additionally, there have been mixed findings across basic and applied studies, and guidance for practice is limited. In this symposium, one presentation investigates renewal following differential reinforcement of alternative behavior in single- and multiple-context training across basic and applied arrangements. Two presentations will highlight investigations of relapse during delay-and-denial tolerance training—one empirical demonstration of relapse following programmed treatment integrity errors and context changes during FCT with delay-and-denial tolerance training, and one systematic review of the magnitude and prevalence of resurgence during distinct components of delay-and-denial tolerance training. The final presentation will identify everyday examples of relapse and provide strategies and tools to assist practitioners in preparing for relapse in applied settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): delay-and-denial training, multiple-context training, relapse, research-to-practice |
Target Audience: The intended audience is behavior analysts who have or currently work with individuals that engage in challenging behavior, as well as researchers who specialize in relapse. The audience should have some knowledge on treatment relapse and its clinical implications. Additionally, familiarity with experimental models of different forms of relapse will be useful, but a general overview will be provided for pertinent presentations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research on renewal in applications of multiple-context training, (2) describe recent research on resurgence and renewal in applications of delay-and-denial tolerance training, (3) describe the differences between various forms of relapse and identify common applied examples, and (4) describe strategies for mitigating relapse in practice. |
|
The Effects of Multiple-Context Training on Operant Renewal of Behavior Decreased by Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) |
(Applied Research) |
PAIGE TALHELM (University of South Florida), Caeli Virginia Cormier (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often receive behavioral treatment for severe problem behavior. Although treatment may be effective in reducing problem behavior, the possibility of renewal of problem behavior may be of a concern to clinicians and caregivers. Renewal is the reemergence of a previously reduced response following a change in treatment conditions (Pritchard et al., 2014). One potential solution to mitigate renewal may incorporate multiple implementers across different settings before implementing treatment in contexts in which the target behavior was initially reinforced (Kimball et al., 2023). Additionally, translational human laboratory studies are conducted under the assumption that outcomes will be relevant to clinical conditions. However, few studies have examined the extent to which laboratory preparations predict whether similar findings will be obtained with clinically relevant behaviors. During the present study, single- and multiple- context training was evaluated with human participants recruited via Amazon Mechanical Turk (MTurk) and individuals with ASD, who engaged in problem behavior. Across both studies, minimal renewal effects were observed following the implementation of DRA plus extinction for both single- and multiple-context participants. |
|
An Evaluation of Delay and Denial Training: Durability Against Treatment Relapse |
(Applied Research) |
KENDALL MAE KASTNER (68102), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)) |
Abstract: Delay and Denial Training is a prevalent prescribed intervention following the successful implementation of Functional Communication Training (FCT). Although there is strong empirical evidence in support of delay and denial training as an intervention to reach socially acceptable outcomes, there have yet to be systematic assessments of this intervention’s susceptibility to treatment relapse. The goal of this evaluation was to arrange treatment challenges that mimic the conditions that threaten treatment outcomes in the natural environment, specifically such as transferring treatment to a new environment or treatment integrity omission errors. Researchers replicated recent iterations of delay and denial training procedures (Hanley et al., 2014; Rose & Beaulieu, 2019), and included treatment challenges based on procedures by Saini et al., (2018), and Fisher et al., (2019). This research adds to the literature on delay and denial training and examines the durability against treatment relapse in the forms of renewal and resurgence. This presentation will describe implications for future research and clinical practice. |
|
On the Prevalence and Magnitude of Resurgence During Functional Communication Training With Delay-and-Denial Tolerance Training |
(Applied Research) |
ARIELLE ROSE MARSHALL (Rutgers Graduate School of Applied Psychology), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of target behavior (e.g., severe destructive behavior) during a worsening of reinforcement conditions (e.g., increases in response effort or decreases in reinforcement rate for appropriate behavior). Previous studies have examined the prevalence and magnitude of resurgence of severe destructive behavior during functional communication training with discriminative stimuli (i.e., multiple schedules). We conducted a systematic review of the literature to analyze the magnitude and prevalence of treatment relapse during functional communication training with delay-and-denial tolerance training, including during shaping of the complex communication response, introduction of tolerance responses, and increases in delays. Similar to previous studies with discriminative stimuli, resurgence occurred in nearly all participants (87%) and in about one-third of transitions. Resurgence was less likely to occur during response-effort manipulations (i.e., complexity training, tolerance-response training) and was most likely to occur during increases in delays that ended following the passage of time rather than a response criterion. These results highlight the importance of further evaluation of resurgence across different applications of functional communication training. |
|
Understanding and Managing Relapse: Recommendations for Practitioners |
(Service Delivery) |
JENNIFER NEELY (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)), Clare Liddon (University of Dayton), Amber Valentino (ALV Consulting, LLC) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have identified and demonstrated effective assessment and treatment procedures for severe behavior, yet the relapse of severe behavior following effective treatment is highly prevalent (Briggs et al., 2018; Falligant et al., 2022; Haney et al., 2022; Muething et al., 2021). The purpose of the current paper is to provide (a) a consumable framework on relapse for practitioners and (b) recommendations for practitioners on managing and mitigating relapse. We outline the types of relapse, provide everyday examples of each, review safety precautions, highlight recommendations regarding best practices for data collection and data review, and discuss recommendations for responding to relapse based on current best practices. A decision tree is used to help guide practitioners on which type of relapse they are responding to based on the current variables at play and what approach to take in managing relapse to decrease the severity of the relapse in the moment as well as decrease the likelihood that the relapse will be reinforced, thereby mitigating relapse in the future. We provide definitions of relapse with examples of each, the recommended components for a relapse reaction plan, a relapse awareness checklist for practitioners to reference, and a sample relapse reaction plan to assist practitioners understand and manage for relapse for the individuals they serve. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Shaping of Behavior Analysts as Scientist Practitioners: A Symposium Sponsored by the Behavioral Development Special Interest Group (DEV SIG) |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gladys Williams (CIEL; LearnMore Inc.) |
Discussant: Richard E LAITINEN (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc) |
CE Instructor: Richard E LAITINEN, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the objectives of the Behavioral Development SIG is to support young behaviorists in their pursuit of becoming scientist-practitioners. Some examples of research themes that this SIG promotes are derived relational responding, equivalence, social referencing, interdependence of verbal behavior, skill acquisition, joint attention, attachment, impulsivity, and behavioral cusps. To assist in this undertaking, the SIG has established the Jack Gewirtz Student Research Award. This year’s award goes to three students, each of whom has contributed to the further analysis of (1) conditioning book preference, (2) observational learning, and (3) derived relational responding. Our fourth presenter demonstrated an example of basic, translational research with nonhumans to address the complex behavioral process of impulsivity. The findings of these award-winning research studies are relevant to practitioners working with children with autism and related disabilities. These results provide knowledge that pursues our understanding of diverse processes driving the development of complex human behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This symposium requires knowledge of applied research, selection of effective and efficient strategies, and behavioral cusps. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Use research principles to commonly applied procedures 2. Select effective strategies to teach prerequisite skills 3. Work as a scientist/practitioner |
|
Increasing Young Children’s Preference for Books Over Competing Stimuli |
LILIAN MORALES (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Reading is an important repertoire that is critical to children’s academic achievement. While many studies have focused on teaching components of reading (phonemes, blending), reading fluency, and reading comprehension, fewer studies have evaluated how children become interested in reading and develop a preference for books and text. In this study, we evaluated the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on children’s preference for books. The procedure involved providing rich social interactions and established reinforcers when children engaged with books. In a multiple baseline design across 3 preschool participants with disabilities, we observed children who rarely engaged with books pre-intervention shift preference to book engagement following the intervention. These outcomes were observed both in the intervention setting and a naturalistic play area for all three participants. The outcomes are discussed in terms of promoting preference for book stimuli in the context of typical, evidence-based reading instruction. Key words: reading, stimulus/stimulus pairing, preschool, preference. |
|
The Effect of Observational Learning on the Formation of Equivalence Classe in 7-Year-Old Children |
KENYA VELAZQUEZ (Psicologa Kenya Velazquez) |
Abstract: This study aimed to evaluate an observational learning procedure to acquire tacts of abstract figures and reading written words in German, all in relation to the same stimuli in eight typically developing children of 7 years old who speak Spanish as first language. The participants were divided in couples and exposed to direct teaching with contingencies of reinforcement and correction of tacts and reading, and to observational learning probe trials of tacts and reading. The study consisted of two experimental phases: on Phase 1, the first participant of the couple was exposed to direct teaching of the tact and the second participant to observational learning probe trials of the tact. Subsequently, the second participant of the couple was exposed to direct teaching of reading and the partner to observational learning probe trials of reading. Once the mastery criterion was reached on each verbal operant with direct teaching and observational learning probe trials, Phase 2 continued. Phase 2 was identical to Phase 1, except that each participant of the couple received direct teaching of the opposite verbal operant they first learned in Phase 1. After each phase was completed, derived stimulus relations probes were performed: symmetry, transitivity and symmetric–transitivity, which consisted on figure selection, text selection, figure-text selection and text-figure selection. The results demonstrated that all participants reached the mastery criterion when they were exposed to direct teaching and observational learning probe trials of tacts and reading. The velocity to acquire the mastery criterion was higher with observational learning probe trials than with direct teaching. Also, the reading operant was acquired faster than the tact operant. Last, all participants demonstrated derived stimulus relations of symmetry, transitivity and symmetric-transitivity on Phase 1 and 2. However, symmetry relations derived slightly above transitivity relations and symmetric-transitivity. This study is the first one demonstrating the application of observational learning to acquire two related verbal operants and probe derived stimulus relations of the operants learned. Keywords: observational learning, direct contingencies teaching, derived relational responding, tacts, reading and second language. |
|
An Evaluation of a Derived Relations Curriculum and Associations With Verbal Behavior |
ELLIS SMITH (Teachers College Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Educators may rely on research and curriculum to determine instructional strategies that are best for their students. However, selecting the best instructional strategies means considering individual pre-requisite repertoires and implies that strategies are effective and efficient. Researchers conducted an AB design across fifteen, fourth-grade participants to measure the relation between derived relational responding and verbal behavior development repertoires. Participants were selected from a CABAS AIL, public school classroom. We implemented Equivalence-Based-Instruction (EBI) to teach relations directly (word to picture and word to definition), across five operants. Researchers used pre and post tests to measure participants Verbal Behavior Development Repertoires and the number of correct responses to direct taught relations, mutually entailed relations, and combinatorally entailed relations. Results support the hypothesis that derived relational responding varies in accordance with Verbal Behavior Development Repertoires. Results support and extend previous literature by analyzing relations between verbal behavior development repertoires and derived relational response variations. Keywords: Combinatorial Entailment, Derived Relations, Equivalence-Based Instruction, Incidental- Bidirectional Naming, Mutual Entailment |
|
Autoshaped Impulsivity and Self-Controlled Choice: A Comparative Learning Study Between Pigeons and Artificial Neural Networks |
GISELLE MAGGIE-FER MAGGIE FER CASTAÑEDA LOZANO (University of Guadalajara, Center for Behavior Studies and Research (CEIC)), Miguel Angel Aguayo Mendoza (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mx) |
Abstract: The presentation will delve into a research tool utilized within the laboratory of Experimental and Theoretical Research in Learning, Conditioning, and Adaptive Behavior at CEIC. Examples will be provided of fundamental translational research conducted with nonhuman subjects, aiming to explore the intricate behavioral process of impulsivity and other related phenomena. This presentation will elucidate the foundational assumptions within the research framework and offer specific examples of ongoing investigations, including cases of associative conditioning and comparative connectionism, wherein the primary objective is to investigate the role of neural network architectures in simulating behavioral phenomena, particularly as a potential explanation for biological constraints on learning. Additionally, a proposal to examine applied phenomena such as Autism Spectrum Disorders within this context will be discussed. Furthermore, the presentation will provide an overview of recent work with a model designed to evaluate the effects of delay and magnitude of reinforcement within Pavlovian contingencies. This evaluation was conducted using two approaches: with living organisms (pigeons) and through an artificial neural network model. This study addresses the phenomenon of Pavlovian impulsivity (autoshaping) as reported by Aguayo (2024). Current research with this approach demonstrated that manipulating neural network architectures can model diverse biological constraints reported in learning psychology literature as learning typicities. These findings are consistent with the biology principle of structure-function correlation, offering predictive content for experimental testing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empowering Educators Toward Equity: Current Research on Promoting Equity in School Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University; University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Berenice de la Cruz (Texas A&M University-San Antonio) |
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: BIPOC students face disproportional disciplinary practices (Badger et al., 2018; Little & Tolbert, 2018; Noguera, 2003), special education identification (Sullivan & Proctor, 2016), and teacher-student interactions (Decker et al., 2007; Wymer et al., 2020) as compared to their white peers. Disproportionality may be a result of implicit bias or behaviors influenced by cues that function as an indicator of the social group to which others belong (De Houwer, 2019). School-based behavior analysts and classroom consultants are well-positioned to measure and subsequently intervene on disproportionately. This symposium will describe current research within the field to measure and promote equitable practices in the classroom setting. The first paper describes the role of school-based behavior analysts in providing culturally humble services and research. The second paper describes the implementation of Positive Behavior Intervention Supports (PBIS) and disproportionality in schools. The third paper assesses teachers’ perceptions of their own cultural responsiveness and students’ classroom behaviors. The final paper describes an intervention for increasing proportional teacher-student interactions in the classroom setting during unstructured times. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): cultural responsiveness, Equitable discipline, Equity |
Target Audience: School-based BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: Identify methods for school-based Board Certified Behavior Analysts to provide culturally humble services across school settings. Describe how implementation fidelity measures are used to evaluate the implementation of critical elements of PBIS within a school system. Discuss the relationship between teacher’s perceptions of their own culturally responsive teaching practices and indirect and direct estimates of students' behavior in the classroom. Describe the importance of proportional interactions across student demographic groups. |
|
Current State of Behavior Analytic Equity-Focused Research in Schools |
(Service Delivery) |
NICOLE HOLLINS (University of Virginia) |
Abstract: BIPOC (Black, Indigenous, People of Color) students are more likely to experience inequitable discipline practices and delayed special education services compared to their peers in school settings. Many have attributed the systemic disparities to biases and the abuse of discipline policies in school settings. As biases towards BIPOC students in school settings directly impact their academic, social progress, and overall wellbeing, it is critical for school-based Board Certified Behavior Analysts to objectively measure disparities and provide objective feedback on teaching practices. While there are some comprehensive tools and interventions that attempt to address these issues, their utility and acceptability warrant further discussion. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss the impact of inequitable teacher-student interactions towards BIPOC students, highlight classroom observation tools or interventions focused on equity, and emphasize the importance of school-based Board Certified Behavior Analysts providing culturally humble services across school settings. Future research endeavors are discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Role of Classroom Behavior Management in Promoting Equitable Discipline Outcomes |
(Applied Research) |
ALEXANDRIA C. ROBERS (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Positive behavioral interventions and supports (PBIS) is an implementation framework commonly used by school professionals to address the adoption and application of school-wide practices to systematically teach and reinforce positive behavior. However, there is a lack of empirical studies evaluating the association between core components of PBIS implementation and equitable discipline outcomes. The purpose of this study was to determine if scores on a school-wide PBIS implementation fidelity measure, the Benchmarks of Quality Revised (BoQ-R), were associated with racial discipline disparities in office discipline referrals (ODRs). To accomplish the aims of this study, researchers conducted multiple linear regression to examine the association between scores from the BoQ-R and racial discipline disparities in ODRs (i.e., risk ratios). In particular, the BoQ-R measure includes a Classroom Systems critical element to evaluate the implementation of PBIS practices in classrooms. Scores from this critical element specifically permitted analysis of the association between practices that are aligned with recommended classroom behavior management strategies and racial disparities in the use of exclusionary discipline practices in schools. A total of 333 schools were included and analyses and most disaggregated data across the racial and ethnic groups represented (i.e., Asian, Black, Hispanic/Latine, Multiracial, Indigenous/Native American, Pacific Islander, White). |
|
An Exploration of the Relationship Between Teachers' Perceptions of Cultural Responsiveness, Student Risk, and Classroom Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
MAGGIE VEIGA (Bridgewater State University), Lindsay M Fallon (University of Massachusetts Boston), Annisha Susilo (University of Massachusetts Boston), Patrick Robinson-Link (University of Massachusetts Boston), Talia Berkman (University of Massachusetts Boston), Stephen Kilgus (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
Abstract: Racially and ethnically minoritized (REM; Proctor & Owens, 2019) youth are disproportionately exposed to detrimental exclusionary discipline procedures. To address disproportionality, researchers and policymakers have proposed implementing a multi-tiered system of support (MTSS) framework, universally screening students for behavioral concerns. The relationship between teachers' perceptions of their cultural responsiveness, teacher’s perceptions of students’ social-emotional well-being and classroom behavior, and students; observed behavior may impact equitable screening results and access for behavioral health services. This presentation will review two studies conducted with teachers in two large suburban school districts in which linear modeling applied to predict the relationships between variables. Study 1 investigated the relationship between teachers' (n = 20) ratings on a measure of cultural responsiveness, the Assessment of Culturally and Contextually Relevant Supports (ACCReS) and students' classroom behavior. Results indicated that higher ACCReS scores significantly predicted lower class wide disruptive behavior. Study 2 investigated the relationship between teachers' (n = 30) ratings on the ACCReS and ratings of their students' risk on the Social, Academic, and Emotional Behavior Risk Screener. For social behavior, higher ACCReS scores predicted teachers perceiving lower social risk; however, identification as a Black student and a student with a disability predicted higher risk. |
|
Promoting Equal Interactions in Early Childhood Settings |
(Applied Research) |
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University; University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In the United States, Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC) students are more likely to face disciplinary action (e.g., exclusion, suspension, and expulsion from the classroom) for engaging in the same challenging behaviors as their white peers (Badger et al., 2018; Little & Tolbert, 2018; Noguera, 2003). Due to the discrepancy in disciplinary practices, students are at risk of continued negative interactions with their teachers (Decker et al., 2007; Wymer et al., 2020). One way to improve teacher interactions toward BIPOC students is through equity-focused performance feedback regarding praise and reprimand rates (Knochel et al., 2022). The purpose of this study was to extend the research conducted by Knochel et al. (2020) by examining teacher-student interactions during unstructured times and expanding the topographies of teacher behaviors measured to include demands and social comments. This study consisted of two experiments. During the first experiment, a descriptive analysis of four early-childhood education teachers’ interactions with students was conducted. During the second experiment, a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline across participants design was used to examine the effect of self-monitoring and equality-focused performance feedback on the distribution of teacher interactions across student demographic groups for three of the teachers participating in the first experiment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethical and Professional Business Practices for Small, Medium, and Large Organizations |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Adapt for Life ABA
The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Discussant: Stephen Wood (Cultivate Behavior Management Corporation ) |
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The “business” of ABA is booming. It is not uncommon to see a newly certified BCBA hang a shingle to open their own ABA service delivery organization. Private equity has also entered the ABA space as evidenced by the purchases of very large organizations such as The Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD), Action Behavior Centers, and Acorn Behavioral Health. With the growth of the business of ABA comes challenges such as clinician turnover, RBT Training, supervision of trainees who are pursuing their BCBA credential, and fraud. The field has also seen failed businesses close their doors. This session will cover the challenges of running an ABA business of various sizes. Ethical and professional solutions will also be provided. Finally, time will be allowed for question and answer with the audience.
Disclaimer: This session will not prepare you to become a business owner. However, this session could be used in conjunction with additional training, supervision, and mentorship |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ABA Business, Ethical Businesses, OBM |
Target Audience: Business leadership and/or individuals interested in becoming business owners. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify ethical issues of starting an ABA business.
2. Participants will identify evidence-based solutions for addressing challenges within ABA businesses
3. Participants will describe the importance of structuring supervision sessions across the company
4. Participants will describe how to provide clinical and business leadership at all levels of a large company |
|
Ethical Issues in Starting an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Organization |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Adapt for Life ABA
The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: This paper will apply the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts to various ethical situations that arise as a business owner. The following core principles will be covered: Benefit others, Behave with Integrity, Ensuring Competence, Conforming with Legal and Professional Requirements; and the following codes will be covered: 1.02. Conforming with Legal and Professional Requirements; 1.05 Practicing within Scope of Competence; 1.06 Maintaining Competence; 2.01 Providing Effective Treatment; 3.01 Responsibility to Clients; and 5.08 Using Testimonials from Former Clients for Advertising. The paper will also present the need for competencies in Organizational Behavioral Management (OBM) and basic business practices. The need for comprehensive insurance policies will be described and solutions for selecting various packages will be discussed. Finally, the need for appropriate legal and financial support will be discussed. Small businesses without expertise in these areas may run into legal and financial strain that could result in the organization failing and closing its doors resulting in clients being without services and employees being without work. Problem solving ethical dilemmas will be presented and finally procedures for preventing subsequent ethical missteps will be discussed. |
|
Ethical Issues and Professional Solutions for Running a Medium-Sized Business |
MELISSA SAUNDERS (Creative Interventions) |
Abstract: This paper will highlight the challenges faced by small businesses as they grow to medium-sized businesses. This includes businesses that operate in more than one location but not more than 2 different states. Additional elements from the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts include: 2.08 Communicating About Services; 2.09 Involving Clients and Stakeholders; 3.01 Responsibility to Clients; 3.03 Accepting Clients; 3.04 Service Agreement; 3.05 Financial Agreements, and 4.01 Compliance with Supervision Requirements. Discussion of the need to diversify the payer options is an essential element and will include insurance contracts, school district contracts, early intervention services, and private pay. Additionally, the need for the development and implementation of comprehensive policies and procedures will be described. This includes ensuring that policies and procedures align with an appropriate accrediting body. Finally, the need for a comprehensive staff training and supervision process will be described. Solutions for challenges faced by medium-sized businesses will also be presented. |
|
Leading a Large Scale Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Business: Challenges and Solutions |
STEVE WOOLF (Butterfly Effects) |
Abstract: Running a business that operates in multiple states and multiple regions of the country, brings with it many issues beyond what the first two papers will describe. This session will focus on the following elements from the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts: Benefit others, Behave with Integrity, Ensuring Competence, Conforming with Legal and Professional Requirements; 1.07 Cultural Responsiveness and Diversity; 1.08 Non-discrimination; 1.09 Non-harassment; 2.01 Providing Effective Treatment; 2.03 and 2.04 Protecting and Disclosing Confidential Information; 2.05 Document Protection and Retention; 2.06 Accuracy in Service Billing and Reporting and 2.08 Communicating about Services. This paper session will include a discussion on the need to be aware of state mandates, various licensing laws, and the political and business climates within each state. Ethical dilemmas become larger with the scale of the business: more employees equals more challenges. This paper will highlight the challenges as well as present ethical solutions. The need for tiered business and clinical leadership will be discussed. |
|
Paper 4: Effective Tiered Supervision in Large Companies |
STEPHEN WOOD (Cultivate Behavior Management Corporation) |
Abstract: Providing effective supervision with a large scale company results in more effective service delivery. This session will cover the following core principles: Benefit others, Behave with Integrity, and Ensuring Competence; and the following codes will be covered: 4.01 Compliance with Supervision Requirements; 4.02 Supervisory Competence; 4.03 Supervisory Volume; 4.04 Accountability in Supervision; 4.05 Maintaining Supervision Documentation; 4.06 Providing Supervision and Training; 4.07 Incorporating and Addressing Diversity; 4.08 Performance Monitoring and Feedback; 4.09 Delegation of Tasks; 4.10 Evaluating Effects of Supervision and Training; 4.11 Facilitating Continuity of Supervision; and 4.12 Appropriately Terminating Supervision
This session will focus on the role of higher-level clinical leadership. Participants will learn strategies for managing oversight of clinical services in larger and/or growing organizations. Specifically, the presentation will focus on the role of tiered supervision in including the role of a Clinical Supervisor, Clinical Manager, and Clinical Director. Supervision of BCBAs will be discussed including the structure and function of 1:1 meetings including the development of an agenda and measures of progress and goal attainment. The role of compliance audits will also be discussed including documenting 5% RBT supervision and completion of session note audits. |
|
|
|
|
|
Will Artificial Intelligence Automate a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA)’s Job? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (RYANO, LLC) |
Discussant: Dimitrios V. Makridis (Makridis Learning, LLC, Explanatory Fiction) |
CE Instructor: Dimitrios V. Makridis, M.S. |
Abstract: More than 40 years ago, Hayes et al. (1980) shared concerns about the science of applied behavior analysis, namely what they viewed as the proliferation of behavioral technology unmoored by coherent and evolving theories of learning (see also Pierce & Epling, 1980). This trend has maintained and, perhaps, worsened in the intervening years (e.g., Mahoney et al. 2019; Sosine & Cox, 2023). Behavior Analysis as a science and profession, specifically as practiced by BCBAs, is currently at a watershed moment with the proliferation of big data and AI-powered tools. Behavior analysis (as a profession) currently lacks standard clinical care metrics or systematic and replicable methods to recommend treatment hours outside very narrow contexts and populations (i.e., early intervention for individuals with autism/autistic individuals). Big data and AI-powered tools offer potential methods to fill these gaps by bridging basic and applied science in new ways. In this symposium, presenters will share their current and planned work in this area, such as precisely targeting interventions and treatment recommendations based on individual client needs. Presenters will also lead a discussion around the evolving impact of big data and AI-powered tools on clinical practice and what the skills of tomorrow’s most effective behavior analysts might look like. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, job automation, machine learning |
Target Audience: Entry level practitioners and researchers in behavior analysis or related fields. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will identify three models being developed by ABA researchers to aid in the delivery of behavior analytic services. 2) Attendees will be able to identify the speed at which likely job aids and changes will impact their career through the develop of artificial intelligence-driven tools. 3) Attendees will be able to clearly communicate to their colleagues the approach leading data-based practices are employing artificial intelligence and machine learning in their tools and practice. |
|
Harnessing the Power of Artificial Intelligence in Applied Behavior Analysis |
JACOB SOSINE (Rethink First), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Artificial intelligence (AI) is evolving at a breathtaking pace. Building impactful AI products requires large amounts of data relevant to the tasks the AI tools augment. Fortunately, behavior analytic services involve tremendous amounts of data already being collected that can, in turn, be used to build useful AI systems. AI applied to behavior analytic service provision can: increase the efficiency and effectiveness of behavior analysts’ impact for the patients they serve; provide greater consistency in treatment recommendations and approaches; and improve the speed and degree to which recommendations can be tailored based on each learner’s unique profile. In this presentation, we discuss how RethinkFirst is leveraging AI to improve, inform, and augment the clinical decisions and subsequent impact of certified behavior analysts’ skill sets. Specifically, we discuss how AI allows us to identify unique patient and provider clusters, match patients to providers who are best equipped to maximize progress and create meaningful change for individual learners, and recommend treatment goals and targets to optimize learning pathways tailored to individual learners. Along the way, we also highlight the necessary rigor, safeguards, and ongoing ethical considerations that technology developers and consumers should proactively discuss when developing and using AI systems at scale. |
|
Progress Does Not Need Permission but Does Need Guidance: Leveraging Artificial Intelligence (AI) Tools to Support Behavior Analysts and Those They Serve |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (Central Reach) |
Abstract: A great deal of attention is being allocated to artificial intelligence (AI) among the general and professional public. This attention spans everything from curiosity and concern to excitement and naiveté. Within behavior analysis, AI understandably is receiving greater attention with concerns over its potential role and how integrating AI into areas of our work will bring us closer or further away from our subject matter. Central Reach as a provider of end-to-end software solutions for behavior analysts working in the Autism and IDD care space has begun a concerted effort to explore what role, if any, AI can play in supporting aspects of applied work. Utilizing Central Reach’s internal technical and behavior analytic expertise several initiatives have been undertaken to determine the feasibility and efficacy that AI informed tools can contribute to aspects of the applied behavior analytic workflow. This presentation reviews these efforts with particular attention to the prudent iterative development process, quality assurance, and the validity parameters that have been created. Furthermore, implications of employing these tools and others like them will be discussed. |
|
Leveraging Artificial Intelligence (AI) for Enhanced Clinical Decision-Making in Applied Behavior Analysis |
TIMOTHY MICHAEL YEAGER (Centria Healthcare) |
Abstract: In the ever-evolving landscape of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), the integration of Artificial Intelligence (AI) presents an exciting opportunity to revolutionize clinical decision-making. Keohane and Greer (2005) demonstrated the benefits of data-informed decision-making, and how an algorithm that increased the quantity of decisions made ultimately led to students learning more quickly. With the emergence of Large Language Models (LLMs) like ChatGPT, the opportunities to integrate AI into the clinical decision-making process have expanded even further. This presentation explores how incorporating LLMs into the clinical decision-making process can amplify the effects demonstrated by Keohane and Greer on a larger scale. In partnership with computer scientists, we trained an LLM on select clinical data of thousands of clients, and created individualized reports for clients, providing key information to clinicians that they need to make critical decisions. By harnessing AI, we showcase the ability to scale a decision-making model across 400 BCBAs and analyze 20,000 graphs, ultimately fostering more informed daily clinical choices. This presentation is tailored for behavior analysts, emphasizing that AI is not a replacement but a powerful support tool. It shifts the paradigm of decision-making from individual analysis to a data-driven synthesis, aiding BCBAs in prioritizing clients, program progress evaluation, and drawing on past effective decisions for similar cases. The future of ABA lies in the synergy of human expertise and AI's analytical capabilities. Join us as we unravel the transformative potential of AI, bridging the gap between data and effective clinical practices in Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
Evaluating the Predictive Validity of Case Variables on Treatment Recommendations: A Systematic Review |
LUCAS EVANS (Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities), Dimitrios V. Makridis (Makridis Learning, LLC), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (RYANO, LLC) |
Abstract: Standardized models of analysis in behavior analysis are restricted to either descriptive assessments or experimental conditions framed within a linear direct contingency framework. These models have come under scrutiny in recent years from all directions highlighting their limited scope and scale. Additionally, advancements in machine learning and data science have compounded such critiques producing the capacity for greater degrees of precision across modalities. The purpose of this paper was to take the first step in establishing a comprehensive interpretative framework consistent with a multi-scalar analysis of behavior (Baum, 2002). To accomplish this goal the group of authors conducted a systematic review of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) to isolate critical case variables and evaluate their predictive validity of treatment selection across thirteen years. Preliminary results indicate the potential for a robust area of research in quantifying clinical decision-making and effectively tying practitioner choices to the literature. Implications will be proposed. |
|
|
|
|
|
All Appetitive, All the Time: Implementing Appetitive Functional Relations Across Various Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Wesley Malvini (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Ashley N. Fiorilli (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
CE Instructor: Ashley N. Fiorilli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis in general, and contextual behavioral science in particular, seek to understand and intervene upon behavior by examining its functional relationship with the context in which behavior occurs. While ultimately the expressed goals of behavior analysis and contextual behavioral science are to expand repertoires to foster freedom, it is not uncommon for interventionists to find themselves focusing on reducing the behaviors they perceive as problematic instead of nurturing behaviors that are pleasant or meaningful to the people they serve. All Appetitive, All the Time is an emerging perspective that emphasizes intervening upon the bidirectional relationship between context and behavior to resource expansion of individual repertoires toward seeking, exploring, and engaging across a range of contexts and consistent with personal needs. This symposium reviews All Appetitive, All the Time as an overarching approach and explores the application of All Appetitive, All the Time in various settings including parent-child interactions, punitive environments, and psychedelic-assisted therapy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): appetitive control, behavioral analysis, functional control |
|
All Appetitive, All the Time: An Aspirational Invitation to Reconsider Behavior Analysis |
TAYLOR ELIZABETH ROUSSEL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew Francis Arcona (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jacob C Norris (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Wesley Malvini (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Despite the aspirational emphasis on applying learning principles to build repertoires and foster the experience of freedom, the reduction of behavior cast as “problematic” by the therapist often takes precedence in intervention. This orientation toward therapist-defined behavioral excesses is not without costs, which have become increasingly apparent in practical, scholarly, and advocacy domains. The development of assent-based intervention, calls for compassionate and trauma-informed care, emerging data on burnout, and explicit characterizations of applied behavior analysis as abusive all suggest that some shift is needed to reorient our field. This shift may be found in an emerging approach to applied and clinical behavior analysis - All Appetitive, All the Time. All Appetitive, All the Time limits programmed contingencies to appetitive consequences, incorporating aversives only as antecedents and only to the extent that they emerge in a person’s natural learning environment. Recent conceptualizations of complex and challenging behaviors (e.g., privilege, affirmative sexual consent, intimacy across power differentials) have centered the importance of the aversive-appetitive distinction in characterizing functional relations between context and behavior with explicit implications for intervention. Broadly, these implications can be cast as a reconsideration of the purpose of behavior analytic interventions - to build an appetitive learning repertoire. |
|
All-Appetitive Parenting: Maximizing Protective Functions of Parenting Behavior |
MATTHEW FRANCIS ARCONA (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jacob C Norris (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Taylor Elizabeth Roussel (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Wesley Malvini (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Raising a child is often cited as the most stressful, and yet rewarding, experience of a parent’s life (Lansford et al., 2011). Parenting, as a variable, is highly correlated with the development of self-regulation repertoires (Sun et al., 2023), internalizing disorders (Zeevi-Cousin & Lavenda, 2023), and externalizing disorders (Kane & Garber, 2004) in both typically developing and neurodivergent children (Boonen et al., 2014). As such, it has become common for behavior analytic treatment packages to emphasize centering positive reinforcement contingencies. These include: Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (Funderburk & Eyberg, 2011), Attachment and Emotion-focused Parenting (Jugovac, 2022), and The Balance Program (Ruppel et al., 2021). However, the majority of the extant literature has focused on intervening upon parent-child relationships that are already experiencing distress (Kei et al., 2023). As opposed to investigating how these same strategies may be utilized to bolster protective factors in high risk populations. Interventions specifically focused on promoting behavior under appetitive functional relations and ultimately, appetitive learning (Sandoz, 2023), may provide an approach that reliably enhances growth and supports nurturing parent-child relationships. The current paper offers a practical behavior analytic framework aimed at fostering, functionally appetitive parent-child relationships as protective factors in high risk families. |
|
All-Appetitive Rehabilitation: Reconsidering Process and Outcome for Incarcerated Persons |
JACOB C NORRIS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Taylor Elizabeth Roussel (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew Francis Arcona (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Wesley Malvini (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Our nation was founded on the principle that everyone has the right to liberty and justice, but how true is this for those who are incarcerated? The U.S. justice system has four primary goals for those incarcerated: deterrence, incapacitation, retribution, and rehabilitation (Kifer et al., 2003). Despite these broad goals, incarcerated individuals are exposed to harsh settings forcing them to adapt to survive predominantly aversive environments (Haney, 2001). The current environment prisons provide appears to not accommodate inmates without preexisting mental health conditions, nor those who had preexisting mental health issues (Goomany and Dickinson, 2015). Additionally, variables like overcrowding, lack of work/recreational activity, and reduced access to family may have functioned to create significant impacts on the mental health of those incarcerated (Edgemon and Clay-Warner, 2018; Haney, 2001). Reforming the antiquated approach of using punishment to address deviant behavior has potential with the implementation of an All Appetitive, All the Time approach, where environments are tailored to the specific needs of incarcerated individuals to resource the expansion of their repertoire. This paper will reconceptualize rehabilitation of incarcerated persons in terms of facilitating appetitive learning to support effective and meaningful living both in prison and beyond. |
|
Psychedelic-Assisted Transformation: Integrating Psychedelics Into Behavior Therapy to Redefine Aversive Contexts |
BELLA LAINE PATTERSON (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Taylor Elizabeth Roussel (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew Francis Arcona (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jacob C Norris (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Hunter Kyle Sudduth (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew David Andersland (University of Memphis), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: The resurgence of interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics has opened new avenues for management of the kinds of social, emotional, and behavioral struggles typically cast as mental disorders. By combining insights gained from psychedelic experiences with well-established principles of behavior therapy, a potentially efficacious approach emerges for the treatment of conditions characterized by aversive responses in the face of appetitive stimuli. For example, research findings by Carhart-Harris et al. (2016) and Mithoefer et al. (2018) demonstrate the potential for psychedelics to reorient individuals’ perspectives and emotional responses, making them more receptive to behavior therapy interventions. Moreover, psychedelic therapy has reputed positive effects when accounting for diverse problems (Walsh & Thiessen, 2018), similar to the positive effects exhibited with third-wave behavior therapies such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (Hayes et al., 1999), Dialectical Behavior Therapy (Linehan, 1993), and Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (Segal et al., 2002). The current study will examine the available literature to explore how the integration of psychedelics into behavior therapy might be served by the All Appetitive, All the Time conceptual framework, addressing the dominance of aversive functional relations and reorienting individuals toward appetitive contingencies, with consideration of ethical and safety concerns, professional guidance, and therapeutic efficacy. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research Trends and Applications of Joint Control |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniele Rizzi (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Daniele Rizzi, M.S. |
Abstract: The three revolutionary ideas within radical behaviorism are: (1) the causes of behavior are to be found in the environment, (2) more than one variables in the environment can control one behavior (Skinner, 1957; Michael,1996) and (3) that behavior is not an “all or none” phenomenon and that we should instead use concepts like response strength in the interpretation of behavioral events (Skinner 1953; Palmer, 2021).
When we can look for multiple controls and the variables that exerting control over behavior (Michael et al, 2011), whether it is human vs. non-human behavior or verbal vs. non-verbal behavior, it helps practitioners refining new applications and intervention strategies, specifically in targeting complex behavior (e.g., DeSouza et al., 2019; degli Espinosa, 2022; Fisher et al., 2019; Rodriguez et al., 2022). Joint control (Lowenkron 1984, 1991), offers a way in the explanation of multiple control over multiple forms of complex verbal behavior (Palmer, 2006). In this symposium, we will first provide a theoretical account of joint control, followed by three applied research using joint control to teach complex behavior such as remembering, teaching sequencing tasks to children and adults with ASD, and teaching listeners to respond to metaphorical tacts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Joint Control, Multiple Control, Verbal Behavior |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Knowledge of basic verbal operants and teaching procedures based on analysis of verbal behavior is suggested. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1- Describe how Joint Control is involved in learning complex forms of verbal behavior
2- Describe teaching procedures based on Joint Control in teaching listener responding to metaphorical language
3- Describe how Joint Control is involved in learning and maintenance of sequencing skills |
|
Applications of Lowenkron’s Joint Control to Language Acquisition Programs |
WILLOW M HOZELLA (May Institute), Miguel Ampuero (Berry College), Michael Miklos (Miklos Behavior Consulting and Training) |
Abstract: Mediating one’s behavior through covert or overt verbal behavior is a phenomenon familiar to anyone who has had to remember a phone number with no way to write it down, follow a recipe without consulting the cookbook for each step, or solve a math equation without a calculator or pencil and paper. Jointly controlled responding is a type of multiply controlled responding that may provide a behavioral analysis of such mediating responses. Joint control involves one or more verbal responses bringing other verbal or non-verbal responses to strength under appropriate controlling conditions. Considerations for how to teach mediating responses via overt verbal behavior has pragmatic value for practitioners. This session will provide guidance for practitioners on applications of evidence-based methods to teach jointly controlled responses, considerations for mastery criteria, necessary prerequisite skills to assess prior to teaching jointly controlled responding, error correction methodologies, and suggest future applications and research considerations for the concept of joint control. |
|
Using Joint Control to Teach “Remembering” and Intraverbal Behavior to Children With Autism |
SYDNIE BRINKERHOFF (All Points LBA), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic), Siun O'Rourke (The Learning Community Dubai), cherine Mohammad Basfer (Carbone Clinic, Dubai) |
Abstract: Explanations of complex human behavior, such as memory or problem-solving skills, in current psychological and educational research, rely heavily on explanatory fictions and hypothetical constructs. The concept of joint control (Lowenkron, 1989) provides a rich alternative explanatory mechanism, relying only on the principles of the science of behavior to account for some of these “executive function” skills. Most research on joint control involves teaching individuals to emit echoic and self-echoic responses that preserve a stimulus long enough to enter into joint control with a tact response of the same form. In contrast, Lowenkron and Colvin (1992) reported on a study that used an identity and non-identity matching experimental preparation, thereby demonstrating that the absence of joint control could also act as a stimulus to evoke unique selection responses. The purposes of the present study were to provide a conceptually systematic approach that relies entirely on behavior analytic principles to provide an alternative to cognitive explanations for a ubiquitous everyday “memory task” and to add to the current body of research on the study of the absence of joint control as an independent variable. The teaching procedures, informed by a joint control analysis, were shown to be effective in teaching children with autism to successfully respond to the question “What’s missing?” after having observed an array of items in which one item was subsequently excluded. Future research can rely on these findings to teach important functional and adaptive skills to children with autism. |
|
A Joint Control-Based Procedure to Teach Listener Responses to Metaphors to Young Student With Autism |
ALESSANDRO DIBARI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Annalisa Galeone (Fonazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Stefano Assetta (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Federica Corese (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus) |
Abstract: Understanding complex forms of verbal behavior can be challenging for autistic people, and comprehension of figures of speech like metaphors can be especially challenging. Despite the manifold nature of the processes involved, previous studies have shown that autistic people can learn to respond appropriately to figurative language such as irony and metaphor, and these studies have offered important procedures for use in everyday clinical practice (Persicke et al., 2012; Persicke et al., 2013). Understanding metaphor specifically and non-literal language in general is clearly an important element in a full verbal behavior repertoire. Additionally, the fascinating characteristics of the environmental changes underlying the ability to understand metaphor add an appealing analytical challenge to radical behavior analysis, as well as providing an opportunity to refine assessment and intervention tools. The authors of the present study used a procedure based on the analysis of Joint Control to teach listener responses to metaphors to 4 autistic children and adolescents in a concurrent multiple baseline across participant design. The results of the study will be presented, together with a molecular, moment-to-moment analysis of the environmental and behavioral variables that the authors propose as a possibile explanation of the listener behavior. |
|
The Role of Joint Control in Manded Sequencing Selection Tasks and Maintenance |
JOYCE CHENCHEN TU BATTERSBY (Easterseals of Southern California), Fahad Alresheed (Easterseals Southern California), Carlos Santos (Endicott College), Bryan Figueroa (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Joint control shows that the manded selection response is evoked by one stimulus and preserved by rehearsal, and the rehearsal was combined with the control of an additional second stimulus (Tu, 2006). Gutierrez (2006) used joint control training methods to teach six adult participants to select four pictures in various sequences using Mandarin. The result showed that self-echoic is necessary for the participants to complete the selection responses. DeGraff and Schlinger (2012) used the same joint control training methods to teach 10 undergraduates to select pictures in various sequences using the Spanish language. They replicated the same results as demonstrated in Gutierrez (2006), in addition, they showed that joint control is a much more efficient way to train selection responses when compared to prompt-and-fade method. Causin (2013) demonstrated the same results as in DeGraff and Schlinger, but with young children with autism. This current study used the same training method as outlined in Gutierrez (2006). Nine adult participants were trained to select six pictures in various sequences using the Japanese language. The experimenters also added 5-minute time delay after tact and joint control training. After the time-delay and in generalization tests, the pictures that were trained using joint control methods were retained at a higher rate than those that were taught using tact training only. Furthermore, the experimenter also added a one-month extinction. The result shows that the “maintenance rate” of the pictures that were trained using joint control methods were slightly better than those that were trained using tact training only. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB-SIG) Winners Present Their Findings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mashiath Binti Mahabub (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Lesley A. Shawler, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) offers annual awards to support graduate students conducting empirical research that advances our understanding of verbal behavior. This symposium consists of four recent winners. One talk will present on the development of social referencing in children diagnosed with autism and if an operant discrimination procedure establishes social stimuli as conditioned reinforcers or discriminative stimuli. Another talk will present replication data on the efficacy of response-independent and response-contingent pairing in promoting vocalizations and the role of other intervention components (e.g., articulation skills, attending skills, and reinforcer efficacy) in stimulus pairing procedures. A third talk will report on the role of the echoic in the establishment of incidental tacts when investigated through a more ecologically valid set-up (e.g., during play). And a fourth talk will discuss the implications of overlearning and its effects on emergent intraverbal responding and how it may produce better retention of emergent relations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): incidental tacts, overlearning, response-contingent pairing, social referencing |
Target Audience: Knowledge of the basic verbal operants. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe procedures that produce social referencing.
2. Participants will be able to distinguish between the efficacy of response contingent and response independent pairing procedures.
3. Participants will be able to describe the potential role of the echoic in the development of incidental tacts.
4. Participants will be able to define overlearning and describe its potential implications on the emergence and retention of intraverbal relations. |
|
Developing Social Referencing Through Establishing Faces and Voices as Conditioned Reinforcers for Children With Autism |
SARA SATO (Behavior Analysis No Ka Oi), Chad Favre (Northshore Autism Center/Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: A skill often lacking in children with ASD is social referencing, where one attends to social stimuli (e.g., facial expressions and head movements) to determine if one should approach or avoid an ambiguous situation. Recent research has established social conditioned reinforcers for children with ASD by utilizing an operant discrimination procedure (ODT) where the researchers placed a box with preferred items between themselves and participants, presented the target social stimulus, and taught the children to put their hands in the box conditional on the social stimulus. In essence, the ODT procedure may promote social referencing as the social stimuli become discriminative stimuli for attending and responding accordingly. The present study utilizes a multiple probe design across four participants with autism to assess whether the ODT procedure establishes social stimuli as 1) conditioned reinforcers and 2) discriminative stimuli. Initial probes have been conducted and have indicated social stimuli are not currently functioning as conditioned reinforcers or discriminative stimuli. Participant number one is currently undergoing ODT and preliminary results are indicating not approaching when “No” and a head shake are presented but not yet independently approaching when “Yes” and a head nod is displayed. |
|
The Role of the Echoic in the Acquisition of Tacts |
THEA SKAU ENGELL (Sacramento State University, Sacramento), Karina Zhelezoglo (Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Recent laboratory studies (Miller et al., 2021; Petursdottir et al., 2020) have been unsuccessful in demonstrating the role of the echoic in the establishment of incidental tacts, as described by Horne & Lowe (1996). This may be because, to achieve a high degree of experimental control, these studies were conducted under conditions that may not resemble those encountered when young children learn language (e.g., uninteresting visual stimuli, computers with monotone voices, unknown degree of rapport with participants etc.). We conducted a systematic replication of the procedures described in Miller et al., (2021) while including parameters that more closely resemble typical parent-child interactions. For example, we included play sessions, presented stimuli with potentially greater reinforcing qualities, and interspersed reinforcement throughout the probes. Our current data were obtained from two five-year-old children. The results from participant one is consistent with the account described by Horne & Lowe (1996) and provides some evidence for additional important variables. Data collection is still ongoing for the second participant, and additional participants have been recruited. This line of research has important implications, both for the conceptual analysis of verbal behavior and for practitioners programming for acquisition of new verbal relations. |
|
Comparison of Response-Independent Pairing (RIP) and Response-Contingent Pairing (RCP) Conditioning Procedures on Vocalizations in Children With Autism and Minimal Echoic Repertoire |
JACQUELINE OLIVIA PECORARO (University of Missouri–St. Louis), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Abstract: Vocalizations play a crucial role in a child's vocal language development by enabling them to refine their verbal behavior once brought under echoic control (DeSouza et al., 2017). Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) commonly present with delays in vocalizations, which can hinder the development of language and social communication skills (Lord et al., 2020). The present study aimed to replicate Lepper and Petursdottir's (2017) study comparing response-independent pairing (RIP) and response-contingent pairing (RCP) interventions for increasing novel vocalizations in children with ASD and minimal echoic repertoires. An adapted alternating treatments design (Sindelar et., 1985) was used to compare the effects of RIP and RCP on vocalizations with an embedded non-concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of the best treatment on the levels of vocalizations. Secondarily, the study assessed attending skills, current vocalization skills, and reinforcer effectiveness before the implementation of both procedures. Participants included four children aged 3 to 6 years diagnosed with ASD and with minimal echoic repertoires. Results will be discussed in the context of the effects of the two different procedures on the levels of vocalization and the role of attending skills, articulation, and reinforcer effectiveness during stimulus pairing procedures. |
|
Retention of Emergent Korean Vocabulary Following Foreign Tact Training and Overlearning |
JOHN ROGER WOODERSON (The Kameleon Group), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Technology Sydney), Kirsty Young (University of Technology Sydney, Sydney, Australia) |
Abstract: Recent studies have demonstrated the potential benefits of emergent learning approaches in the context of foreign-language vocabulary acquisition. This research underscores the efficacy of instruction using emergent learning principles and verbal operant procedures. While the growing interest in this area is promising, a significant gap exists in our understanding of the retention of emergent learning outcomes. This preliminary study sought to address this gap by evaluating the impact of overlearning on the retention of emergent intraverbal Korean vocabulary. Five adult participants engaged in two training conditions: regular training and overlearning, which involved tacting visual stimuli in Korean. In the overlearning condition, participants were trained to additional fluency criteria and continued practicing beyond the initial accuracy mastery criterion. Both conditions yielded high levels of emergent intraverbal responses following training. We conducted 8-10 repeated measures up to six months post-training with each participant, which allowed us to examine the level and trend of participants' derived intraverbal responses through visual analysis. Notably, the level and trend appeared higher and more stable for the overlearning stimulus sets than the regular training stimuli. These findings offer valuable insights into the potential benefits of overlearning in the context of emergent learning approaches and foreign-language vocabulary instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Identifying, Understanding, and Teaching Concepts |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Identifying, understanding, and teaching concepts are each key for high-quality behavior-analytic approaches to our clinical work, research, and instruction. Yet, we sometimes use conceptual terms without clearly identifying the boundary conditions of the concept. Failure to clearly define the concept can result in learners using the concept in ways that are unintended or incorrect, and can leave teachers wondering how to resolve the errors. In the current symposium, we start with an example of the first step of conceptual instruction: conducting a concept analysis. We demonstrate how concept analysis can be used within the context of research and clinical practice by analyzing the concept of "treatment integrity." We then expand on this example by discussing how the critical features identified during the concept analysis can be used to develop a set of stimuli to teach the concept, to provide opportunities for learners to practice, and to assess generative responding. We close with advice about how to respond to learner errors during the acquisition of the concept. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): concept analysis, error correction, generative responding, procedural fidelity |
Target Audience: Audience members should have skills related to: (1) teaching a variety of learners, (2) instructional design in its foundational forms, (3) concepts like examples, non-examples, generalization, and generative learning. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify critical and variable features for the concept "treatment integrity" (2) Describe six steps for designing instruction to teach concepts (3) Describe three types of errors learners make during concept instruction and how to revise the teaching procedures to reduce future errors |
|
A Conceptual Analysis of Procedural-Fidelity Errors |
(Theory) |
OLIVIA HARVEY (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are infamous for using highly technical terms to describe their subject matter. However, terms may be adopted without a clear analysis of the underlying concept. In these cases, a concept analysis may provide some guidance to professionals using the term and to instructors who wish to teach their students about the term. One such term is procedural fidelity. Researchers have called for inclusion of procedural fidelity in published behavior-analytic research and the consistent incorporation of fidelity measures in clinical practice. Further, many scholars have begun classifying types of fidelity errors into two conceptual categories: omission errors and commission errors. However, the critical features for classification into these error types has not been specified. This lack of specification calls into question whether scholars classify errors similarly. The presentation will discuss the emergence of classifying fidelity errors, the findings of a conceptual analysis of fidelity errors, and the advantages and limitations of the current conceptualization of errors. |
|
Designing Instruction to Teach Concepts and Conceptual Behavior |
(Theory) |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: An important dimension of instruction involves teaching conceptual behavior related to the broadly applicable generalizations of a content domain. In this presentation, after defining and exemplifying “concept” and conceptual behavior, I will outline the necessary components for teaching a concept in any domain. The first step is to conduct a concept analysis of the critical features that define a concept, and the features that vary from instance to instance of the concept. From this prescription we must develop a range of typical or “close-in” examples and “far-out” examples of the concept that illustrate both the critical and variable features, develop a minimum rational set of close-in non-examples of the concept, each of which is missing only one critical feature, and develop additional examples and non-examples that may be needed to produce the desired discriminations. Teaching a concept this way produces generative responding to examples and non-examples not presented during instruction. To assess learners’ generative responding, we must create another set of far-out examples and close-in non-examples from the concept-analysis prescription. Finally, after initially acquiring conceptual behavior, learners must practice with additional far-out examples and close-in non-examples. Once these components are created, a teacher is ready to develop an instructional sequence of tasks that include context-setting descriptions, rules, examples, and non-examples. |
|
Whoops, There It Is! Using Error Analysis in Conceptual Instruction to Inform Your Instructional Program |
(Theory) |
ANDREW BULLA (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong) |
Abstract: One strategy instructional designers use involves creating lean programs with the fewest components necessary to get fluent performance of the skill we wish to teach. When teaching more complex skills, where the antecedent stimuli may be physically dissimilar to one another, designers must ensure they have provided a enough stimuli to adequately establish simple generative responding. Concept analyses present designers with a blueprint for assembling a minimum rational set of divergent examples and close-in non-examples. However, designers often need to include additional teaching, practice, and testing stimuli to adequately establish conceptual behavior. The question is, which additional stimuli should the instructional designer include? This presentation will highlight how instructional designers can conduct error analyses to identify learner error patterns in response to your instructional program. Based on these patterns, three types of errors can occur when learning concepts: Overgeneralization, undergeneralization, and misconceptions. Each of these types of errors require a different prescription from the instructional designer. We will discuss how to identify these errors, generate additional stimuli informed by these errors, and revise the instructional programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Neurodiversity: A Behaviour Analyst’s Perspective |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA) |
CE Instructor: Michael Nicolosi, M.S. |
|
Neurodiversity: A Behaviour Analyst’s Perspective |
Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL NICOLOSI (Data Driven ABA), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
|
Abstract: A neurodiversity movement (NDM) has gained momentum in the 2020s, mainly driven by autistic self-advocates. The main argument of the NDM is that neurodivergent people experience discrimination that is on par with the historical discrimination of other minority groups. In this paper, we propose a behaviour analyst’s perspective on the NDM, considering available evidence. We first explore the history and emergence of the concept of neurodiversity and its neurological as well as psychological basis. We consider its potential for generating what some consider a zero-sum game, in which one group makes all the gains potentially at the expense of another group. We finish with the suggestion that a win-win situation is possible if the focus shifts proactively on advocacy for all autistic persons, including those with very high support needs who often are not able to advocate actively for themselves and who tend to benefit greatly from evidence-based behaviour analytic interventions. |
|
Target Audience: -BCBA and/or IBA certification -Provide or be interested in providing ABA services to people with autism, ADHD, dyslexia, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, depression, intellectual disability, schizophrenia, or other conditions that may be considered neurodivergence -Dealing online or in the workplace with people who support the notion of autism as a normal, non-pathological variant of humanity. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core principles of the neurodiversity movement (NDM); (2) define the risks connected to the NDM; (3) proposing two possibile solutions to NDM supporters in case of quarrel or defame of behaviour analysts |
|
|
|
|
|
Trauma-Informed Care and Behavior Analysis: It's More Than Just Awareness |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Ken Winn (Advanced Behavioral Resources) |
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S. |
|
Trauma-Informed Care and Behavior Analysis: It's More Than Just Awareness |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KEN WINN (Advanced Behavioral Resources) |
|
Abstract: Trauma-informed Care has been an integral part of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in working with persons with disabilities since its inception. But it has not been as a hot a topic until recently. This presentation will discuss how trauma-informed care is an integral part (or should be) to a person-centered approach utilizing the science of Applied Behavior Analysis. We will explore the use of functional assessment and behavior intervention procedures from a trauma-informed lens, as well as how to train staff in this approach. We will also explore how to engage parents and caregivers as part of this approach. While many behavior analysis are aware of “trauma-informed care” or “trauma-assumed care”, there are many who dismiss the role of trauma in effective treatment and are not properly trained in what “trauma-informed care” really is. To make matters worse, some practitioners, given their lack of experience and training in “trauma-informed care” actually make the matters worse. This paper will seek to help practicing behavior analysts in understanding the role of trauma in treatment and how vital it is top seek mentorship and supervision with clients with trauma histories if they are new to this important area. |
|
Target Audience: This paper will seek to help practicing behavior analysts in understanding the role of trauma in treatment and how vital it is top seek mentorship and supervision with clients with trauma histories if they are new to this important area. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of trauma in understanding the causes of behavioral issues in persons with disabilities. 2. Demonstrate how to include a trauma-informed approach in functional assessments and behavior intervention plans. 3. Demonstrate how to include an effective trauma-informed model in staff training for persons with disabilities. 4. Demonstrate how to involve parents/guardians and caregivers in an effective trauma-informed model for persons with disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Building Verbal Behavior Repertoires in Home-Based Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniel Almeida (Cambridge College) |
Discussant: Nicole M. DeRosa (Kelberman) |
CE Instructor: Nicole M. DeRosa, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Communication is one of the core deficits of young children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Communication deficits include both deficits and excesses of verbal operants, and the papers in this symposium address two common areas of need, the reduction of echolalia and the identification of tacts in a child’s vocal repertoire. It is important to build verbal behavior repertoires in home-based settings so that children learn to demonstrate these skills within their natural environment. This symposium will review two studies that did just that. Study 1 taught individuals to correctly emit intraverbals by replacing immediate echolalia with correct responses for two 3-year-old boys diagnosed with ASD within their home settings. Study 2 provided a variety of treatment components to parents of young children on the autism spectrum. The purpose was to give these parents the tools to identify tacts in their children’s verbal repertoires. In conclusion, both studies demonstrated positive results. Study 1 showed reductions in echolalia and study 2 demonstrated increases in verbal tact repertoires in young children with autism spectrum disorder. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): home-based, intraverbals, parent training, tacts |
Target Audience: basic knowledge of functional analyses and verbal behavior; experience with parent training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) develop and conduct antecedent analysis on demand complexity; (2) compare function based interventions with default interventions; and (3) identify treatment package components which support parent participation in tact identification. |
|
Comparing the Cues-Pause-Point Intervention to a Function-Based Intervention to Reduce Immediate Echolalia |
RACHEL KAYE (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center; Cambridge College), Daniel Almeida (Cambridge College; Beacon ABA Services), Nicole M. DeRosa (Kelberman) |
Abstract: Communication is a socially significant behavior, and the deficits that children have in this domain negatively impact their ability to effectively interact with others. Immediate echolalia is a communication excess often associated with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Most studies evaluating immediate echolalia focus on either addressing deficits in stimulus control (e.g. cues-pause-point [CPP] intervention), or on the functional purpose of this behavior (e.g. functional analysis); however, there has not been a comparison to evaluate the most effective intervention for reducing immediate echolalia in young children with ASD. The current study used a multielement design to evaluate the maintaining variable of immediate echolalia through a functional analysis, and an alternating treatments design to compare the effectiveness of a typical CPP procedure to a CPP plus differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedure with three-year-old boys diagnosed with ASD. This study provides evidence that immediate echolalia can be evaluated to determine the maintaining variable(s) through a functional analysis, and a function-based intervention is more efficient than antecedent-based procedures. Based on the functional relations established, the degree of confidence is high. |
|
The Effects of a Treatment Package on Rate of Tact Acquisition in Children With Autism |
STEVEN RIVERS (Beacon ABA Services), Daniel Almeida (Cambridge College; Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Ross Consultation LLC), Lina M. Slim (Lina Slim Consulting; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Parents play a significant role in the educational development of their children. However, there is little research around utilizing parents to collect data on their children’s language skills. In particular, children with autism oftentimes demonstrate delays in the acquisition and use of language. Having information on a child’s language abilities may be of value when providing therapeutic supports. The present study evaluated the effects of treatment packages and specific treatment components on the frequency of Met tacts and parent supported vocal interactions across three parent-child dyads. A mixed multiple baseline design was utilized. Results showed that the full treatment package with all treatment components included, yielded higher frequencies of Met tacts when compared with baseline, a partial treatment package and a control condition. Data did not show increases across all parent-child dyads in parent supported vocal interactions. These results strongly suggested that when defined and specific treatment components are provided, parents are very effective at expanding the total number of Met tacts in their child’s known repertoires. |
|
|
|
|
|
Practical Approaches for Improving Health and Wellness in Individuals With Autism |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Two important aspects in promoting one’s health and wellness are to consistently engage in an adequate duration of sleep and physical activity. However, research has shown that individuals with ASD often display difficulty initiating or maintaining sleep (Krakowiak et al., 2008) and many of these individuals do not meet the CDC recommendations for physical activity engagement (Jones et al., 2017). In the current symposium, three speakers will present practical strategies for addressing these issues. In the first paper, Zoe Newman will present research on a treatment analysis for improving sleep-conducive behavior in a residential care facility. Zoe assessed levels of sleep-conducive behavior via a Fitbit watch, preventing the need for overnight live or video data collection. For the second presentation, Holly Wiggins will present data on a training for teaching individuals to self-monitor their physical activity. Following competency, Holly will share results from a treatment analysis that evaluated the relative contributions of self-monitoring for increasing physical activity engagement. In the third paper, Emily Pollack will present data on an intervention that evaluated the delivery of social attention for increasing moderate-to-vigorous physical activity. Emily will also share data on the effects of increased physical activity on individuals’ on-task behavior in a classroom context. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): on-task, physical activity, self-monitoring, sleep |
Target Audience: Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs or behavior analytic researchers who are interested in learning about various intervention strategies for promoting sleep and physical activity engagement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe various interventions for promoting sleep-conducive behavior that can be conducted in a residential group home for individuals with autism (2) describe how to teach self-monitoring using video and in-vivo training components and subsequently incorporate self-monitoring in an intervention to increase physical activity in individuals with autism (3) describe an intervention involving the use of attention for increasing moderate-to-vigorous physical activity and assessing its effects on on-task behavior in a classroom context |
|
A Practical Treatment for Improving Sleep-Conducive Behavior in a Residential Care Setting |
ZOE A. D. NEWMAN (Regis College Autism Center), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Emily Stevens (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Shannon Campbell (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often display long latencies to sleep onset or suboptimal durations of sleep. Sleep is often correlated with increases in challenging behavior (Goldman et al., 2011; Kennedy & Meyer, 1996) such as aggression (O’Reilly, 1995) and hyperactivity (Mazurek & Sohl, 2016). Although behavioral interventions have been effective in treating these problems for individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., Jin et al., 2013), the necessary and sufficient components of a sleep treatment have not been identified. The purpose of this study was to assess multiple components of a sleep treatment package for three individuals with autism living in a residential congregate-care setting. Data were collected on sleep-conducive behavior, defined as displaying minimal movement, using a Fitbit. Treatment components were sequentially introduced and included bedtime fading, bedtime routine, a sound machine, and delayed reinforcement with contingency review. Participants were adolescents who showed long latencies to sleep-conducive behavior following bedtime. For all participants, results showed that a bedtime routine alone was insufficient for improving sleep-conducive behavior. A contingency review with delayed reinforcement was an effective treatment component for two participants. Social validity surveys were conducted with clinicians and residential counselors to assess treatment goals, procedures, outcomes. |
|
An Evaluation of Self-Monitoring for Increasing Physical Activity |
HOLLY WIGGINS (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The Center for Disease Control and Prevention reports that children who obtain at least one hour of moderate to vigorous physical activity per day show improved bone health, better academic performance, and reduced symptoms of depression (CDC, 2016). Given the importance of increasing exercise for improved health outcomes, behavior analysts should consider increased physical activity as a therapeutic goal. Although self-monitoring has been demonstrated to be effective at increasing physical activity within a multicomponent intervention, the relative efficacy of self-monitoring alone for increasing physical activity is unknown. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to extend upon the self-monitoring and physical activity literature by evaluating a systematic training procedure. Further, we conducted a component analysis of self-monitoring for increasing physical activity that evaluated self- monitoring alone prior to and subsequent to the self-monitoring training. Three individuals with autism participated in the study. If self-monitoring alone was ineffective at increasing physical activity, additional reinforcement components were evaluated. If multiple interventions were effective at increasing physical activity, a treatment preference assessment was conducted to identify the participant’s most preferred intervention. |
|
Social Attention as Method to Increase Physical Activity: Effects on Academic Engagement |
EMILY POLLACK (University of Georgia, Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Alexandra N. Mercado Baez (Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research; University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research; University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research; University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Previous behavior analytic research has demonstrated that antecedent moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) during leisure time leads to subsequent on-task behavior in classroom settings (Harbin et al., 2022; Luke et al., 2014). This relation between activity and academic performance suggests that identifying methods for increasing MVPA exhibited by students has academic relevance. The present study conducted two related, concurrent experiments. Experiment 1 replicated previous research showing that social attention increased students' MVPA. Given the increases in MVPA observed by the participants from Experiment 1, Experiment 2 evaluated whether that increase in MVPA corresponded with increased on-task behavior during subsequent academic instruction time. Results indicated that, as with previous research findings, participants engaged in higher levels of MVPA relative to baseline when social attention was provided. However, increased MVPA did not correspond with increased subsequent on-task behavior. Results are discussed with respect to their implications for movement, academic performance, and relation to previous findings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Large-Scale Quality Initiatives in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Autism Service Delivery: Quality Assurance and a Universal Protocol |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Tx Behavioral Supports) |
Discussant: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University, Ret.) |
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) autism service organizations operate within a macrosystem of variables external to the organization that influence quality. For example, organizations can promote quality assurance through accreditation. Alternatively, organizations can look within and arrange contingencies controlling cultural practices that comprise high-quality services. This symposium offers insights from quality leaders on how two ABA autism service organizations assessed cultural practices that impact quality assurance from within, identified opportunities to improve quality, and took steps to enhance quality of care through large-scale change. Leaders from The Place for Children with Autism describe a phased approach to a large-scale implementation of the ABA service delivery quality (ASDQ) framework to advance quality assurance in their organization and discuss some of the limitations and barriers they overcame. The National Director of Clinical Quality at Acorn Health of Michigan describes their phased implementation of a major quality initiative with a Universal Protocol targeting improvements in rapport building across over 1,000 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA®) and Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT®). Attendees will learn about the initiatives, methods used to enact those initiatives, outcomes as indicated by data, lessons learned, and some tips on how to improve on the methods presented. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): organizational culture, Quality assurance, universal protocol |
Target Audience: BCBAs working in ABA autism service delivery, especially BCBAs in leadership roles |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Define ABA service quality at the organizational level (2) Describe a universal protocol for establishing rapport with clients with autism spectrum disorder in ABA service settings. (3) List some steps leaders can take to promote quality assurance in their ABA autism services organizations through large-scale initiatives. |
|
Quality Assurance in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Autism Service Delivery |
JESSICA HEWETSON GRUBER (The Place for Children with Autism, The Chicago School), Olivia Banks (The Place for Children with Autism) |
Abstract: In Silbaugh & El Fattal’s 2021 article ‘Exploring Quality in the ABA Service Delivery Industry’, the authors explore that an objective, agreed upon, and operationally defined definition of quality (or quality services) remains difficult to locate in behavior analytic literature. If a robust definition of quality service delivery does not exist or is not widely disseminated, the measure of quality across the field remains inconsistent and subjective. Applied behavior analytic service provider’s failure to objectively define, measure, and monitor the quality-of-service delivery at organizations continues to place consumers, caregivers, front line service providers, and our field in harm’s way. This presentation discusses one application of this framework to an organization of roughly 50 behavior analysts and 300 clients. Preliminary data suggest that an ASDQ framework for defining, measuring, monitoring, and influencing quality as proposed by Silbaugh & El Fattal is one potential solution for service providers in the ABA service delivery industry. Real-world limitations and potential barriers to implementation are discussed. |
|
Establishing Quality Relationships With Universal Protocol: Scaling Training for 1,000+ Staff With Fidelity |
PAUL DOHER (Acorn Health) |
Abstract: Research suggests building strong therapeutic relationships between care providers and the individuals they treat can lead to reduction in problem behavior and increased cooperation with demands. This relationship quality – often referred to as rapport – has an impact on every interaction and can influence client outcomes. At Acorn Health, we embarked on a mission to train every staff member who works directly with clients – over 1,000 BCBAs and R/BTs – on how to implement Universal Protocol, a standardized rapport building approach. Each business unit identified a UniPro Champ, someone designated to provide in-person training who was paired with a member of Acorn’s Clinical Leadership Team. Clinical Leaders provided training support, conducted integrity observations to ensure fidelity, and collected interobserver agreement to monitor data accuracy. The training consisted of a two-hour interactive presentation on Universal Protocol followed by in-person training and integrity observations. This approach was rolled out among Acorn’s 70+ business units in six, two-week training sprints. The data presented represents all Phase One participants, the number of training sessions conducted for each, the percentage of integrity observations conducted by the Clinical Lead, and the average integrity observation score across all training sessions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Measurement of Assent and Assent-Based Interventions |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers) |
Discussant: Fumi Horner (Bierman Autism Centers) |
CE Instructor: Fumi Horner, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Obtaining client’s assent as applicable has been included in the most recent version of the ethics code for behavior analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). Many companies providing ABA-based services to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have in their standard practice obtaining informed consent from families and caregivers as a part of the client onboarding process. Given the recency of this topic, many professionals, such as BCBAs and teachers, are questioning how to also obtain assent from learners, especially if they display communication deficits. Additional challenges may include difficulties with honoring assent or programming for assent withdrawal and the concern of increasing escape/ avoidance behaviors that interfere with the productivity of therapy or instructional time and treatment outcomes. This symposium reviews the definition of consent, assent, and assent withdrawal, the methods to identify assent from learners with communication deficits, some case examples of how to program for assent-based interventions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): assent, assent withdrawal, autism, Escape avoidance |
Target Audience: Beginning to intermediate level. Prerequisite skills include programming, conducting FBAs, and writing behavior plans. |
Learning Objectives: Review the definition of consent, assent, and assent withdrawal Describe the importance of assent-based interventions within ABA therapy Review some practical examples of assent withdrawal Review some measurement strategies of assent withdrawal Describe some strategies/ treatment goals when assent withdrawal is identified |
|
Measurement of Assent and Assent Withdrawal |
CHLOE KONRAD-SNEE (Key Autism Services) |
Abstract: One of the significant deficits that impact children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is their communication ability. Generally, children do express their emotions using their emerging language skills and non-verbal communication such as facial expressions, gestures and body language. Those skills help others identify what they like and what or how assistance needs to be provided. On the other hand, caregivers and clinicians who provide care for children with ASD often use their own judgment to decide what is appropriate for them and what needs to be followed through or respected for the child as the children do not have adequate skills to communicate with others effectively.
Using a systematic application of some behavior modification strategies such as extinction, eliminating the unwanted behaviors and increasing compliance in children with ASD have been accomplished effectively in numerous studies. However, it poses a serious ethical consideration to whether those children are willing to participate in the teaching activities. Implementing assent-based interventions for children with autism has started capturing attention from many researchers and clinicians in the recent years. It is critical for researchers and clinicians to investigate how assent can be measured from those children with limited communication skills .
In the present study, a set of assent related behaviors is collected for each participant. The assent related behaviors include the response latency, presence and absence of escape-maintained behavior targeted for reduction, observer rating of their facial expression and body language, in addition to the response accuracy. |
|
Effects of Honoring Assent Withdrawal |
NANETTE PFEIFFER (Key Autism Services) |
Abstract: Historically, many ABA therapies for children with autism has known to over-emphasize compliance, and any escape avoidance behaviors from demands are targeted to reduce with extinction where the demands are continuously presented and every attempt to escape from the aversiveness was often blocked and physically prompted to comply. It is commonly noted that “behavior will get worse before it gets better” during the initial training for the clinicians or caregivers to expect every member of the therapy team to endure the pain of a phenomenon called extinction burst where the intensity of the behavior increases and the topographies of the behavior vary temporarily. This therapeutic approach in ABA has gained the significant amount of criticisms over the years.
Implementing assent-based interventions for children with autism to ensure each child is willing to participate in the teaching activities has started capturing attention from many researchers and clinicians in the recent years. In particular, children with autism who has limited language skills demonstrates a significant challenge in giving consent to participate in those teaching opportunities. It is critical for researchers and clinicians to investigate how assent withdrawal can be tracked and how it affects the overall escape – avoidance behavior during therapy.
In the present study, a set of assent withdrawal criteria was identified for each participant by their BCBAs and their escape- avoidance behaviors were reinforced (i.e., will be excused from the teaching activity) when the criteria were met. During the entire study, the frequency of each participant’s overall escape- avoidance behavior and rate of skill acquisition (number of change-harder) were monitored. |
|
|
|
|
|
Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) Maximizes Differentiation Power for Culturally, Linguistically, Economically, and Neuro-Diverse Students |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Trina Spencer, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Presenting Authors: : TRINA SPENCER (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: As more and more behavior analysts are practicing within school settings, it is critical for them to have a clear understanding of the current educational model. Most elementary schools in the U.S. and abroad have adopted a differentiation model of instruction, called Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS). To a lesser extent, preschool and middle and high schools have also adopted MTSS models. In this model, different layers of instruction and interventions are layered for students to increase the intensity of supports as indicated by screening and progress monitoring data. Intensifying supports only for those who truly need them and irrespective of disability, all students receive the “just right” fit of interventions to excel in school. This also ensures that financial and personnel resources are committed to those who will benefit most from them. In this invited talk, Dr. Spencer will provide a tutorial on the key ingredients of MTSS, explicating the elements necessary for equitable implementation and impact. She will also report on several research applications with culturally and linguistically diverse students and students with disabilities. Drawing from her own research, Dr. Spencer will present several innovative assessments and intervention tools that ensure students are identified as at risk early and provided with sufficient supports to prevent worsening difficulties. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Participants will list the key ingredients of MTSS; (2) Participants will describe how MTSS leads to more equitable instruction than the general/special education approach; (3) Participants will explain what a dynamic assessment is and how it differs from dynamically applied assessments; and (4) Participants will describe an intervention approach that allows for efficient differentiated intervention for diverse learners without additional effort. |
|
TRINA SPENCER (University of Kansas) |
Dr. Spencer is a senior scientist and director of the Juniper Gardens Children’s Project at University of Kansas and holds faculty appointments in the Departments of Applied Behavioral Sciences, Speech-Language-Hearing Sciences, and Special Education. Drawing from speech-language pathology, applied linguistics, education, and behavior analysis, she concentrates her efforts on the oral academic language that serves as a foundation to the reading and writing of preK to 3rd grade students, with and without disabilities. She maintains a spirited research agenda that has yielded 64 peer review publications, 150 invited presentations, $15M in external funding, and several commercialized curricula, interventions, professional development systems, and assessment tools. Her multi-tiered interventions and assessment tools are used broadly in the United States, but also internationally. Dr. Spencer values researcher-practitioner partnerships, community engagement, and cross disciplinary collaborations to accomplish high impact and innovative applied research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Asian and Traditional Societies: Individualism and Collectivism as Cultural Variables |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Discussant: Maribel Castillo Stikeleather (Behavioral Teaching Solutions LLC; QABA ISC) |
CE Instructor: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Every individual belongs to a specific culture. It is, therefore, essential to understand cultural backgrounds to better address their needs. Collectivism stresses the importance of the group, while individualism focuses on the needs of each person. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is an evidence-based practice primarily used in countries with individualistic cultures. There is a need for cultural competence, especially in collectivist societies, to incorporate their cultural values into ABA practices if we want to extend the acceptance of our science in non-Western countries. This symposium offers viewpoints from Japan, the Philippines, Vietnam, Malaysia, and Maori perspectives on navigating the unique needs of collectivist and indigenous backgrounds. It also emphasizes the interdependence between individuals within their social context. Collectivist cultures prioritize group harmony, family cohesion, and community integration. Therefore, practitioners must acknowledge these value systems, such as the role of family and community in the assessment and treatment process when designing behavior interventions. Cultural responsiveness is crucial in effectively navigating the dynamics of different cultural backgrounds to achieve effective outcomes. Integrating collectivist values in the application of ABA emphasizes the need for more inclusive and culturally competent approaches. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cultural Humility, Cultural Responsiveness, Cultural variables, Linguistic Diversity |
Target Audience: We are submitting in the "intermediate" instruction level because the audience should possess the following prerequisite skills, experience, and competencies: 1. Introductory knowledge of cultural competencies, cultural responsiveness, and cultural humility through behavior analytic literatures, courses, and/or other instructions, and 2. Having a first-hand experience as a behavior analyst, that required cultural responsiveness, and 3. Speak a second language, or learning a second language |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Give three examples demonstrating the importance of cultural sensitivity in the service delivery of ABA especially in the acceptance of ABA outside of US (Japan, the Philippines, and more) 2. Define the difference between Collectivist versus Individualist society. 3. Know the three different approaches of ABA for collectivist societies ( i. Group-based interventions ii. Building on community values, iii. Involving family and community in the process) and use them as needed. 4 . know the impact of culture on success/failure of interventions |
|
Balancing Individual and Collective Well-being: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the Philippines |
MARIE GALAY (Thrive Behavioral Care; QABA ISC) |
Abstract: Navigating cultural differences when applying Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in collectivist and individualist societies requires a nuanced and adaptable approach. This talk explores both types of societies that can be employed to ensure the effective implementation of ABA services. The Philippines is a collectivist society that prioritizes group harmony and interdependence.Kapwa, Malasakit, and Pananampalatayaare strong Filipino values that emphasize interdependence between individuals within their social context. Adapting ABA interventions to fit within the cultural norms of strong family bonds and communal ties can increase acceptance and success. In contrast, individualist societies, where much of ABA research and technology originates, place a greater emphasis on personal autonomy, self-determination, and individual choice. In these societies, ABA programs focus on individual needs and preferences. This talk delves into the cultural competence and sensitivity required from practitioners to navigate the dynamics of collectivist cultures successfully. The collectivist mindset aligns with the collaborative nature of ABA, making it a natural fit for the cultural context. Recognizing the cultural influences on ABA implementation underscores the importance of cultural sensitivity and ethical practice in this field. |
|
Navigating Through Collectivism and Gender Inequity in Japan: Story of an Autism-Mom-Turned Behavior Analyst's Journey |
SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: This talk will expand our understanding of cultural responsiveness, cultural competence, and cultural humility in the context of a society that had in the past maintained nearly three hundred years of isolationism, which some social scientists consider still resonant: Japan. I will discuss some fruits of my hard-fought battles to disseminate internationally accepted ABA practice standards and autism advocacy in Japan for the past decade.
As my Filipino colleague Marie Galay put it, “Cultural responsiveness is crucial in effectively navigating the dynamics of different cultural backgrounds to achieve effective outcomes. Integrating collectivist values in the application of ABA emphasizes the need for more inclusive and culturally competent approaches.” Japan is also a collectivist society, with its complex communication protocols and “norms” designated for “insider (Japanese)” and “outsider (non-Japanese),” which often make those Japanese returning from overseas difficult to fit in their birth country. Behavior analysts are no exception to this.
Moreover, gender inequity characterizes Japanese society. I will share my story as an autism mom turned BCBA, who is also a “returning Japanese national,” struggling to find the right cultural “balance,” and finally succeeding in facilitating a large network of ABA advocates for autism treatment in Japan. |
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalence Class Formation Under Various Training and Testing Procedural Variables: Recent Research and a Review of the Literature |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Kenneth F. Reeve, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, the first two talks involve basic research studies that address the role of specific procedural variables on the formation of equivalence classes. In the first paper presented, the authors examined whether either mastering or not mastering baseline relations training prior to testing for derived relations affected class formation. This study also evaluated whether meaningfulness of the stimuli during this procedure had an effect. In the second paper, the authors investigated the phenomenon of delayed emergence of equivalence classes by presenting either a full test involving all emergent properties or a test for a subset of the ordered stimulus pairs constituting an equivalence relation (symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence). They also examined whether testing with or without baseline relations interspersed in the test block would affect delayed emergence of equivalence classes. The third talk is a review of the literature concerning studies in which active responding was not required to establish equivalence classes. Although most equivalence studies involve match-to-sample (MTS) trials, the studies reviewed concerned either respondent-type or observational learning. Collectively, these papers further our understanding of training and testing procedures that affect derived relational responding and equivalence class formation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): derived relations, stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: Attendees should have a basic understanding of match-to-sample procedures, stimulus equivalence, and derived relational responding. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) identify procedural variations of mastery of baseline relations to establish derived relations in equivalence class formation;
(2) identify procedural variations in testing that may affect the delayed emergence of equivalence classes;
(3) identify methods for establishing equivalence classes with non-active responding. |
|
Analyzing the Learning of Arbitrary Stimulus Relations Under Less Stringent Contingencies |
RAMON MARIN (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Daphne Odeh (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Equivalence researchers teach baseline relations to mastery before testing for derived relations. However, this arrangement may not occur in naturalistic environments, where opportunities to derive relations may occur before mastering baseline relations. To examine this further, we assessed (a) whether participants would learn and derive arbitrary relations in a less stringent condition and (b) how familiar pictures affect the learning process in this condition. Twenty students were assigned to one of two experimental conditions. In both, nine baseline relations (AB, BC, CD for Classes 1, 2, and 3) were taught in a 27-trial block of matching-to-sample trials. Regardless their performance in teaching blocks, participants performed a 54-trial testing block to assess the emergence of 15 relations (BA, CB, CA, DB, DA) and the maintenance of baseline relations. All stimuli in Condition 1 were abstract pictures; Set A stimuli in Condition 2 were three familiar pictures (a bee, an airplane, and a house). Participants repeated the training-testing cycles until they reached 100% accuracy in testing, or up to two hours. Eight participants in each condition showed the emergence of programmed equivalence classes. Results suggest that familiar pictures facilitated improvement of baseline performance and, consequently, the emergence of untaught relations. |
|
Delayed Emergence of Equivalence Classes and Tests for Ordered Pairs |
TORUNN LIAN (OsloMet), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Delayed emergence of equivalence classes is an often observed, sometimes reported, and theoretically discussed phenomenon. The present experiment aimed to experimentally investigate the phenomenon. More specifically, we examined the effects of arranging either full test involving all emergent properties or test for just some of the ordered pairs of events constituting an equivalence relation (symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence). Furthermore, we wanted to examine whether test with and without baseline relations interspersed would influence delayed emergence. In an MTS format participants experienced a simultaneous training and test protocol with three potential 5-member classes. The participants were quasi-randomly assigned to eight different test conditions. Each test consisted of two test blocks in which each trial type was presented five times. Results show that more participants showed delayed emergence in the symmetry tests compared to the full test or test for other ordered pairs. In total, however, relatively few participants showed delayed emergence. Directions for further investigations will be discussed. |
|
Establishing Equivalence Relations in the Absence of Active Responding: A Systematic Review of the Literature |
CHRISTOPHER R COLASURDO (Caldwell University), KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Daemen University) |
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) trials are typically used during equivalence class formation in which selection of a comparison stimulus occurs in the presence of a sample. Various studies have also demonstrated that equivalence classes can emerge in the absence of active responding and direct reinforcement under specific conditions. To date, however, no comprehensive published review has summarized non-active procedures to establish equivalence classes. Thus, in the current literature review we systematically summarized the equivalence literature involving two types of non-active training (i.e., those involving respondent-type and observational learning) across the following variables: (a) participant and setting, (b) stimuli type, (c) class number and size, (d) delivery modality, (e) training type and parameters, (f) dependent variables, (g) experimental design, (h) training structure, (i) training protocol, (j) mastery criterion, (k) outcomes and yield, (l) generalization, and (m) maintenance. A total of 28 articles containing 50 experiments were identified for inclusion. Results are discussed to identify trends in the literature and their implications for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of Contingency Management With a Deposit Contract to Increase Self Care In University Students |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College, CUNY) |
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Self-care is an area in which all adults can benefit. For example, low physical activity levels increase the risk of diabetes, cancer, and cardiovascular disease yet approximately 23% of adults don’t meet the recommended physical activity guidelines. In addition, there are approximately 3.5 billion people impacted by oral health disease and most adverse oral health conditions can be prevented by accurate toothbrushing yet many adults don’t accurately brush their teeth. It seems there is a need for research and application for increasing both activity level and toothbrushing. The first study aimed to increase exercise frequency and the second study sought to increase toothbrushing accuracy in three university students. Both studies used a treatment package that included self-monitoring, goal setting, feedback, and contingency management, along with a deposit contract. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess experimental control and treatment effectiveness in both studies. Results of both studies showed significant increases in self-care. These results add to the growing body of evidence suggesting contingency management with deposit contracts may be effective at improving self-care. Future research can explore the effectiveness of this approach in different health-related behaviors and across diverse populations. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Contingency Management, Deposit Contract, Self Monitoring, University Students |
Target Audience: beginners |
Learning Objectives: After the presentation, participants will 1. define contingency management 2. define deposit contract 3. describe an effective way to teach toothbrushing |
|
Evaluating a Treatment Package to Increase Exercise in University Students |
MELISSA NICOLE SIMONE (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Linda Sue Meyer (Linda S. Meyer Consulting, LLC), Carleana Hickey (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Approximately 23% of adults in the United States do not engage in the recommended guidelines for physical activity, thus, increasing their risk for developing various health-related diseases. Despite the importance of physical activity, previous research has primarily focused on increasing step count. A combination of interventions have been evaluated to increase physical activity such as self-monitoring, goal setting, feedback, and contingency management. However, research is needed to evaluate the effects of these interventions on increasing exercise. Thus, the current study aimed to increase the frequency of exercise sessions in three University students through the use of a treatment package consisting of self-monitoring, goal setting, feedback, and contingency management plus a deposit contract. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess the effectiveness of the treatment package. The results from this study demonstrated increases in exercise sessions during the intervention in comparison to baseline. The results add to the current body of literature demonstrating that a treatment package consisting of self-monitoring, goal setting, feedback, and contingency management plus a deposit contract may be successful in increasing physical activity. Future research may evaluate the effectiveness of this treatment package with other physical activity related behaviors and with various populations. |
|
Using Contingency Management With a Deposit Contract to Increase Toothbrushing Accuracy With College Students |
BRIAR NICOLE MORONEY (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University), Carleana Hickey (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Although there are approximately 3.5 billion people impacted by oral health diseases, most adverse oral health conditions can be prevented by accurate toothbrushing. Despite its importance, however, there is a dearth of research teaching toothbrushing accuracy. One intervention that was previously shown to be effective at increasing other components of toothbrushing is contingency management. Thus, the current study aimed to improve toothbrushing accuracies in three college students through use of a contingency management with a deposit contract intervention. Specifically, participants deposited money and earned back portions of their deposit as they met predetermined accuracy goals. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess intervention effectiveness and experimental control. Results showed increases in accuracy during contingency management with a deposit contract compared to baseline for all three participants. These results add to the growing body of evidence suggesting contingency management with deposit contracts may be effective at improving health-related behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Charting New Frontiers in Education and Beyond: Precision Teaching in the Modern Era |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Samantha Riggleman (Saint Joseph's University) |
CE Instructor: Athanasios Vostanis, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ATHANASIOS VOSTANIS (University of Kent) |
Abstract: Precision Teaching, historically applied within educational contexts, has seen its most groundbreaking discoveries, such as the concept of behavioral fluency, unfold within mainstream academic classrooms. This method, however, has not been limited solely to these settings but has also been employed with diverse populations, including those with intellectual and other developmental disabilities. This presentation will delve into an exploration of the current state of the Precision Teaching field while considering the potential for forging new pathways that can extend its reach into various domains and expand our understanding of essential behavioral concepts such as celeration, fluency, and behavioral agility. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behaviour Analysts/Precision Teachers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) gain insight into the contemporary landscape of Precision Teaching; (2) acquire an enhanced awareness of cutting-edge applications of Precision Teaching; (3) critically consider the potential to engage in more advanced analyses of essential Precision Teaching concepts |
|
ATHANASIOS VOSTANIS (University of Kent) |
Dr Thanos Vostanis is a lecturer at the Tizard Centre, University of Kent, where he specializes in Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. He brings a wealth of experience to the table, having worked in both mainstream and special education. He is a qualified teacher (QTS), a certified behavior analyst in the United Kingdom–UKBA(cert), and a board-certified behavior analyst doctoral (BCBA-D). Thanos has also completed additional training in the CABAS® model and the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction. As the vice president of international relations for the Standard Celeration Society, Thanos is at the forefront of advancing the field of Precision Teaching. He is committed to disseminating Precision Teaching to professionals in diverse settings and evaluating its effects across novel application areas, both within and outside the field of education. Thanos' research interests focus on Precision Teaching and Instructional Design, and he aims to bring this innovative approach to a wider audience. |
|
|
|
|
|
Critical Skills for Providing Supervision and Mentorship |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: OBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Edward Sanabria (Centria Autism) |
CE Instructor: Yulema Cruz, Ph.D. |
|
Lessons Learned: Critical Components of a Mentorship Model to Train Compassionate, Assent-Based Interventions |
Domain: Service Delivery |
EDWARD SANABRIA (Centria Autism), Cindi Kennedy (Centria Autism) |
|
Abstract: With BCBA certifications doubling since 2018 (BACB, 2023), the ABA field faces a critical need for mentorship programs that provide new certificants with intensive training and ongoing support. A structured mentorship model that leverages experienced clinicians to facilitate the adoption of emerging technologies and approaches is key. The tiered mentorship model incorporates implementation protocols, fidelity monitoring, and program evaluation to maximize clinician competencies and positive client outcomes. By standardizing training in values-driven, evidence-based practices, the mentorship program aims to ensure all BCBAs gain competencies needed to provide comprehensive, high-quality ABA services. Foundations of Care, a multi-tiered framework has been established to address the need for a universal, practical, and responsive approach to delivering compassionate, assent-based interventions. This approach includes an emphasis on boundary setting, the Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill-Based Treatment (SBT) processes and ensures all clients are supported with a behavior intervention plan derived from the values of these approaches. This presentation will highlight key features of the mentorship model, how it can be tailored to meet organizational needs and resources, and evidence of its effectiveness. With careful design and execution, this mentor-driven approach allows our rapidly growing field to keep pace with innovations while maintaining client-centered, compassionate care. |
|
Fostering Skill Development in Supervisees Through Practical Supervision |
Domain: Service Delivery |
YULEMA CRUZ (Rutgers University) |
|
Abstract: Supervisors are often faced with the responsibility of prioritizing administrative duties and managing caseloads over effective supervision. In light of these challenges, it becomes imperative for supervisors to continually refine their supervisory skills to maintain the highest standard of professional growth within their organizations. This presentation will focus on enhancing effective supervision by addressing three critical objectives. It will address the prioritization of key supervisee skills through objective assessments, thereby recognizing their significance in the supervisory process. It will explore the importance of preparing supervision session agendas to improve communication and productivity. Additionally, it will explore the gradual reduction of supervisory support as the supervisee demonstrates independence, as well as ethical considerations and strategies for the sensible termination of the supervisory relationship. Strategies will be discussed for guiding supervisees toward professional growth. These efforts collectively contribute to the advancement of effective and ethical organizational structure and supervision to individuals within the organization. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Various Models for Autism Treatment |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kristin Mrla, Ph.D. |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Two Models of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in a Community-Based Setting for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Basic Research |
LINDSEY SNEED (Catalight Research Institute) |
|
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a complex and heterogenous, neurodevelopmental disorder. Interventions based in applied behavior analysis (ABA) are common for children with ASD with marked improvements demonstrated in communication, social, and adaptive functioning. Two common models of ABA are parent-mediated and paraprofessional-mediated, both of which have strong empirical support. With all 50 States requiring insurance coverage for people with ASD, it is important to evaluate and understand the effectiveness of ABA in community-based settings. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of two models of ABA, paraprofessional-mediated and parent-mediated, in a community-based setting across 106 participants ages 3-7 with a diagnosis of ASD. Results revealed both models of ABA to produce significant and positive improvements in adaptive and communicative functioning on two outcome measures, the Vineland and VB-MAPP. Additionally, significant differences were observed between parent-mediated ABA and paraprofessional-mediated ABA with those in parent-mediated ABA having greater improvement in the Socialization domain of the Vineland. With the most recent prevalence rates of ASD being one in 36, it is vital to have options for families when considering various supports and interventions for their child with ASD that are effective. This research underscores the effectiveness of ABA in community-based settings for young children with ASD. |
|
A Systematic Review on Supports for Transitioning Autistic Individuals to Adult Life |
Domain: Theory |
ARLENE KELY ALVES DE AMORIM (Grupo Conduzir), Adriano Barboza (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services), Raissa Silva (Grupo Conduzir) |
|
Abstract: The journey to adulthood can be an especially challenging experience for individuals on the autism spectrum. They might face greater obstacles than their neurotypical peers when it comes to academic and professional education, social skills, self-awareness, and independence. These challenges can make it harder for them to succeed in traditional educational settings and find meaningful employment opportunities. Additionally, these individuals may have limited social skills, which can impact their ability to form and maintain relationships, both personally and professionally. To better understand the challenges that come with this transition, a systematic review of articles published in Applied Behavior Analysis to support this population is in progress. So far, out of the 325 found in the final screening, 12 were experiments. Out of the 12 experiments found so far, 7 were randomized controlled trials, 3 used a multiple-baseline design, and 2 were quasi-experimental studies. The current findings suggest that it is crucial to develop resources that cater to each individual's unique needs and preferences throughout the transition process. It is also important to create personalized resources that support their independence and reduce the amount of assistance needed to achieve their goals, as well as provide resources for them to be able to advocate for themselves and recognize their own strengths and weaknesses. |
|
Implementing Early Start Denver Model-Informed Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Therapy in Community Practice: Replicating Research Quality Results Through Insurance Funded Models |
Domain: Applied Research |
WILL MARTIN (Soar Autism Center), Ally Dillenburg (Soar Autism Center), Amanda Ariza (Soar Autism Center) |
|
Abstract: The Early Start Denver Model (ESDM) is an evidence based, naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention designed for children 1-5 years old. Research supporting ESDM therapy has been conducted through typical grant funded mechanisms, and carried out at universities and academic medical centers. These studies have shown ESDM therapy achieving equal or superior outcomes to other styles of autism therapy, including Discrete Trial Training (Rogers SJ, Yoder P, Estes A, et al., 2020). Soar Autism Center is focused on implementing ESDM-informed ABA therapy in community based settings, through typical insurance funded modalities. Duration and intensity of intervention are individualized based on clinician judgement and client needs. An analysis of Soar’s client outcomes data show similar outcomes to those reported in academic literature (Devescovi, R., Colonna, V., Dissegna, et al. 2021). These data have implications for best practices when serving young children with autism, engaging with therapy funders, and bridging the research-to-practice gap. |
|
Developing Integrative Models of Care Through Community Partnerships |
Domain: Service Delivery |
TIFFANY KRISTIN MRLA (Learning & Behavior Consulting, Integrative Learning Consultants, Bridging Autism Services) |
|
Abstract: Early intervention models often result in disconnected programs and services, removing children from their natural environments during a critical developmental period. This results in disconnected learning experiences, frequent changes in placement, unnecessary burdens placed on families and caregivers, and extended days for children receiving a range of intervention services. Coupled with unnecessary restrictions and a shortage of professionals able to dedicate the time and resources to conducting a comprehensive neurodevelopmental diagnosis, this further delays accessing early intervention services. Integrated behavioral health models have shown an increase in overall outcomes for children with developmental delays and disabilities, to include autism spectrum disorder as well as other mental and behavioral health disorders. A variety of models have been developed in recent years, focusing on the medical model. A different model is proposed, developing integrated behavioral health models within existing early childhood and educational programs through community partnerships. This model utilizes a range of existing, underutilized funding streams to bring medical professionals, mental and behavioral health professionals, therapists, and educators together, embedded within existing educational centers. Access to care is available to a wider population, removing a multitude of barriers that children, families, caregivers, and educators face. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Experiences: Steps Toward the Empirical Evaluation of Compassionate Care |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole Radzilowicz (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: Britany Melton, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Taylor and colleagues (2018) article exploring caregiver perceptions of behavior analysts resurged interest in the notion of compassionate care within the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). While a foundational value of ABA, these behaviors in professionals and direct care staff are often overlooked in training and graduate programs. The papers in this symposium represent steps toward the assessment, intervention, and measurement of behaviors commonly associated with compassion and/or empathy. Marchese will discuss the development of a qualitative analysis (Parent Partnership Questionnaire) of caregiver feedback relating to interactions with BCBAs. Rohrer will discuss the development of the Compassionate Collaboration Tool which measures the extent to which interactions by graduate students with caregivers are compassionate. Melton will discuss the reliability of an assessment tool designed to assess compassionate interactions between direct interventionists and autistic individuals. Lastly, O'Connell-Sussman’s paper will explore teaching and training to graduate students of ABA to discriminate between empathic or compassionate responses to caregivers (i.e., stakeholders). This symposium explores the various ways in which our field can ensure our interactions with clients and stakeholders are therapeutic and socially valid through a compassionate care approach. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): assessment, autism, compassionate care |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify measurable behaviors associated with compassion; (2) Identify three assessments that may be used to measure aspects of compassionate care; and (3) discriminate between empathy and compassion from a behavioral framework. |
|
Preliminary Reliability Scores of the Compassionate Collaboration Tool |
JESSICA ROHRER (Center for Children with Special Needs & Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The importance of collaborative and compassionate approaches is beginning to gain recognition within the field of ABA as it has been in other disciplines. In allied fields as well as behavior analysis, compassionate and personal approaches are associated with improved therapeutic relationships (Beach et al., 2006; Horst et al., 2000), increased adherence to intervention procedures (Hojat et al., 2011), and ABA therapists who are rated more highly by parents (Callahan et al., 2019; Foxx 1985). A tool to measure skills associated with these compassionate qualities (the Compassionate Collaboration Tool; Rohrer et al., 2021) was developed to help practitioners measure the extent to which these qualities can be observed in interactions with caregivers. The Compassionate Collaboration Tool contains 25 skills that have been shown to be effective in applied behavior analytic research and research in related fields in improving treatment outcomes, treatment adherence, and clients’ perceptions of service providers (Beck et al., 2002; Coulehan et al., 2001; Fong et al., 2016; Helton & Alber-Morgan, 2018; Neuman, 2018; Platt et al., 2001; Shelton & Stepanek, 1994). Data on the development of this tool as well as reliability on its use will be presented |
|
The Development of the Compassionate Care Assessment Tool for Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Settings |
BRITANY MELTON (Journeys Autism Center; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The behavioral assessment of compassionate skills in an emerging area of research and focus in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Much of the literature to date evaluates compassion on the part of master's level clinician. The current project seeks to establish reliable assessments of compassionate behavior displayed by direct interventionists in autism treatment settings.The Compassionate Care Assessment Tool evaluates the interactions between the direct interventionists (Registered Behavior Technician) and the child with whom they work. The assessment was designed to measure specific behavioral indices of compassion in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) setting. Given the nature of the difficulty of operationally defining “compassion”, the current project seeks to obtain reliability between observers to validate the use of the assessment. Alterations to the assessment based on the data regarding reliability will be discussed along with data on the reliability and content validity of the Compassionate Care Assessment Tool. Additionally, data on the use of the Teaching Interaction Procedure to teach elements identified as deficits will be presented. |
|
Qualitative Date in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) – Key to Compassionate Care |
NANCY MARCHESE (Breakthrough Autism), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Taylor et al. (2018) suggested that the application of compassionate care skills in clinical practice may allow for opportunities to listen and gather information related to meaningful parent goals. Yet, empirically validated tools that facilitate the development of these skills are limited (Marchese & Weiss, 2023). Qualitative assessment procedures (e.g., semi-structured interviews) may allow for flexibility in data collection and subsequent analysis to enhance a clinician’s understanding of an individual’s experience. In the current study, ten parents of children with autism participated in semi-structured interviews related to their experiences with Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) treatment and parent training. Then, a qualitative data coding system was systematically developed to summarize these data across key themes that emerged from the interviews. Average intercoder agreement across two independent scorers was 89% (range 75%-100%). Summary of these data across parents and a detailed sample of individual parent responses will be presented. This study demonstrates how qualitative can be systematically gathered, analyzed, and summarized to support the clinical application of compassionate care skills while working with families who have children with autism. |
|
Responding With Heart: Teaching Behavior Analytic Students Empathic and Compassionate Responding With Caregivers |
LORI E. MASTROGIACOMO MASTROGIACOMO (Gold Coast Children's Center), Eilis O'Connell-Sussman (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Compassionate care and therapeutic relationships have been the subject of applied behavior analytic (ABA) research over the last few years, specifically looking at parent and practitioner interactions. Melton and colleagues (2023) provided a conceptual analysis that distinguished between empathic and compassionate responses within a radical behavioral framework. Given this framework, we are better able to identify the context under which compassion and/or empathy is exhibited. This distinction highlighted a need for behavior analytic practitioners to discriminate between when empathic or compassionate responses are appropriate given various contexts and situations. A decision-making tool will be reviewed to support practitioners in cultivating their responses to generate greater therapeutic alliances with the families with whom they work. Data reviewing a training package with discrimination training and the tool to Applied Behavior Analysis graduate students will be reviewed. Implications for the potential impact on graduate student coursework and applications of skills will be discussed along with future directions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Let's Talk About Collaboration and Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kristina Gasiewski (Melmark ) |
Discussant: Melanie Olson Giles (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Kristina Gasiewski, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Interdisciplinary collaboration can be challenging, but necessary in order to meet the needs of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Successful collaborative treatment is predicated on an understanding of the value and expertise offered by different disciplines, and requires mutual respect and professional dialogue. Respect and compassion are important core traits to effective collaboration. The first presenter will discuss their study of 24 behavior analytic professionals who participated in a virtual training-and-coaching sequence to improve collaboration and compassion. Mechanisms impacting collaborative, compassionate practice will be discussed. The second presenter with discuss collaboration experiences between occupational therapy professionals and board certified behavior analysts. Respondents from both professions responded to a survey consisting of questions regarding collaborative interactions, perceived barriers to collaboration, and views of its benefits. Current trends as well as barriers interfering with effective collaboration will be highlighted. Furthermore, the discussant will bring to light collaboration across disciplines to enhance client success. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, Collaboration, compassion, occupational therapy |
Target Audience: The target audience should have some knowledge and experience working alongside other professions. They should have had some opportunities and experiences collaborating with professionals outside of the behavior analytic profession, including occupational therapists. Data from perspective surveys on collaboration will be presented, and current literature on collaboration and compassion will be discussed with an overall focus on enhancing effective collaboration in order to foster best outcomes for our clients. |
Learning Objectives: (1) identify the connection between compassion and collaboration (2) identify strengths and barriers to collaboration (3) identify strategies that may aid in overcoming barriers that interfere with collaboration |
|
“Behavior Analysts Know It All”: A Qualitative Study Exploring Experiences of Behavior Analytic Professionals |
ZAHAVA FRIEDMAN (Kean University), Daphna El-Roy (Kean University) |
Abstract: While evidence supporting applied behavior analysis has long been established, the field continues to self-reflect toward improved compassionate care (Rohrer et al., 2021). Interprofessional collaboration, a related concept, is defined as team-based, cooperative approaches among professionals (Friedman et al., 2022). Both collaboration and compassion are built upon social responsiveness and can improve social validity of applied behavior analysis (Kirby et al., 2022; LeBlanc et al., 2020). Despite the philosophical value of interprofessionalism and compassion, currently practicing behavior analytic providers report receiving little to no training in either capacity (Friedman et al., 2022; LeBlanc et al., 2020). The study’s purpose was to describe the lived experiences of twenty-four (N=24) behavior analytic professionals, who participated in a four-month-long, virtual training-and-coaching sequence to improve collaboration and compassion. Recordings of training and coaching sessions were transcribed, then coded independently by a pair of researchers. Qualitative, reflexive thematic analysis revealed three themes: historical perspectives, being harder on one-self than others, and old me vs. new me. This study uniquely describes the experiences of behavior analytic professionals, shedding light into mechanisms impacting collaborative, compassionate practice. Participants perceived their professional training as a barrier to collaboration, and their own hard-driving propensities as limiting to compassionate care. |
|
Behavior Analysts and Occupational Therapists Collaboration: Perspective Surveys |
KRISTINA GASIEWSKI (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Jennifer Labowitz (Melmark) |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss qualitative studies that were designed to gain perspective on Occupational Therapy (OT) professionals and Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) collaboration. A two part study provided professional specific surveys. The first surveyed OT professionals through an online survey consisting of questions arranged in the form of multiple response and Likert scale questions as well as two open-ended questions. The survey instrument contained questions related to collaborative interactions, perceived barriers to collaboration, and views of its benefits. Overall, the results from this study highlight what OT professionals report as challenges in collaboration with BCBAs. This direct feedback or criticism from another professional community can support future growth within the BCBA profession, by highlighting areas where reflective improvement and change are needed. The results of the second survey will provide insight as to what BCBAs perceive is occurring in regards to collaborating with OT professionals. By understanding both profession’s views, a more comprehensive analysis can aid in development of an intervention such as a training package to improve interdisciplinary collaboration. Given that the expertise of both OT and BCBA professionals are essential to comprehensive treatment for autism, consumers will benefit from an investment in strengthening this relationship. |
|
|
|
|
|
Discussion: The Development of Behavior Science |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D. |
Panelists: CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University), MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), ROCÍO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Please join us for a discussion of the presentation: The Development of Behavior Science |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and graduate students interested in history of behavior analysis and culturo-behavioral science, the molar view of behavior, and human language and thought. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Identify at least 3 themes of B. F. Skinner’s work; (2) State the author’s view of the theme of Skinner’s 1981 article “Selection by Consequences”; (3) Describe one example of behavior analytic substantive work addressing societal problems; (4) Specify and define one concept that addresses contingencies of selection in the evolution of cultural phenomena; (5) State their own view (with rationale) regarding the value, importance, or necessity of integrating substantive and conceptual work in culturo-behavior science; (6) Explain the molar view of behavior; (7) Discuss how the molar view of behavior grew from matching theory; (8) Discuss how the molar view of behavior relates to evolutionary theory; (9) Describe key behavior-analytic milestones in the study of human language and cognition; (10) Outline the core tenets of relational frame theory; (11) Explain how recent developments in the study of derived stimulus relations create the opportunity for synergies within the field and highlight future potential research directions. |
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University) |
Claudia Drossel is an associate professor at Eastern Michigan University (EMU), a licensed clinical psychologist, and a researcher who specializes in behavior analytic approaches to case formulations. Her work focuses on late-life behavioral health, including the assessment and management of emotional and behavioral changes associated with cognitive loss, and she offers specialty training in the modular application of evidence-based practices with caregivers and adults aged 60 and older at EMU’s outpatient Community Behavioral Health Clinic. |
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Matthew and his students conduct research across the basic, applied, and philosophical/conceptual domains of behavior science. Research conducted in his laboratory is intentionally eclectic and based upon the assumption that students benefit from exposure to/participation in a diverse intellectual environment. Students are encouraged to develop and pursue their own research interests, but the work of the laboratory is held together by a group concern with the critical and continuous evaluation of philosophical and conceptual issues within behavior science. Matthew is the principal investigator for the Animal Behavior Laboratory (ABL). The purpose of the ABL is to conduct basic research on learning, memory, and the contextual control of behavior with mice. The ABL also conducts interdisciplinary research with researchers outside of behavior science on mouse models of human conditions. Recent research topics have included motivational state-dependent learning, interactions between the effects of motivating operations, habituation/dishabituation to reinforcers, social reinforcement in mice, and how learning processes related to autism spectrum disorder in offspring are affected by parental early life exposure to anesthetic agents used in pediatric surgery. Matthew is also the Clinical Director of Behavioral Education and Consulting Services (BECS). The goal of BECS is to support students and staff in Washoe County School District (WCSD) with evidence-based behavioral consultation services. BECS collaborates with WCSD personnel to develop functional behavioral assessments and function-based interventions for individual students, conduct staff and parent trainings, and develop/monitor school-wide behavior management strategies. Graduate and undergraduate students working in BECS receive training in providing school-based consultative services. |
ROCÍO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Rocío Rosales, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LABA, is an Associate Professor of Psychology and Program Coordinator of the Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Studies graduate program at the University of Massachusetts Lowell. She received her bachelor’s degree from the University of Nevada Reno, and master’s and doctoral degrees from Southern Illinois University, Carbondale. She is Mexican American and a first-generation college student. Her research, clinical, and theoretical interests span a range of topics including applications of verbal behavior and derived stimulus relations, student and caregiver training, instructional design, issues of diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging in ABA, and the philosophical foundations of behavior analysis. She previously served as Associate Editor for The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and The Psychological Record, on the editorial board of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and as Editor of ABAI’s Behavior Dissemination Blog: Verbal Behavior Matters. Dr. Rosales has worked to raise awareness of behavior analysis to underserved communities through various projects and professional collaborations and is currently leading a training grant from the U.S. Department of Education, Office of Special Education Programs that will serve to fund scholars in interdisciplinary professional preparation in Applied Behavior Analysis and Special Education. One of the primary goals of this project is to diversify the workforce and train practitioners to work with bilingual learners with disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Variables Affecting Equivalence-Based Instruction and Conceptual Learning |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christopher R Colasurdo (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Christopher R Colasurdo, M.A. |
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) uses the principles of stimulus equivalence and derived relations to promote generative learning outcomes in many subject areas. The three talks in this symposium describe studies in which variables related to EBI and conceptual learning more broadly were investigated. The first study examined the effects of group-based EBI on children’s listener and speaker behavior related to six coin-related stimuli (e.g., coin's face, name, and value) using auditory-visual match-to-sample procedures. Results showed successful formation of coin equivalence classes. In the second study, the effects of the stimulus-pairing, yes-no (SPYN) procedure was compared to match-to-sample (MTS) to teach abstract stimuli equivalence classes with adults. Results showed no differential effects on class formation, but training time was significantly longer for participants exposed to SPYN. The third study investigated a type of conceptual learning related to categorizing novel stimuli based on the presence or absence of critical features. Results showed that the most robust conceptual learning was observed following practice with examples and nonexamples that lacked only one critical feature and contained few irrelevant features. Collectively, these studies further our understanding of procedures that can be used to successfully implement EBI specifically, and teach conceptual behavior more broadly. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): conceptual learning, derived relations, stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: Attendees should have basic understanding of stimulus classes, match to sample procedures, and emergent behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and potentially implement procedures to establish equivalence classes with young learners; (2) identify and potentially implement equivalence-based instruction procedures using stimulus pairing yes-no response options; (3) identify and potentially implement procedures to establish stimulus classes based on presence or absence of relevant and irrelevant stimulus features. |
|
An Evaluation of Equivalence-Based Instruction for Teaching Coin Identification in a Group Setting |
(Applied Research) |
XIAOYUAN LIU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Iliana Trevino Contla (Teachers College, Columbia University), Hannah Walker (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) is an instructional approach that utilizes the principle of stimulus equivalence and derived relations to promote generative learning outcomes in many subject areas. The current study examined the effects of group-based EBI on listener and speaker behavior related to coin classes. Two dyads learned relevant relations and contacted tests for derived relations in a multiple probe design. The relations included six coin-related stimuli, including the coin's face, the coin's name, and the coin's value. The researchers directly taught two relations in dyads using auditory-visual match-to-sample procedures and measured the participants' performance for 16 relations both before and after the implementation of EBI. The results demonstrated that second-grade participants successfully responded in accordance with coin equivalence classes. The findings of the present study suggest that EBI is an effective and efficient instructional approach to teaching elementary-level math curricular content. The outcomes are discussed in terms of the participant’s verbal behavior. |
|
Comparing the Stimulus-Pairing Yes/No Procedure to Match-to-Sample to Establish Equivalence Classes With Adults |
(Basic Research) |
SARAH AMY HENSEL (Caldwell University), Alexandra Cicero (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munroe Meyer Institute), Christopher R Colasurdo (Caldwell University), KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University), Karly Stepper (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of match-to-sample (MTS) to the stimulus-pairing yes/no procedure (SPYN) to establish equivalence classes. During SPYN trials, two stimuli are presented during a trial. Stimulus pairs from the same class should occasion selection of the YES response option, while stimulus pairs from different classes should occasion selection of NO. A pretest-train-posttest sequence was used. During the pretest and posttest, both MTS and SPYN trials were used to assess all trained and derived relations. We also assessed the degree to which class-consistent responding would generalize to a card sorting task. During training of baseline relations, half of the participants were exposed only to MTS or only SPYN trials. Posttest results showed that the trial format used to train the baseline relations had no differential effects on class formation; however, participants exposed to MTS training mastered the baseline relations in fewer trials and required less time than those in the SPYN group. Implications of these results and suggestions for future studies are discussed. |
|
The Type of Nonexamples and Number of Irrelevant Features Impact Conceptual Learning |
(Basic Research) |
REBECCA WOODARD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: A form of conceptual learning occurs when students categorize novel stimuli with all critical features as examples and those missing any critical feature as nonexamples, regardless of the presence or absence of noncritical, irrelevant features. By practicing identifying examples and nonexamples and receiving feedback on their selections, students can learn concepts. However, it is unclear what examples and nonexamples should be used during practice to produce the most robust conceptual learning. In these experiments, we evaluated conceptual learning before and after two kinds of practice: 1) examples and nonexamples missing all three critical features and 2) examples and nonexamples missing only one critical feature. Across experiments, we also compared conceptual learning following practice with stimuli containing many irrelevant features to practice containing stimuli with few irrelevant features. The most robust conceptual learning was observed following practice with examples and nonexamples that lacked only one critical feature and contained few irrelevant features. The difference between practice conditions was most pronounced when conceptual learning was tested using examples and nonexamples that lacked exactly one critical feature and had many irrelevant features. |
|
|
|
|
|
Walden Two: An Analysis of Behavioral Concepts in Skinner's Novel |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:25 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Scott Dueker, Ph.D. |
|
Walden Two: An Analysis of Behavioral Concepts in Skinner's Novel |
Domain: Theory |
SCOTT DUEKER (Ball State University), Jill Grande (Ball State University) |
|
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis textbooks can be difficult to read for novice parties to the field. The terms behavior analysts use are complicated and often at odds with use in general conversation. In particular, the scientific works of B. F. Skinner can require multiple readings before the ideas are absorbed. However, he also wrote a novel, Walden Two, in 1948 that may serve as an easier introduction to the concepts and principles of behavior analysis. In this novel, Skinner presents a story of a utopian community based on the science of behavior. In describing a visit to the community, he works through different uses of behavior analysis through narrative vignettes. The purpose of this study was a content analysis of Walden Two viewed through the lens of current behavior analytic textbooks. The authors identified the main concepts in four different commonly used textbooks and searched Walden Two using keywords and colloquial translations to find plain explanations for behavioral principles. The authors found many of the concepts common to both the textbooks and the Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s Task List within the narrative of Walden Two. The authors will discuss their findings and the implications for use in introductory behavior analysis courses. |
|
Target Audience: RBTs, BCaBAs, BCBAs, instructors of ABA |
Learning Objectives: By the end of the session: 1. attendees will understand that the field of behavior analysis was originally thought of as universal to society as a whole and not specifically focused on disabilities. 2. attendees will understand how behavior analytic terminology may be represented using common language and scenarios. 3. attendees will understand the position of Walden Two in the behavior analytic landscape. |
|
|
|
|
|
Global Dissemination of Autism Treatment, a Cross-Cultural Comparison of Supervision Practices |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Paula Kenyon, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: : PAULA KENYON (Northeastern University, Grupo Método & Jano Saúde) |
Abstract: As Autism treatments based in Applied Behavior Analysis become widely spread and its results known to countries other than the United States, practitioners, families, and payors start seeking such treatments. In Brazil, practitioners seek training, however, the training mostly occurs via brief courses with no standardized curricula. A small number of specialization programs now offer a more structured curriculum, yet many professionals in Brazil travel to the United States to participate in short training and return advertising themselves as having expertise in specific techniques and practices within ABA without having the formal training required to be a BCBA. The best practices of supervision of an ABA-based program have not been directly trained in most Brazilian clinics, and we often observe supervisors with little to no actual relevant experience taking on roles they are not prepared to engage in. Resources to evaluate clinical competencies are in the beginning stages of being translated to Portuguese and adapted to Brazilian culture while a framework for addressing performance deficits of supervisees is being explored. Professional credentialing is under way, and we see a bright future for ABA services in Autism treatment in Brazil with some battles to win initially. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Supervisors who provide ABA services for individuals with learning and behavioral deficits. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe and compare the certification requirements to engage in ABA supervisory activities in the US and Brazil; (2) list at least 3 supervisory best practices; (3) identify resources to evaluate own clinical competencies; (4) describe a framework for addressing performance deficits of supervisees. |
|
PAULA KENYON (Northeastern University, Grupo Método & Jano Saúde) |
Paula Braga-Kenyon, Ph.D., has been a doctoral level Board Certified Behavior Analyst since 2001. She has held various senior positions in the field of ABA, and most recently was Chief Clinical Officer at Trumpet Behavioral Health and Kadiant. She is also an Adjunct Faculty at Northeastern University since 2006. Paula is widely published, and her articles can be found in peer reviewed journals such as Nature, Autism Research, EJOBA, JABA, JEAB, and The Psychological Record. She also serves as guest reviewer for many of these journals. Her research interests include clinical quality and outcomes, clinical operations, stimulus control, discrimination learning, sleep, and naturalistic teaching. |
|
|
|
|
|
Changing Lanes: Ethical Requirements for Expanding Your Scope of Competence to Applied Animal Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With increasing interest in applied animal behavior (AAB), there is a temptation for researchers and practitioners from other fields to jump into AAB feet first. Despite the generality of behavioral principles across species, navigating new species, settings, or behavioral techniques can exceed one’s scope of competence. Rushing into new domains without doing due diligence can pose risks not only to ourselves but also to the animals, potentially harming their well-being, and posing a threat to the reputation of behavior analysis. In this symposium, we will focus on ethical and practical requirements aspiring researchers and practitioners should meet prior to entering AAB. We will highlight ethological and welfare issues to be aware of, as well as point to resources providing these skills and knowledge. We will discuss the importance of ensuring social validity for our procedures, and where to find current best practices. We will discuss all this using the scope of competence framework, referencing our field’s ethical guidelines. Moreover, the symposium extends support to experienced AAB professionals contemplating engagement with novel species or unfamiliar environments, facilitating more informed and responsible approaches to their practice. A panel discussion is also being offered and should be attended in concert with this symposium. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): animal behavior, ethical practice, ethics, scope-of-competence |
Target Audience: Basic instruction level Appropriate for BCBAs, researchers, students |
Learning Objectives: 1. Explain what scope of competence means especially as it pertains to entering the field of applied animal behavior 2. Describe how we should use the ethology of the target species to guide our practice and ensure safety of the practitioner and animal 3. Discuss what animal welfare is and how we should integrate it into our decision making for interventions 4. Revisit and reintegrate the BACB code of ethics to all behavior analytic activities |
|
Scope of Competence and Ethical Considerations for Conducting Applied Animal Research and Practice |
ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The field of applied animal behavior (AAB) continues to grow in popularity. With new interest from students, and the utility of AAB work serving as an alternative to traditional lab animal classes, more human ABA practitioners and basic researchers are dipping their toes in the AAB pool. While more research in AAB is needed and encouraged, ensuring that researchers and practitioners are moving into AAB with the appropriate knowledge and skills to best serve the animals, their caregivers, and the field of behavior analysis is crucial. The inappropriate choice or application of behavioral techniques in animal populations can have dire consequences to the animal, including potentially euthanasia, and can damage the public image of behavior analysis. We will utilize the Competence and Confidence Checklist designed by Brodhead and colleagues to serve as a guide for new researchers and practitioners moving into AAB. We will especially focus on issues of identifying a scope of competence with a new species, and implementing humane, effective, and socially valid interventions. We will discuss where to find current best practices; refer back to the BACB code of ethics to determine our training approach; and identify resources for expanding one’s scope of competence into AAB. |
|
Understanding Animal Welfare to Inform Ethical Practice: A Brief History and Look Forward |
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The ethical considerations around human-animal interaction in the United States came into focus in the 1960’s with the Animal Welfare Act, and was furthered in scientific research with the requirements imposed by the Institutional Care and Use Committee (IACUC) in the 1980’s. Since this time, research on animal welfare and the accompanying ethical considerations have continued to change and evolve in the areas of companion animals, veterinary practice, zoological settings, and agriculture. The bulk of the research on animal welfare, and implementation into ethical guidelines, has widely gone on outside of the United States, and outside the field of behavior analysis. This talk will first provide a (brief) overview of the evolution of animal welfare, before moving onto some current questions and approaches to animal welfare being explored today. The talk will end with suggestions as to how behavior analysts, trained and competent in this area of science, can constructively join the charge for bettering the welfare of animals in a variety of settings. |
|
Unravelling Agonistic Behavior: Implications for Behavior Change Practices and the Role of Animal Welfare Standards |
MINDY WAITE (Carroll University), Nicole Pfaller-Sadovsky (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: This presentation delves into the complex interplay between companion animal agonistic behavior (i.e., behavior encompassing threat, attack, or defence; Broom & Fraser, 2015), behavior change strategies, ethical considerations, animal welfare standards, and legislation. Recognizing and acknowledging companion animals’ signs of fearful and/or aggressive behavior and its precursors is critical for promoting ethical practice and ensuring animal welfare. Using examples from the literature and practice, the most salient signs of fearful and aggressive behavior of cats, dogs, and horses are explained. Ethical trainers, who are also knowledgeable in early signs of agonistic behavior, prioritize the well-being and safety of animals and owners under their care. This is achieved by fostering trust and reducing fear, ultimately enhancing the lives of both animals and their human caregivers. The presentation also examines the intricate relationship between animal agonistic behavior and the ethical considerations it raises, particularly in the context of animal welfare standards, guidelines, and legislation from an international viewpoint. |
|
|
|
|
|
Making Rapport Building a Priority: An Organization-Wide Focus on Compassionate Care |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Victoria Karlsen, M.A. |
Chair: Leah Bean (Butterfly Effects) |
MOLLY ANN MCGINNIS (Butterfly Effects) |
VICTORIA KARLSEN (Butterfly Effects) |
JESSICA MIRET (Butterfly Effects) |
Abstract: Ongoing calls for action in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) related to compassionate, values-based care emphasize rapport building as an essential part of the behavior-analytic practice (Callahan, et al., 2019; Rajaraman, et al., 2020). While this is becoming more widely agreed upon in our field, it is not common practice to formally develop rapport building goals as part of a client’s programming. We extended Lugo at al. (2017) by developing a formal rapport building program to utilize across a large organization. The goals reflect 7 pre-session pairing skills, data collection, and teaching procedures Lugo and colleagues (2017) outlined as well as guidance as to the implementation of these items, not only before instruction in the form of pre-session pairing, but throughout session to ensure maintenance of rapport between the client and clinician throughout the therapeutic relationship. The panelists will discuss rapport building from three perspectives: mission-driven organizational behavior management (OBM), clinician training, and clinical applications. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience for this panel would be BCBA-level individuals with supervisory experience. This panel is also targeted for individuals with an interest in staff training and organizational systems. |
Learning Objectives: At the concludion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify components of effective rapport building goals; (2) identify strategies for implementing rapport building across an organization; (3) identify effective strategies for training clinicians to utilize rapport building throughout treatment. |
Keyword(s): compassionate care, rapport |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Interventions for the Treatment of Autism |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Angela Capuano (University of Michigan) |
CE Instructor: Bryant C. Silbaugh, Ph.D. |
|
Witchcraft, Wizardy, Voodoo, & Magic: Identifying Pseudoscientific Practices for Behavior Analysts |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ANGELA CAPUANO (University of Michigan), Kim Killu (University of Michigan - Dearborn) |
|
Abstract: With no known cause and no known cure, the treatment field for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is ripe with fad, unproven, and pseudoscientific practices. Applied behavior analysis practitioners should anticipate encountering these practices and be ready to identify and confront them. The BACB® Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020) requires registered certificants to be knowledgeable about pseudoscientific practices that could pose risk of harm to their clients and to advocate for the most effective treatment for their clients. Pseudoscientific practices have the potential to harm clients and the field of behavior analysis by wasting valuable resources such as time, money, and effort that could be better spent on evidence-based, effective interventions. This presentation will cover common characteristics of pseudoscientific practices and how to identify them through many examples of these practices that are currently and readily available. The presentation will also address how to avoid falling for pseudoscientific claims. |
|
A Practical Approach to Controlling Behavioral Intervention Quality in Autism Service Delivery |
Domain: Service Delivery |
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (Tx Behavioral Supports) |
|
Abstract: The quality of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services for individuals with autism depends in part on the quality of our behavioral interventions. Behavioral intervention quality can be conceptualized as the extent to which behavioral interventions are implemented with high treatment integrity and high interobserver agreement, over time. Research on practical and scalable methods for consistently assessing and improving treatment integrity and interobserver agreement in practice is lacking. In this paper the speaker will describe a practical model of managing for the quality of behavioral interventions using quality planning, quality control, and quality improvement which any Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA®) can implement. Additionally, the speaker will describe an estimation approach to treatment integrity assessment developed to make the model efficient; and eight months of data collected across eight Registered Behavior Technicians® and eight clients with autism, during routine clinical practice. This paper will conclude with steps any BCBA supervisor or director can take immediately to begin more effectively controlling the quality of their behavioral interventions with the current model. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staff Behavior Related to Quality-of-Life Indices for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University) |
CE Instructor: Cammarie Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium addresses the behavior of staff working with individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities related to quality-of-life indices including engagement in activities, privacy, and receiving requested items and activities. In the first paper, an assessment showed low levels of support staff behavior encouraging student engagement in specials led by a specialized teacher (art or music teacher). An intervention based on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services was implemented that resulted in increased staff behavior encouraging student engagement and an increase in student engagement. In the second paper, an assessment found that staff were not always ensuring the privacy of adolescents when they were engaging in private activities in a group home (e.g., dressing, showering, toileting). An intervention based on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services led to staff providing private environments that matched the adolescents’ supervision needs. In the third paper, an assessment showed a low probability of staff responding to, or reinforcing, the mands of individuals they serve. Future directions and considerations regarding staff behavior related to these quality-of-life issues will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Assessment-based Intervention, PDC-HS, Quality-of-Life, Staff behavior |
Target Audience: Audience members should have knowledge of single-subject research methods and the basic verbal operants. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how the PDC-HS can identify obstacles to and recommend intervention for staff performance in a school setting; (2) describe how the PDC-HS can identify obstacles to and recommend intervention for staff performance related to privacy in group homes; (3) Describe the difference between specific and disguised mands and describe several measures of staff responses to mands. |
|
Evaluating the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services to Improve Support Teacher Behavior in Specialized Classes |
JOHANNA HARDY (The New England Center for Children), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University) |
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC-HS; Carr et al., 2013) identifies variables that lead to unsatisfactory staff performance in human service settings. The purpose of this study was to use the PDC-HS to identify variables that led to unsatisfactory support teacher behavior in specialized classes and to use the recommended intervention to improve support teacher behavior to maximize student participation. Three teachers from two teams participated in a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. PDC-HS interviews were completed with the support teachers and the lead specials teachers for the target response of encouraging engagement. For all support teachers, Performance Consequences, Effort, and Competition was identified as the domain of concern with the recommended intervention of graphed feedback. Results indicated graphed feedback was effective in improving teacher performance and increased student engagement as well. Reliability measures on the dependent and independent variables were above 90%. A post-treatment social validity survey given to both lead and support teachers indicated that the procedures and outcomes provided important improvement. |
|
Evaluating the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services to Increase Staff Adherence to Residential Student Privacy Guidelines |
MALLORY PRACELLA (Open Sky Community Services), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University) |
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) (Carr et al., 2013) is an assessment tool used to identify variables maintaining employee performance deficits and provide recommendations for functionally related interventions within human service settings. Modified from the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) (Austin, 2000), the PDC-HS has demonstrated its utility within the workplace, including therapy treatment centers and hospitals. Future research recommends evaluating its comparative effectiveness with non-indicated interventions and examining its applicability across diverse human service contexts. This study sought to extend the current body of literature by evaluating the utility of the PDC-HS in increasing staff adherence to student privacy guidelines within a residential autism treatment center. Interview results identified training as the domain of concern, and a behavioral skills training (BST) intervention was recommended. The intervention was implemented in a multiple-baseline-across participants design, and both participants’ performance met criterion (providing private environments in at least 90% of intervals with private activities) when the intervention was introduced. Reliability measures were assessed and above 95%. Results of this study demonstrate the validity of the PDC-HS and its application to identifying variables related to the performance deficit and providing recommendations for an effective intervention. |
|
A Comparative Evaluation of Specific and Disguised Mands on Staff’s Reinforcer Delivery in a Residential Setting |
CAROLINE RICHEY (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Residential facilities for adults with developmental disabilities offer essential accommodations and support services, with fostering communication for residents as an important aspect of care. Despite the importance of communication, previous research has identified concerns about staff performance (SP) in facilitating positive social interactions, such as responding to or reinforcing residents’ mands. Previous research has primarily focused on improving SP through skills-based training. Yet, Skinner's theory of verbal behavior emphasizes the social and reciprocal nature of mands. Skinner suggests that the listener’s behavior, engaging in consequence-mediating behavior, must be conditioned by the verbal community. However, empirical investigations into the reinforcing practices of staff in residential facilities, such as the shaping and sustaining of different types of resident mands, are limited. The current investigation sought to address this gap in research by evaluating if distinct mand topographies, disguised or specific mands, influenced the likelihood of staff engaging in consequence-mediated behavior across three staff-resident dyads. Results suggest a low probability of staff responding to, or reinforcing, mands, thus limiting conclusions on the effects of mand topographies on staff performance. Future directions and considerations regarding resident-staff interactions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethical Considerations for Behavior Analysts Surrounding Training Experiences and Service Termination |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB |
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Swathi Ragulan (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Swathi Ragulan, Master in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Abstract: Ethics training within behavior analysis, including the structure and content of these trainings, are fluid and constantly evolving. However, it is crucial that behavior analysts receive ethics training that prepare and support them in their daily
practice. In this symposium, we will attempt to describe the current state of ethics training as experienced and reported by behavior analysts and delve into one important topic for training, service termination. First, Swathi Ragulan will describe behavior analysts' experiences with their ethics training via data gathered from a survey of Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and Board Certified Behavior Analysts-Doctoral, with significant implications for ethics guidelines and training requirements for the field. Next, Emma Devine, will discuss challenges related to unplanned service termination along with related resources available to behavior analysts. Finally, Jesenia Giambrone will review these resources available to behavior analysts and discuss ethical approaches and strategies to service termination. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This presentation is at an intermediate instruction level, so the the target audience should have the prerequisite skills to critically evaluate their ethics trainings related to pre-certification coursework, CE's, and current environment support. Generally the target population that has experienced these three domains of ethics training (e.g., BCaBAs, BCBAs, and BCBA-Ds) will be benefit from the recommendations proposed by the presentation related to ethics CE topics and activities and ongoing supports in their current environment. It would also be beneficial if the target audience has prerequisite skills related to ongoing service evaluation (e.g., insurance funding, client goal evaluation, etc.). Generally the target population that engages in these skills includes BCaBAs, BCBAs, and BCBA-Ds. RBT's may also benefit from this presentation in relation to training for their board certification. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and state their experiences with their ethics trainings along with the potential gaps and related solutions for these trainings; (2) describe the challenges that behavior analysts may face with respect to service termination; (3) assess and compare various approaches and strategies to ethical service termination. |
|
A Survey of Ethics-Related Training Within Behavior Analysis |
(Applied Research) |
SWATHI RAGULAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Julia Schweiger (Technical University of Dresden), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno), Alexis Hanna (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Ethics guidelines, trainings, and continuing education requirements are frequently updated to reflect the ongoing need to better prepare behavior analysts to face ethical dilemmas in their daily practice (Brodhead et al., 2018). In terms of the ethics trainings that behavior analysts are currently experiencing, Contreras et al. (2021) argue that behavior analysts are potentially encountering a narrow and rigid set of trainings and resources, which may then necessitate an expanded approach to ethics. If behavior analysts are not adequately trained and are not supported in developing their ethical repertoire, then these gaps in training can detrimentally impact clients served as well as the field at large. The present study aimed to survey practitioners (Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and Board Certified Behavior Analysts- Doctoral) in the field on their ethics training experiences in supporting their ethical daily practices using questions targeted towards pre-certification ethics coursework, ethics continuing education units, and ongoing environmental supports. Data suggest that several factors significantly impact practitioner’s perception of their ethics trainings (e.g., preparedness and relevance) to complete their job responsibilities in compliance with the BACB Ethics Code. Implications for ethics guidelines and training requirements for the field are discussed. |
|
Service Termination: Concerns for Behavior Analysts |
(Service Delivery) |
Jesenia Giambrone (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), EMMA RENEE DEVINE (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts providing clinical services occasionally encounter situations in which those services must be interrupted, discontinued, or transitioned to another provider. The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts and other frequently used resources outline how behavior analysts should handle planned and unplanned service disruptions. We examine a variety of resources available to behavior analysts relating to this topic and identify challenges related to unplanned service termination. The authors have identified common themes that lead to unplanned service terminations, including funding changes, a shortage in necessary resources, lack of clinical progress, as well as administrative and financial pressures. We relate these common themes to the areas identified by the Ethics Code and other available resources, and outline where gaps exist in recommendations for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). Our goal is to utilize scenarios to assess common obstacles leading to unplanned service termination, evaluating their impact on service continuity and the broader field. |
|
Service Termination: Recommendations for Behavior Analysts |
(Service Delivery) |
JESENIA GIAMBRONE (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: We will be exploring the challenges faced by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) when unplanned service termination arises. After reviewing the scenarios provided in the second presentation of this symposium, as well as the resources available to behavior analysts (including the Ethics Code, Council of Autism Service Providers recommendations, the BACB’s Continuity of Services Toolkit, textbooks, and other published literature), we discuss ethical approaches to addressing unplanned service termination at the individual level and more broadly as a field. Using the scenarios provided, we will propose additional ethical practices to navigate complex situations, emphasizing the role of clinical supervisors and agency management in supporting BCBAs during both planned and unplanned service interruptions. We will address a range of pertinent issues, including potential cultural conflicts, shifts in funding, resource limitations, slow progress, as well as administrative and financial pressures, aiming to offer comprehensive insights into overcoming these barriers with ethical considerations in mind. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Virtual to Reality: Tablet-Based Interventions to Induce Preverbal Foundational Cusps |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Yifei Sun (Teachers College Columbia University/ Fred S. Keller School) |
CE Instructor: Yifei Sun, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Establishing early observing responses to adult faces, adult voices, 2-dimensional (2D) stimuli, and 3-dimensional (3D) stimuli as conditioned reinforcers is a crucial first step to children's development. It allows children to contact reinforcement in ways they could not before, and thus contact new contingencies in their environments. Without consistent and reliable observing responses, the development of discrimination and identification skills would be impossible. Researchers have developed interventions and protocols to condition those observing responses as reinforcers. However, the complexity of accurately implementing these interventions has limited their widespread use among students with such needs. In this symposium, we will explore how we assessed the presence of foundational preverbal skills and discuss three new procedures designed to teach the conditioned reinforcement for observing adult voices, adult faces, and 2D stimuli delivered using tablet-based programs and teacher-delivered reinforcers. We explored if faces, voices, and 2D stimuli presented in real life also acquired reinforcing value for participants who mastered those tablet-based interventions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, observing responses |
Target Audience: Practitioners working with pre-verbal foundational students with limited observing responses |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will: (1) Identify the absence of CR+ Observing 2D stimuli and utilize a tablet-based intervention to establish the missing cusp (2) Identify the absence of CR+ Observing adult voices and utilize a tablet-based intervention to establish the missing cusp (3) Identify the absence of CR+ Observing adult faces and utilize a tablet-based intervention to establish the missing cusp |
|
Effects of Tablet-Based Visual Tracking Procedure on the Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Pinted 2D Stimuli |
TIANYUE SUN (Teacher College, Columbia), Yifei Sun (Teachers College Columbia University/ Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: With the growing access to electronic devices such as tablets, smartphones, and computers, children have increased exposure to two-dimensional (2D) stimuli presented via virtual platforms. Children will spend extended amount of time watching televisions or playing games on tablets instead of observing printed 2D stimuli such as books. In this paper, we explored the correlation among children's (a) observing responses to printed 2D stimuli, (b) observing responses to virtual 2D stimuli, (c) engagement with books, and (d) correct responses to 2D match-to-sample (MTS) of printed stimuli. Preliminary results found a significant correlation between observing responses for virtual 2D stimuli and MTS responses, indicating the potential of employing a tablet-based intervention to induce conditioned reinforcement for observing printed 2D stimuli which improves students' MTS responses. We then explored the effects of a virtual visual tracking procedure on the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for observing printed 2D stimuli and correct MTS responses. |
|
Conditioning Voice as a Reinforcer |
TANIA NAINANI (Teachers College Columbia University
Fred S Keller School), Yoojin Yeo (Teachers College Columbia University), Lilian Morales (Teachers College, Columbia University), Shiyi Wang (University of Columbia Teachers College) |
Abstract: We used a multiple probe design across participants to test the effects of the voice conditioning protocol on 1) the rate of acquiring objectives across curricular areas, 2) observing responses for faces to the presence of adults in the environment, 3) observing responses for voices to the presence of adults in the environment, 4) preference assessment for voices, 5) orienting to a storyteller probe, 6) hear to say (echoic) responses across three settings (i.e., lunchtime, free-play setting, and 1:1 instruction setting). Three preschoolers with a disability participated in this study. During the intervention, we used a conjugate stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure to condition adults' voices as a reinforcer. During the post-intervention probe, the participants who received the voice conditioning protocol demonstrated an increased number of correct responses in observing responses for voices, observing responses for faces, and preference assessment for voices. The participants also demonstrated a decreased number of learn-unit-to-criterion. However, there was a limited effect on orienting to a storyteller probe and hear-to-say probe. |
|
Conditioning Faces as a Reinforcer Using Face Filters for Children With Disabilities |
YOOJIN YEO (Teachers College Columbia University), Yifei Sun (Teachers College Columbia University/ Fred S. Keller School), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Looking at human faces is the most important prerequisite skill for social and academic development. As technology has arisen as a tool for the next generation education, virtual training to increase observing responses for children has advanced and developed. The objective of this pilot study is twofold. First, we attempted to condition virtual faces as reinforcers using the videos of faces presented on an iPad screen. Second, we assessed whether the stimulus control of virtual faces gained from the conditioning procedure transferred to the live faces. During the virtual face conditioning procedure, the researchers provided 7 phases of intervention. The phases consisted of different levels of facial effects that gradually faded out across the intervention. We used a delayed-multiple-probe design across participants and measured the effects of the intervention on the observing responses for faces during the virtual face probe, live face probe, generalized non-instructional setting probe, and joint attention probe. The researchers found that the virtual face conditioning procedure increased observing responses for faces during the virtual, live, and generalized non-instructional setting probe. However, the results were limited during the joint attention probe. |
|
|
|
|
|
How Behavior Develops |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kieva S. Hranchuk (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Karen Adolph, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: KAREN ADOLPH (New York University) |
Abstract: Behavior is everything we do. It is the outcome of (and provides the input for) multimodal exploration, perception, cognition, motivation, emotion, and social interaction. With age and experience, infant behavior becomes more flexible, adaptive, and functional. How does behavior develop? In the course of everyday activity, infants acquire immense amounts of time-distributed, variable, error-filled practice for every type of foundational behavior researchers have measured. Practice is largely self-motivated, spontaneous, and frequently not goal directed. Formal models suggest that infants’ natural practice regimen—replete with variability and errors—is optimally suited for building a flexible behavioral system to respond adaptively to the constraints and opportunities of continually changing skills in an ever-changing world. I conclude with a proposal that open video sharing will speed progress toward understanding behavior and its development and improve clinical interventions and practice. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in behavior, development, or the use of video for documentation or assessment. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain why variability and errors are critical components of behavioral development; (2) describe the importance of flexibility in behavior and how infants become more adaptive and creative with development; (3) apply the course information to clinical populations by analyzing patient actions, interventions, and functional outcomes in terms of variability, errors, and flexibility; and (4) discuss the power of video to capture changes in behavior that are difficult to observe or to analyze in the moment. |
|
KAREN ADOLPH (New York University) |
KAREN E. ADOLPH is Julius Silver Professor of Psychology and Neuroscience and Professor of Applied Psychology and Child and Adolescent Psychiatry at New York University. She uses observable motor behaviors and a variety of technologies (video, motion tracking, instrumented floor, head-mounted eye tracking, EEG, etc.) to study developmental processes. Adolph directs the NIH-funded Databrary video library and PLAY project, and she maintains the Datavyu video-coding tool. She received her Ph.D. from Emory University and completed a postdoctoral fellowship at Albert Einstein College of Medicine. She is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association and Association for Psychological Science and Past-President of the International Congress on Infant Studies. She received the Kurt Koffka Medal, Cattell Sabbatical Award, APF Fantz Memorial Award, APA Boyd McCandless Award, ICIS Young Investigator Award, FIRST and MERIT awards from NICHD, and five teaching awards from NYU. She chaired the NIH study section on Motor Function and Speech Rehabilitation and serves on the McDonnell Foundation advisory board and editorial boards of Current Directions in Psychological Science and Developmental Science. Adolph has published 210+ articles and chapters. Her research on perceptual-motor learning and development has been continually funded by NIH and NSF since 1991. |
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies to Support Direct Care Providers: Holding Difficult Conversations, Establishing Rapport, and Preventing Burnout |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Summer Bottini, M.S. |
Abstract: Without adequate support, direct care provider positions may suffer from long hours, large workloads, challenges working with consumers and feelings of burnout (Gibson et al. 2009). This symposium includes three talks that serve as exemplars for how to design and conduct research related to complex workplace phenomena (e.g., having difficult conversations, establishing rapport, and preventing burnout). Ruby will share the findings of an experiment evaluating the effects of a training package consisting of computer-based instruction, a job aid, and a planning worksheet on supervisors’ performance when holding difficult conversations. Mason will describe the results of an experiment evaluating the effects of two conditions (i.e., one with several rapport-building opportunities and another condition without) on undergraduate students’ performance when completing a check processing task. In addition, Mason will share results about participants’ preferences for each condition. Bottini will summarize the findings of an online survey that contained the Stress Diagnostic Checklist and was designed to identify workplace variables maintaining burnout in direct care providers working in ABA agencies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): burnout, difficult conversations, rapport building, staff training |
Target Audience: Presentations during this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should be familiar with common staff training procedures (e.g., BST, CBI) to maximize learning during this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to: (1) Describe the behaviors involved in a difficult conversation; (2) Discuss procedures to build rapport with supervisees; and (3) Identify three environmental determinants of burnout |
|
Evaluating a Training Package on Supervisors’ Difficult Conversations in the Workplace |
SANDRA ALEX RUBY (ALULA; University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas), J Turner Braren (University of Kansas), Eliza Goben (University of Kansas), Matthew M Laske (University of Kansas), Hanna Vance (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Addressing a staff member’s unprofessional behavior, discussing an interpersonal conflict, or broaching the subject of inadequate personal hygiene may cause discomfort, conflict, and organizational loss if these conversations are not handled appropriately. When these conversations are handled appropriately, survey data suggests productivity may increase up to 25%, which impacts service quality and organizational outcomes. In the current study, we synthesized recommended practices in popular psychology and behavior analytic literature to define and describe difficult conversations from a behavioral perspective. We used a multiple baseline design to evaluate a training package consisting of computer-based instruction, a planning worksheet, and a job aid on supervisors’ difficult conversations. Results demonstrate increased percentages of conversation integrity across all four supervisors who work in settings supporting adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The effects of training generalized for all three participants for whom generalization probes were conducted. The social validity of the difficult conversation behaviors and the training package will be discussed. |
|
Rapport: To Build or Not to Build |
MAKENNA MASON (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Joshua Bensemann (The University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Building rapport (i.e., verbal and non-verbal behaviors resulting in positive relationships between individuals) benefits organizations and employees (e.g., increased opportunities to provide feedback and training). Curry et al. (2019) found that building rapport resulted in increased productivity and discretionary effort when participants completed a check processing task. However, the study had three limitations: 1) naturalistic conversation could not occur, 2) participants experienced one 15-minute rapport building session, and 3) an indirect measure was used to assess the participants’ perception of rapport with the researcher. The present study addressed these limitations with researchers engaging in more naturalistic conversation and by using an alternating treatments design that allowed for repeated rapport building opportunities with undergraduate students. Additionally, a direct measure (i.e., choice) was used to assess participants’ preference. Participants worked with two researchers; one who built rapport and one that did not. Performance was measured through the completion of a simulated work task (i.e., check processing task). During the final phase of the study, preference for the researchers was also assessed. We found that participants completed more checks when completing the task with the researcher with whom rapport was established. Moreover, all participants had a preference for working with the rapport researcher. |
|
A Data-Driven Approach to Addressing Staff Burnout: Development of the Stress Diagnostic Checklist |
SUMMER BOTTINI (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Alexandra Hardee (Marcus Autism Center; Trumpet Behavioral Health), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Laura Johnson (Emory University), Scott Gillespie (Emory University), Lawrence Scahill (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University) |
Abstract: Job burnout is defined as chronic stress due to aversive work characteristics/contingencies and is present in ~72% of ABA practitioners (Slowiak & DeLongchamp, 2022). This is concerning given the negative impact of burnout on service delivery. Current approaches to address burnout take a syndromal approach wherein organizations provide resources, such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, to change individual employee symptoms of burnout. Systematic reviews of these types of interventions demonstrate show inconsistent and small effects. Alternatively, a function-based approach wherein addressing workplace factors maintaining burnout shows promise. However, there are few tools to identify workplace factors and no tools specific to settings like ABA organizations. This study aimed to further develop the Stress Diagnostic Checklist, a self-report questionnaire that identifies workplace variables related to stress among providers within clinical settings. We recruited 566 direct care providers. Participants completed an online survey containing the Stress Diagnostic Checklist. Exploratory factor analysis yielded an optimal factor solution of 3 factors (Table 1). In this presentation, we will discuss the importance of a data-driven approach to addressing burnout, implications of the present findings, and how using tools like the Stress Diagnostic Checklist may improve organizational efforts to mitigate burnout. |
|
|
|
|
|
Embracing Diversity and Promoting Inclusivity to Create a More Cohesive and Effective Person-Centered Community Within the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Claire Norris, M.S. |
Chair: Claire Norris (QABA Credentialing Board) |
SHEENA M PIEHOTA (QABA Credentialing Board) |
JESSICA SWANSON (Summit Health Services) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysts have a responsibility to promote inclusivity and acceptance within the field of ABA. First and foremost, analysts should recognize that individuals with differing educational backgrounds or certifications are not competitors, but rather colleagues and counterparts; a team whose goal is to have a positive impact on the lives we serve. With the perpetuation of negative attitudes towards differences and preferences of qualified professionals, a divide is created within the field of applied behavior analysis and has undoubtedly contributed to unnecessary barriers with collaboration, progress, and medically necessary treatment.The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has seen rapid and exponential growth in recent years, with a significant increase in demand for certified practitioners. For many years, the limited choices available in pursuing certification have been a significant hindrance to the growth and development of the populations we are all dedicated to serve. Families across the country have experienced service delays extending into months, and in some cases years due to the increase in need and plateau of available providers. Through embracing diversity and promoting inclusivity, we can create a more cohesive and effective person-centered community within the field of applied behavior analysis. Panelists will discuss the presence of clinical bias and preconceived notions which stand to threaten the very foundation behavior analysis was founded upon. Through meaningful discussion and the analyzing of cultural competency the panelists will identify the need for acceptance, tolerance and collaboration amongst providers to ensure practitioners provide their clients with the best possible treatment and outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Certificants of an accredited certifying entity such as the QABA Credentialing Board. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to 1. state that colleagues and counterparts may have different credentials with different education 2. explain that previous limited choices available in pursuing certification have been a significant hindrance to the growth and development of the populations 3. explain why acceptance, tolerance and collaboration amongst providers will ensure practitioners provide their clients with the best possible treatment and outcomes |
Keyword(s): ceritifed practitioners, growth/development, person-centered, service delays |
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Mentor-Mentee Relationships for LGBTQ+ Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jonathan K Fernand, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology) |
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University) |
ABIGAIL KAYLYN PETRONELLI (Western Michigan University) |
ARIANNA TY LIPTON (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: 7% of US adults, and 1 in 5 members of Gen Z, identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and/or queer (LGBTQ, Gallup, 2022). These population data imply the presence of a large, and likely growing, number of LGBTQ+ behavior analysts. These individuals have much to offer our field, including a particular promise to address the clear need for LGBTQ+ affirming approaches to clinical service delivery. At the same time, LGBTQ+ trainees in allied health and science fields often report experiencing discrimination, non-acceptance, and/or non-inclusion in professional settings, which can decrease both professional engagement and personal wellbeing (Boustaini & Taylor, 2020; Hsueh et al., 2021). The goal of this panel is to catalyze behavior analysts’ thinking on how they can move toward more effective and culturally-responsive approaches to mentoring LGBTQ+ behavior analysts. Panelists from a range of career stages will speak to their lived experiences navigating mentor-mentee relationships in academic and clinical service settings. Both facilitators of and barriers to effective training will be discussed. Ample time will be devoted to audience Q&A, with an explicit invitation for LGBTQ+ mentees in attendance to pose questions that speak to their lived experiences. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts who serve as mentors or supervisors at any level of behavior-analytic practice, research, or training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe three barriers to effective mentorship that LGBTQ+ trainees often experience (2) Engage in self-reflection to identify effective and ineffective approaches to mentoring LGBTQ+ trainees in their own careers (3) Discuss practices to move their supervisory approach toward a greater degree of cultural competence with LGBTQ+ mentees. |
Keyword(s): diversity, LGBTQ, supervision, transgender |
|
|
|
|
|
Updated Considerations When Mand Training |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Ciobha A. McKeown, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It can be argued that the mand is the most important verbal operant. Mands are ubiquitous in everyday interactions and allow an individual to communicate their needs. Developing a mand repertoire (i.e., mand training) is critical for certain populations who experience language delays (e.g., autism spectrum disorder) or who may primarily cry to communicate their needs (e.g., infants and toddlers). This symposium comprises three lines of research on improving the efficacy of procedures related to mand training. First, Mei-Hua Li will discuss the relevance of indicating responses when mand training and if indicating responses are correlated with an establishing operation. Carley Smith will present data on whether waiting for an indicating response improves the efficacy in developing early mands, specifically manual signs, in infants and toddlers with and without developmental delays. Finally, Caleb Davis will discuss if the quick transfer procedure, commonly used when teaching other verbal operants, also is efficacious when developing mands in individuals with autism spectrum disorder. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, mand training, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysis, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analsts |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe different topographies of indicating responses
2. Participants will be able to differentiate between the efficacy of mand training when waiting for an indicating response.
3. Participants will be able to describe the utility of the quick transfer procedure when mand training. |
|
Indicating Responses as Correlates of Motivating Operations in Mand Training |
MEI-HUA LI (Simmons University), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University), Caleb Davis (Simmons University), Olga Meleshkevich (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Mand training requires the presence of an establishing operation (EO), yet EOs can be difficult to observe. An individual who cannot mand often points to, approaches, or leads an adult to a reinforcer, which likely indicates an EO for that reinforcer. Observing pointing to or approaching a reinforcer as an indicating response (IR) prior to prompting a mand increases the likelihood that the prompt is delivered in the presence of an EO. Therefore, when prompts are faded, the new response is more likely to function as a mand (i.e., evoked by an EO). Although IRs are referenced in the literature, albeit under many different names, we found no prior conceptualizations of IRs. Therefore, we describe and define IRs, including topographies of IRs, IRs with both positively and negatively reinforced mands, assessing and teaching IRs, and ensuring that mand training includes observing IRs. We discuss recommendations for future research and implications for practice. |
|
Further Evaluation on Teaching Sign Language to Infants and Toddlers |
CARLEY SMITH (University of Florida), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Janae' A. Pendergrass (University of Florida), Megan Wallis (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Teaching young children sign language before the development of vocal communication has been demonstrated to promote early communication skills, improve socialization, and decrease crying and whining. The extant literature has demonstrated that differential reinforcement and prompt delays are efficacious in teaching these skills. However, research conducted by Thompson and colleagues (2007) suggests that numerous sessions (i.e., 70 sessions) and extended prompt delays (i.e., two-minute prompt delays) may be necessary to establish discriminative control of a single sign. The purpose of this study was two-fold: (a) determine if the efficiency of the procedures can be improved by waiting for an indication response before prompting the sign, and (b) evaluate how teaching multiple signs affects acquisition of the skills. Similar to previous literature, we used delayed prompting and differential reinforcement to teach at least two signs to each child. We will discuss how our procedural modifications affected the efficacy of teaching sign language to young children. |
|
Effects of the Quick Transfer Procedure on Manding With Children With Autism |
CALEB DAVIS (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Intensive mand training is needed to teach children with austim and limited verbal skills to use communiticave behaviors to access desired items and actvites. Trainers frequently use prompting and prompt fading procedures, such as most-to-least promptng and time delay. The quick transfer procedure involves prompting a response and then immediately providing an opportunity to emit an independent response. Despite research on using the quick transfer procedure to teach tact and listener responses, we found no prior studies evaluating the quick transfer procedure to teach mands. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across 3 children with autism, and we taught 2-3 mands with each participant. The main dependent variable was the cumulative number of independent mands on first-trial probes. During quick transfer training, we analyzed within-session paterns of responding to inform individualized procedural adjustments. With these adjustments, the results indicated that the quick transfer procedure increased 2-3 independent mands with all 3 participants. We discuss the need for effective and efficient mand training procedures, the need to analyze motivating operations and stimulus control, and future research recommendations. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 35%, 33%, and 36% of sessions for Graham, Ned, and Michael, respectively. All had 100% IOA during probes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Are You Smarter Than a Chatbot: Exploring Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI)’s Performance on a Mock Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Examination and Complex Relational Framing Programs |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Albert Malkin (Western University) |
Discussant: Adrienne Jennings (Daemen University) |
CE Instructor: Adrienne Jennings, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Generative artificial intelligence (AI) tools, such as Chat GPT, are gaining popularity for their ability to generate human-like responses to requests. These chatbots use natural language processing and machine learning algorithms to produce these responses. This symposium will discuss two studies related to behavior analysis and AI. Study 1 evaluates ChatGPT’s performance on the 5th edition task list mock exam developed by Behavior Development Solutions (BDS). Results indicate that ChatGPT-3.5 scored 61% and ChatGPT-4.0 scored 89%. ChatGPT-4.0 performed best in experimental design (100%); measurement, data display, and interpretation (95%); ethics (94%; and behavior change procedures (94%). ChatGPT performed worst in selecting and implementing interventions (75%) and behavioral assessments (78%). In study 2, various generative AI chatbots performance was assessed across several PEAK Relational Training System programs. Preliminary results indicate that generative AI chatbots respond more accurately in the context of coordination in the equivalence modules (100% correct across 120 trials) but are less capable of accurate responding when provided with complex relations (i.e., opposition) in the PEAK transformation modules (35.83% across 120 trials). Implications, considerations and limitations for using generative AI in behavior analytical practice and research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, language, technology |
Target Audience: Some background in relational frame theory and artificial intelligence technologies |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe how generative artificial intelligence systems learn 2. Describe the implications of using ChatGPT in behavior analytic practice 3. Describe generative artificial intelligence systems ability to engage in complex language |
|
ChatGPT (and Other Language Models): Considerations for Behavior Analysis Education, Research, and Practice |
(Basic Research) |
JUSTIN BOYAN HAN (University of Florida), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College), Meka McCammon (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions, LLC), Joel Weik (Behavior Development Solutions) |
Abstract: Generative artificial intelligence (AI) built using Large Language Models (LLMs) has shown to be capable of augmenting the work and decisions of practitioners and researchers across various disciplines. One LLM, ChatGPT, is gaining public attention because its total capabilities, human-sounding linguistic performance, and widespread accessibility exceed competitor LLMs. In the current paper, we assessed the performance of two versions of ChatGPT on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) 5th edition task list mock exam, developed by Behavior Development Solutions (BDS). Overall, ChatGPT-3.5 scored 61% and ChatGPT-4.0 scored 89%. ChatGPT-4.0 performed best in experimental design (100%); measurement, data display, and interpretation (95%); ethics (94%; and behavior change procedures (94%). ChatGPT-4.0 performed worst in selecting and implementing interventions (75%) and behavioral assessments (78%). Based on these results, we discuss the implications, considerations, and limitations that ChatGPT and other LLMs currently pose for behavior analysts working in behavior analytic education, practice, and research. |
|
Chatting With Machines: Can Artificial Intelligence (AI) Chatbots Truly Grasp Human Language, Assessed via the PEAK Relational Training System |
(Basic Research) |
LAUREN ROSE HUTCHISON (Missouri State University), Albert Malkin (Western University), Allison Kretschmer (Progressive Behaviour Solutions/Western University), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Generative artificial intelligence (AI) tools, such as ChatGPT, function as a chatbot where users can enter queries and receive a response in real time. These tools utilize AI algorithms, such as deep learning, to process and generate natural language. Relational frame theory (RFT) provides an explanation of how humans acquire and produce complex language, through direct reinforcement and derived relational responding. The PEAK Relational Training System is a curriculum that has been used to teach derived relational responding. The purpose of this study was to evaluate if various chatbots could make derived relations between stimuli. Several programs from the equivalence and transformation modules of PEAK were selected to run with ChatGPT-4, Bing Chat, and Perplexity. The selected PEAK programs included topics such as math, grammar, science, perspective taking, and social skills. Preliminary results indicate that ChatGPT-4 is capable of deriving equivalence relations in the context of coordination (ChatGPT-4, 100% correct across 120 trials; Perplexity, 91.67%) and is less capable of deriving complex relations in the context of opposition (ChatGPT-4, 35.83% across 120 trials; Perplexity, 21.67%). Implications for how AI might be used to simulate human language learning will be discussed, as well as AI’s ability to engage in complex language |
|
|
|
|
|
Mastery Standards: The Fulcrum of Educational Decision Making |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:30 PM–12:55 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Clay M. Starlin (Worcester State University) |
CE Instructor: Clay M. Starlin, Ed.D. |
|
Mastery Standards: The Fulcrum of Educational Decision Making |
Domain: Applied Research |
CLAY M. STARLIN (Worcester State University) |
|
Abstract: Families, educators, and other helping professions are interested in helping individuals master the skills that create competent citizens.
Performance always involves a number of responses and always occurs over time. Consequently, mastery standards are best defined by responses/unit of time (i.e., frequency).
Standard mastery frequency ranges will be shared based on over 50 years of single subject research. These standards are attained if persons are not hindered by developmental constraints – motor skill development in younger children, environmental constraints – lack of opportunity due to poverty or physiological constraints – disability.
Two acronyms summarize the critical elements and outcomes of mastery:
• Pace, Accuracy & Rhythm (PAR) represent the elements of mastery.
• Remembering, Application Mastery (RAM) emphasize the outcomes that result from masterful performance.
We will discuss decision criteria to use in determining when an individual is unlikely to independently achieve a mastery standard in a skill area and we: (a) pursue a prosthetic system (e.g., wheelchair) that helps a person achieve the mastery standard, (b) consider an alternative skill (e.g., speech to text vs. writing) or (c) consider an alternative performance criterion.
Participants will partake in a variety of simulations. Videos will be used to highlight various standards. Handout: mastery standard summaries. |
|
Target Audience: Familiar with rate of response (frequency) measures of behavior.
Some skill in writing behavioral objectives.
Familiar with graphic displays of frequency data. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Write precise performance objectives using channel language and mastery standards.
2. Describe the 3 elements of mastery and the 2 outcomes derived from achieving mastery.
3. Explain the rationale for the educational vital signs.
4. Describe the 3 decision criteria used in considering an alternative to independent achievement of mastery. |
|
|
|
|
|
Social Validity and Efficacy of Behavioral College Teaching Methods |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
12:30 PM–12:55 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Eric Anderson (Bowling Green State University) |
CE Instructor: Eric Anderson, Ph.D. |
|
Social Validity and Efficacy of Behavioral College Teaching Methods |
Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC ANDERSON (Bowling Green State University), Ashley Ajemigbitse (Bowling Green State University) |
|
Abstract: Many college classrooms utilize traditional lecture which requires students to learn by listening and taking notes, and courses where the principles of behavior and applied behavior analysis are taught are no exception. To bridge the gap between the lack of engagement in traditional lecture and the need for college students to understand and apply conceptual knowledge, behavioral college teaching methods have been designed. Two of these methods Interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002) and Active Student Responding (e.g. Response Cards; Shabani & Carr, 2004) have been used to ensure that students have an opportunity to engage with content and apply theoretical and conceptual skills using low stakes assessment and peer learning opportunities. This presentation reviews data from two sections of an undergraduate applied behavior analysis course comparing the effectiveness and social validity of instruction comparing response cards and Interteaching on quiz scores for quizzes comprised of short answer and multiple-choice questions. Data from 33 undergraduate students including social validity surveys, alternating treatment designs, and a regression analysis of scores will be presented. |
|
Target Audience: Attendees, should have advanced knowledge of single subject and research design, as well as basic knowledge of statistical analysis (e.g., understand significant effects) |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe the application of two behavioral teaching methods (i.e., interteaching, response cards) with undergraduate students.
Participants will compare the effectiveness of behavioral teaching methods.
Participants will compare the social validity and preference for the methods used. |
|
|
|
|
|
Selection and Complexity in Cultural Cusps: Latin America's Independence From Spain |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:00 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kathryn M. Roose (State of Nevada, Division of Child and Family Services) |
CE Instructor: Maria E. Malott, Ph.D. |
Presenting Authors: MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International), SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: After nearly 300 years of Spanish domination of Latin America, the first Venezuelan congress declared independence from the Spanish Crown on July 5, 1811. The declaration led to a series of events that culminated not only in the actual independence of Venezuela 10 years later in 1821, but also in that of Boliva, Colombia, Ecuador, Panamá, and Peru—known as the Bolivarian countries in reference to Simon Bolivar’s leadership in their liberation. Although, the first declaration of Venezuela’s independence initially failed, it constituted a cultural cusp where complex and evolving environmental conditions led to the coalescence of emerging individual behavioral contingencies, organizations’ dynamics and products, and unique non-recurring actions, which together changed the destiny of a portion of Latin America until this day. In this presentation, these independence movements are viewed as historical experiments that shed light on the complexity and selection of cultural phenomena. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in the complexity and selection of cultural phenomena. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Define a cultural cusp; (2) Describe the effects of Venezuela’s first declaration of independence on individual behavioral contingencies, organizations’ dynamics and products, and unique non-recurring actions; (3) Describe how independence movements can be viewed as historical experiments that shed light on the complexity and selection of cultural phenomena. |
|
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Since 1993, Dr. Malott has served as Executive Director/CEO of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and Secretary Treasurer of the Society for the Advancement for Behavior Analysis. Previously, she was vice-president of manufacturing in a Midwest company in the United States. In addition, for more than 12 years, she worked as a consultant for a variety of businesses in service, retail, manufacturing, education, government, and others.
She has served as affiliate faculty member at five universities and on five editorial boards. She coauthored a textbook on principles of behavior and authored two editions of a textbook on culturo-behavioral change. She has published dozens of peer reviewed publications and hundreds of presentations in 22 countries. In all applied and theoretical work, she specializes in cultural analysis and the management and improvement of behavioral systems.
Dr. Malott is a fellow of ABAI and was the recipient of the 2003 Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis, the 2004 Award for Outstanding Achievement in Organizational Behavior Management, and the 2012 Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis. She also received the 2002 Outstanding Alumni Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University. |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Dr. Sigrid Glenn's passionate commitment to the future of behavior analysis has resulted in numerous contributions to her chosen field. She has co-authored four books and more than 45 articles and book chapters. Although her early research was mainly in applied areas, she is widely recognized for her later conceptual work on selection at behavioral and cultural levels. As founding chair of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas, Dr. Glenn established master's and bachelor's degree programs in behavior analysis, leading the faculty in the first accreditation of a graduate program by ABAI. With characteristic prescience about important developments in the field, Dr. Glenn, a charter certificant of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), also led the faculty in developing the first Internet sequence of behavior analysis courses approved by the BACB. Dr. Glenn has served as editor of The Behavior Analyst and on the editorial boards of several other journals. She is a former president of ABAI (1993-1994), a fellow of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, and Regents Professor of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. |
|
|
|
|
|
Establishing Generalized Imitation and Observational Learning in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD): Critical Repertoires for Future Learning |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Debra Paone (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center) |
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group ) |
CE Instructor: Debra Paone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Generalized imitation and observational learning are critical repertoires for future learning. Children with autism display notable deficits in these areas which, ultimately, impact their acquisition of important communication, social, academic, and self-help skills. The first presentation describes an assessment of component skills necessary for observational learning under several conditions. The assessment was conducted with two children with autism and assessment results were used to identify specific component skills targeted for teaching. For both participants, immediate increases in observational learning were observed in the post-assessment following targeted teaching. However, modifications to the post-assessment were required to produce or maintain criterion levels of responding. The second presentation describes the development of a comprehensive intervention called Emergent Multi-Class Imitation Training (EMIT) for establishing generalized imitation in autistic children and presents early findings from efficacy evaluations. EMIT is a manualized training protocol designed to rapidly facilitate generalized imitation in autistic children that supervised ABA technicians can implement with a high degree of procedural fidelity. Clinical implications of the two studies and directions for future will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs, RBTs, clinical practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define and explain the importance of generalized imitation and observational learning repertoires for young children. (2) Identify component skills of observational learning and how to assess those skills. (3) Identify features of an imitation training approach that facilitates the development of generalized imitation. |
|
Development of a Comprehensive Intervention for Establishing Generalized Imitation in Young Autistic Children |
MEGHAN DESHAIS (Rutgers University), Debra Paone (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Stephanie Ortiz (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Autistic children exhibit meaningful deficits in generalized imitation; it has been proposed as a core deficit of autism. Deficits in generalized imitation have immediate and long-term impacts on the developmental trajectories of young autistic children because generalized imitation is not a singular skill, rather it is a foundational repertoire needed for future learning. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) clinicians are frequently tasked with helping autistic children acquire generalized imitation. Unfortunately, many autistic children do not acquire this repertoire despite years of intervention. One possible reason for this is that, at present, ABA clinicians do not have access to an evidence-based training protocol for establishing generalized imitation in autistic children. We have developed a comprehensive intervention called Emergent Multi-Class Imitation Training (EMIT) for establishing generalized imitation in autistic children. EMIT is a manualized training protocol designed to rapidly facilitate generalized imitation in autistic children that supervised ABA technicians can implement with a high degree of procedural fidelity. EMIT is the first protocol designed for clinical use that reflects five decades of research on imitation learning. We will describe the process used to develop the EMIT intervention and present data from early efficacy evaluations. |
|
An Assessment and Intervention Model for Observational Learning |
ELIZABETH M. SANSING (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Observational learning (OL) allows an individual to acquire novel responses by observing others’ behavior and the corresponding consequences. The complexity of skills involved with OL varies with the learning context. A learner may observe modeled responses to both trained (known) and untrained (unknown) stimuli and they may observe both reinforced (correct) and nonreinforced (incorrect) responses. The purpose of this study was to develop assessment and training procedures for OL component skills when the learner observes a combination of learning contexts: reinforced and nonreinforced responses to both trained and untrained stimuli. Two children with autism, Tom and David, participated. We assessed the following component skills in the context of tact trials: (1) Discriminating trained and untrained stimuli, (2) attending to the modeled performance, (3) discriminating consequences, and (4) conditionally responding based upon a name call. Next, we trained the component skill(s) for which the learner’s performance did not meet criterion and then reassessed for OL. For both participants, immediate increases in OL were observed; however, modifications to the post-assessment (differential observing response for consequences and/or differential reinforcement) were required to produce (Tom) or maintain (David) criterion levels of responding. Interpretations of these outcomes, limitations, and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Meaningful Outcomes:Three Autistic Women Working in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis Share Ideas for Implementing Kindness and Meaningful Outcomes in Treatment Delivery and Services |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Anika Hoybjerg, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anika Hoybjerg (Autism & Behavioral Intervention) |
KAELYNN PARTLOW (Project Hope; Netflix Love on the Spectrum) |
AUDREY VOGEL (The Hangout Spot LLC) |
BRIELLE WILLIAMS (Autism & Behavioral Intervention) |
Abstract: These presenters will share their unique experience of working in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis while also being autistic. They will provide valuable insights on how to deliver treatment methods that align with compassionate care and seek meaningful outcomes for those we serve. The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has come under close scrutiny by those in the autistic community and voices like those of the presenters can help bridge the gap as they each hold the roles as Registered Behavior Technicians and Board Certified Behavior Analysts. This panel discussion will engage in an honest, vulnerable, and insightful discussion of the strengths and limitations of what we are doing in Applied Behavior Analysis to serve members of the autistic community and learn to be better at listening to autistic voices. They will share experiences on how to better include autistic opinions and feedback in our practices in a manner that is effective, kind, and meaningful. These discussions can offer a future of greater inclusivity, awareness, flexibility, and increased compassionate care practices. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, graduate students, practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe, identify, and operationally define components of kindness and compassionate care in therapeutic ABA settings. 2) Select, identify, and describe individualized goals for clients based on kindness and meaningful outcomes for increased future independence, employment, and social interactions. 3) Describe recent research-based extensions to the use of compassionate care in ABA and how it impacts client skill acquisition, on-task behavior, happiness indices, and problem behavior. 4) Be able to identify and describe more ways to include autistic voices in treatment, therapy, and ABA practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Caregiver Involvement in Teaching Early Social Communication Skills to Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
CE Instructor: Daniel E Conine, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many behavioral strategies have proven effective in teaching parents and caregivers to implement behavioral interventions with their children. Involving caregivers is critically important if interventions are to achieve generality across the full set of circumstances in a child’s life or maintain over time. This symposium will present data from three applied research studies that involve caregivers in behavioral interventions aimed at developing social communication skills for young children with autism. Topics include: (a) caregiver training as one component of a clinic-based screening-to-intervention model for response to name, (b) a telehealth training program teaching caregivers to practice response to name and joint attention skills at home with their children, and (c) a novel approach to collecting social validity data from families regarding early intervention outcomes through qualitative interviewing. Presentations will present empirical findings and will discuss their relevance to maximizing caregiver and family involvement in applied research and daily clinical practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): caregiver training, social communication, social validity, telehealth |
Target Audience: The target audience for this presentation is behavior-analytic researchers and practitioners at all certification levels. Prerequisite skills include a basic understanding of single-case experimental designs and measurement systems. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Summarize the extent to which generalization to caregivers can be expected when intervening to improve response to name with children, and what caregiver training strategies are effective in the absence of generalized responding. 2) Describe potential relationships between response to name and joint attention skills that may emerge throughout the course of behavioral intervention. 3) Define a process for obtaining caregiver ratings regarding the social validity of intervention outcomes via qualitative interviewing approaches. |
|
Caregiver Training to Increase Response to Name as Part of a Screening-to-Intervention Model |
DANIEL E CONINE (Georgia State University), Lera Dumas (Georgia State University), Sarah Allison Collum (Village Autism Center; Georgia State University), Lindsey Waddell (Georgia State University), Cassondra M Gayman (Village Autism Center), Videsha Marya (Endicott College), Chelsea Keller (A Daniel Company, LLC) |
Abstract: Among the many developmental milestones related to language and communication in early childhood, one which has been the subject of a particularly large amount of research is response to name (RTN). During typical development, RTN emerges within the first year or two of life. Delayed or absent RTN in early childhood is a key diagnostic marker of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and also a target behavior in many early intervention curricula. Recent empirical studies have demonstrated increases in RTN among children with ASD after exposure to a series of behavioral interventions. However, to date none of these studies have involved caregivers in the intervention process. The current study evaluated whether generalized improvements in RTN with caregivers would occur after RTN intervention was completed by staff in a clinical setting. When generalization was not observed, or when generalized responding did not maintain, behavioral skills training was used to teach caregivers to implement RTN intervention at home. Results will be presented in terms of their relevance to clinical practice when intervening on RTN and when involving caregivers in delivering intervention. |
|
The Effects of Caregiver Training via Telehealth on Response to Name and Joint Attention |
SARAH GRACE HANSEN (30306), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), Lizbeth Espino Garcia (Georgia State University), Danesha Davis (Georgia State University), Bria Bembery (Georgia State University), Hannah M Etchison (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Response to name (RTN) and joint attention (JA) are two pivotal skills typically developed in infancy that are often delayed in young children with autism. Fortunately, there are effective interventions to promote RTN and JA. Although these interventions have also been tested to some degree with parent implementers (e.g., Hansen et al., 2018), there is less evidence for parent-implemented intervention, despite parent-mediated intervention on social communication skills more broadly being evidence-based. Additionally, telehealth service delivery has promise to increase the reach of evidence-based service delivery, but has not been tested for both these skills together. We conducted a non-concurrent multiple baseline single case research design across four parent-child dyads to evaluate the effects of intervention in sequence on RTN and JA delivered via telehealth. Parents received a virtual training video on each skill and individualized coaching via telehealth sessions. Parents were also interviewed by an outside observer at each decision point to allow for parent input on modifications made to the intervention for their child. Results of the intervention and parent perceptions are discussed. |
|
Feasibility of Direct Interviews to Assess the Social Validity of Early Intervention Client Outcomes |
JEANNE STEPHANIE GONZALEZ (University of Florida), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Palani Te (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Thousands of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders participate in frequent therapy sessions under the construct of applied behavior analysis (ABA). One common form of therapy is early intervention services, often delivered to children under the age of 7. Assessing social validity of those services is rarely done systematically or it is done with surveys. This study will describe the feasibility of an interview-based, social validity assessment to determine the perceived efficacy of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services from caregivers’ perspective. Qualitative, semi-structured interviews were held with families of clinic clients to explore their thoughts and opinions of the goals selected and current behavior of their children before and after ABA services were rendered for 6-months. We also conducted an interview with questions regarding outcomes. Interviews included videos of children’s baseline responding to treatment plan goals before and after 6-months of receiving ABA services. Results will be described in terms of responses of caregivers to interview questions and clinical outcomes for each client. |
|
|
|
|
|
Towards a New Definition of Comprehensive Service: Socially Valid Behavior Analytic Supports for Autistic Teens, Adults, and Their Families |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jesse Logue (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
CE Instructor: Jesse Logue, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Autism has a long history of successful therapeutic intervention using the techniques of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) with children (e.g.,Eldevik et al., 2009; Virues-Ortega, 2010). However, autism has a heterogeneous symptom presentation, associated with a wide range of challenges, comorbid conditions, and supports required over time. Therefore, interventions must be appropriately tailored for the needs of this varied population. Unfortunately, most research has continued to focus primarily on ABA therapy for very young children with similar symptom presentations in center or home-based settings. Thus, an increased focused on service offerings for those with milder symptom presentations, as well as interventions for adolescents and adults are warranted (Tseng et al., 2020). Additionally, increased attention is needed toward autism’s impact on the family, with research indicating that the presence of autism in the family unit may affect the mental health and adjustment of parents and siblings (Griffith et al., 2014). In this symposium, we will address the significant need for services that go beyond the traditional comprehensive therapy of ABA, and we will outline a progressive model for offering a variety of low-intensity therapeutic supports targeting not only the autistic patient, but the entire family unit. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Adult Support, Low-Intensity, Sibling groups, Social Skills |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, practitioners, supervisors, and senior leaders. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) outline at least 2 practical strategies for incorporating low-intensity supports into current ABA service models, (2) discuss 2-3 components of effective support programs for siblings and caregivers, and (3) provide 3 considerations for utilizing ACT-based principles with autistic patients |
|
Addressing the "Service Cliff" for Autistic Teens and Adults Through the Provision of Low Intensity Supports |
JENNIFER BAKER (LittleStar ABA Therapy), Karyssa Patrick (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Significant research has been conducted to examine the efficacy of high intensity (30+ hours a week) ABA services for children and teens with autism spectrum disorder (e.g., Virues-Ortega, 2010). However, few studies explore the effectiveness of very low intensity interventions for adolescents and adults on the autism spectrum. This presentation will outline a model for focused social skills treatment for autistic adolescents and adults, including implementation processes, staff training, and recommendations for billing within an ABA model. We will emphasize the importance of socially valid intervention through ongoing assent-based practice, strengths-based assessments, and self-report social validity questionnaires. Outcomes from social skills groups that were conducted utilizing a combination of didactic instruction, role playing, video modeling, and a parent training component via the Program for the Evaluation and Enrichment of Relational Skills (PEERS) (Laugeson et al., 2015) curriculum will be discussed. This presentation will emphasize that socially significant improvements in specific skills can be obtained with only 90 minutes per week of social skills instruction. |
|
Focus on Family: How to Increase Therapeutic Supports for Siblings and Caregivers of Autistic Individuals |
LAURYN TOBY (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: A plethora of research exists indicating the presence of increased stress and mental health challenges for siblings and caregivers of autistic individuals. Unfortunately, therapeutic supports for this population typically fall short. Siblings are particularly at risk for developing internalizing difficulties such as anxiety and depression (e.g., Lovell & Wetherell, 2016; Petalas et al., 2009). Further, caregivers of autistic children experience greater stress than parents of typically developing children and parents of children with other types of disabilities (e.g., Padden & James, 2017; Schiltz et al., 2018). Increased stress levels can impact parenting style, child attachment, and lead to a higher incidence of depression in caregivers (Chan et al., 2018). Support groups may be one way to mitigate the difficulties associated with having an autistic family member, with research suggesting that such groups may act as a buffer towards self-reported anxiety and depression (Tudor & Lerner, 2015). However, little guidance exists as to how to develop these needed wraparound supports for caregivers and siblings within a typical ABA therapy provider infrastructure. This presentation will introduce a model for developing therapeutic support services within an ABA organization that are designed to serve the entire family unit. |
|
Addressing the Comorbid Mental Health Needs of Autistic Children Using an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) Framework |
BRITTANY PIERCEALL (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Many autistic individuals who present with non-traditional symptomology struggle with comorbid social and mental health challenges, and there is a paucity of service providers available to support their needs (Tseng et al., 2020). Research shows that many autistic children struggle to benefit from traditional cognitive behavioral therapy and other talk therapy techniques (Cooper et. Al, 2018). Fortunately, principles of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) are within the scope of practice for ABA practitioners and have been proven to be effective in ABA interventions for autistic children who demonstrate higher levels of verbal behavior (Tarbox et. al, 2020). This presentation will outline the use of the AIM (Accept, Identify, Move) curriculum - a fusion of mindfulness, ABA, and ACT approaches - to simultaneously address the maintaining variables of challenging behavior while increasing adaptive, flexible behavior and thought patterns of autistic children. Recommendations for incorporating an ACT treatment model into service delivery will be provided, along with implementation logistics and guidelines. An emphasis will be placed on the importance of ongoing assent during the treatment process, seeking to achieve socially significant results. |
|
|
|
|
|
Foundations and Innovations: Evidence-Based Service Delivery and Quality Monitoring Within a Multi-Site Provider Organization |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Rachael Schneider (Autism Learning Partners) |
CE Instructor: Rachael Schneider, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Models for provision of ABA-based autism services should be rooted in evidence-based practices. While some best practices have been well researched in the context of service delivery (e.g., implementation of behavioral skills training in the mentorship of behavior technicians), there is a paucity of research to guide certain practices that are critical to supervisor competence and optimal client progress. These lesser explored areas include: decision support for recommendations of medical necessity, best practices in structuring a supervision session, and scalable systems for embedding clinical quality monitoring into behavior analysts’ workflows. This symposium will include presentations that address successful, scalable interventions to ensure evidence-based recommendations for medical necessity, effective structuring of supervision sessions, consistent use of best practices in clinical direction and protocol modification, and quality assessment and measurement. The presenters will provide job aides for training and data collection, behavior analytic approaches to shaping organizational behavior, and related outcomes data reflecting supervisor fluency and client progress. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ABA recommendations, Clinical direction, outcomes measurement |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: After this presentation, attendees will be able to: 1. summarize levels of care represented in behavior analytic literature; 2. describe behavioral repertoires of clinical direction and protocol modification; 3. identify and measure effective supervision strategies. |
|
Aligning Recommendations for Medical Necessity With the Research |
Anna Castonguay (Autism Learning Partners) |
Abstract: Insurance-funded, ABA-based autism services require behavior analysts to provide a recommendation for “medical necessity” as part of their functional behavior assessment to initiate services. This recommendation requires the weekly hours of ABA needed to obtain the goals outlined in the client’s program. Data related to the recommendation practices of various organizations is not publicly available, but given that this is not on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board ® (BACB®, 2017) Task List (5th ed.) nor is this commonly addressed by verified course sequence graduate programs, it is a skill that many new behavior analysts may require explicit instruction to master. The research base does not explicitly identify best practices in making recommendations for medical necessity; however, multiple research articles evaluating treatment effects of ABA-based services include information regarding the total weekly hours of care to achieve outcomes. The present paper offers a decision support model, based on the available literature, for synthesizing individualized, clinical presentation of clients in the FBA process. The author will present a demonstration of a decision support model, paired with the clinical expertise of the individual behavior analyst, across a multi-site provider organization. Data will focus on movement toward evidence-based levels of care across clients. |
|
Scaling and Measuring Direct and Indirect Quality Monitoring Systems |
CARA GIBNEY (Autism Learning Partners), Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners
Endicott College) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic literature offers gold standard practices in case conceptualization and clinical oversight in the provision of behavior analytic autism services (e.g., Parsons et al., 2012; Ferraioli et al., 2005). These best practices contribute to quality service delivery and lead to optimal client outcomes. While there is research demonstrating how to implement these individual best practices, there is a paucity of research identifying behavior analytic approaches to implementing and scaling quality auditing practices across a provider organization. This paper will focus on development and measurement of quality assessment procedures across a multi-site organization. First, director-level behavior analysts received training in a conceptual model of timely problem-solving (Ferraioli et al., 2005); next, directors were provided with client outcomes data in order to identify clients in need of advanced review to trouble-shoot stalled progress. Directors implemented a monthly quality mentorship process with behavior analyst case supervisors, in order to improve supervisor skills in programming and to ultimately improve client progress. Finally, directors were provided with measurement systems for monitoring use of behavioral skills training (Parsons et al, 2012) during client-facing supervision sessions. This presentation will include job aides for assessing supervisor skills, as well as an analysis of associated client outcomes. |
|
Creating an Operational Definition for Clinical Direction |
JAMIE M. SEVERTSON (Autism Learning Partners), Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners
Endicott College) |
Abstract: In 2019, the field of applied behavior analysis attained a new milestone of professionalization with the inclusion of behavior analytic services under medical CPT codes. One of these codes, 97155, is designated for use by behavior analysts to provide case oversight. Notably, the term “Supervision” is not included in the definition of this code, but rather this code is to be used for “Clinical direction and protocol modification”. In response, the ABA Coding Coalition has provided substantial guidance to the field in interpretation of these billing codes and corresponding clinical activities. However, these terms have not yet been defined in the peer-reviewed literature, and client outcomes data related to the defined activities is not established. This presentation offers a working definition for the practical application of clinical direction and protocol modification in the context of case oversight by a behavior analyst. The presenter will share a framework for structuring supervision sessions, and will provide an overview of an initiative to scale this framework across a provider organization. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Intervention in Brain Injury Rehabilitation Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Maria Clara Cordeiro (Endicott College, Centre for Neuro Skills, Guia para Análise do Comportamento) |
Discussant: Chris M. Schaub (ReMed) |
CE Instructor: Maria Clara Cordeiro, M.A. |
Abstract: Sustaining a brain injury may result in the presentation of unique behavioral needs. Whether in the form of challenging behaviors such as socially inappropriate language and aggression which need to be decreased, equally as important are those skills which need to be acquired during rehabilitation. In this symposium, presenters will discuss a breadth of topics regarding behavior management needs in rehabilitation settings. In the first presentation, data collected from a survey among brain injury providers will highlight some of the challenging behaviors presented in rehabilitation settings and clinicians’ perspectives on efficacy of treatment. The second presentation will elaborate an example of a treatment to increase social skills implemented with a child who survived a frontal lobe injury. These presentations will serve to demonstrate application of behavior analysis within brain injury rehabilitation settings. Additionally, treatments or examples presented may serve as models for practices which can be applied within brain injury rehabilitation settings while highlighting the importance of behavioral intervention with this population. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavior Acquisition, Behavior Reduction, Brain Injury, Neurorehabilitation |
Target Audience: Graduate students, practicing behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe themes of sites that effectively manage challenging behaviors ;(2) provide an overview of the impact of challenging behaviors within brain injury on patient outcomes; (3) describe a treatment to increase socially appropriate behaviors for an individual treatment. |
|
Brain-Injury Related Behaviors: A Problem We Can All Share |
ARIELLE REINDEAU (Craig Hospital) |
Abstract: Brain Injury Related Behaivors (BIRBs) are common in individuals who have sustained moderate-to-severe brain injuries, occurring in 44-74% of the population. A recent cross-sectional study conducted an anonymous national survey of brain injury providers (Nakase-Richardson et. al, 2022). The results of this survey which indicate behaviors impact multiple aspects of an individual’s recovery, including: their ability to access care, to find appropriate discharge locations or to engage fully in their rehabilitation programs will be discussed. Results from providers will be reviewed to indicate how clinicians view effective management of problem behavior. Key resources to behavior management for a brain injury population will be illustrated throughout this talk. This symposium will review common themes to managing problem behavior related to brain injury recovery and clinicians’ perspective on whether their site effectively manages these BIRBs. Caregiver involvement, patient injuries, staff injuries, and engagement with rehabilitation will all be measured across clinicians to determine the impact on outcomes. |
|
Social Skills Intervention for a Child Following Frontal Lobe Brain Injury |
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (Endicott College, Centre for Neuro Skills, Guia para Análise do Comportamento), Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: 3. Damage to frontal lobe can result in increases of maladaptive behaviors such as challenges with impulse control and lack of social awareness. Following injury, a 12-year-old boy in a postacute rehabilitation setting demonstrated socially inappropriate behaviors such as cussing in public places or having conversations about sex or drugs with unfamiliar people or in inappropriate contexts. An intervention was implemented in which he was required to categorize various words which he often referenced in public, both appropriate (e.g., dogs, Nascar) or inappropriate (e.g., 69, murder) written as 2D stimuli into categories (e.g., animals, fun activities, sex, violence). Subsequently, he was required to place each category into an additional “level of appropriateness” (based on color and context). Following two baseline sessions for each condition, mastery criteria were met within four sessions and maintained across two sessions without prompts. Percentage of socially inappropriate behaviors across daily interactions decreased following intervention implementation. Data suggest that categorizing verbal responses in the form of 2D stimuli were effective to increase impulse control and decrease socially inappropriate behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Be the Change You Want to See: Implementing Practical Applications of Sustainability in Service Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Meghan Elizabeth Martineau, Ph.D. |
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Western Michigan University) |
KELLY L. MCCONNELL (The New England Center for Children) |
MEGHAN ELIZABETH MARTINEAU (Boston Behavior Learning Centers) |
JULIENNE FAIRCHILD LEBLANC (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Opportunities to apply the science of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to sustainability efforts are all around us. The values of an organization are reflected, in part, by the impact of its actions on a broader cultural scale (Houmanfar et al., 2015). Further, the behaviors and practices supported by leaders of organizations can have a tremendous impact on employees, those they serve, and the greater community in which they are a part (Alavosius & Houmanfar, 2020). Thus, as the need for climate action grows more urgent, behavior analysts should capitalize on opportunities to produce meaningful environmental impacts and lasting cultural changes in the organizations where they practice. Panelists will discuss their experiences in implementing practical sustainability efforts in various practice settings including non-profit organizations, public schools, and community settings. Emphasis will be placed on tips to increase success and circumvent barriers, ways to scale efforts, the importance of gauging social validity and supporting buy-in, and including the recipients of our services in such efforts. The panel discussion will encourage audience participation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts of all levels. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to: 1. Describe high impact behaviors in sustainability initiatives. 2. Describe how to measure social validity in sustainable initiatives. 3. Describe how behavior analytic principles can be generalized to sustainability initiatives at their place of work. 4. Describe ways to include clients in sustainability initiatives, including vocational programming. |
Keyword(s): Pro-environmental behavior, Social Validity, Sustainability |
|
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport and Fitness Special Interest Group (SIG) Grant Recipients: Exciting New Areas of Research |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Andrea Murray (Capella University) |
Discussant: Bryon Miller (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Andrea Murray, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include two recently completed projects by the 2023 Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group (HSF SIG) research grant recipients. The purpose of the HSF SIG Small Research Grant is to support experimental research that demonstrates the application of behavior analysis to address human behavior in the areas of health, sport, or fitness. Additional goals of this program are to disseminate behavior analytic research and practice and to expand research opportunities for students of behavior analysis. The first presentation will describe a study that evaluated a standardized system of instruction for training accuracy in yoga postures in adults with little to no yoga experience. The second presentation will examine the effects of scored observations on cheerleader safety behavior. Following the presentations, the Discussant will provide general commentary on individual presentations and discuss how the studies help advance the research within the areas of health, sport, and fitness.Recipients of the 2024 HSF SIG Small Research Grant will be announced at the end of the session. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): health, physical activity, sport, sport performance |
Target Audience: graduate students, researchers, behavior analysts interested in the application of behavior analysis to health, sport, and fitness |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe real-world applications of behavior analytic interventions to improve safety and performance in sport and fitness. 2. Participants will describe how standardized instruction can be applied to teach skills to novice learners. 3. Participants will describe how scored observations impacted the safety behavior in a sports application. |
|
Using a Standardized System of Instruction to Increase Proper Form Within a Yoga Regimen |
ERIN HERNDON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: In the last decade, the realm of health and wellness has begun to explore options to increase the accessibility to a greater number of individuals with methods that are not only effective, but economical and efficient. This investigation hopes to shed light on the extent to which health and wellness related behaviors can be acquired in the absence of a live instructor. Through the use of a standardized system of instruction, this study involves the advancement of a sector of behavior analysis that can benefit from the progress of instructional design and phases of instruction from discriminate (determine whether a pose is completed correctly or incorrectly) to operate (determining non-examples through each video) then to generate completing appropriate yoga poses. The current study utilized a multiple probe design to gather information on participants’ ability to engage in yoga posture accurately, after completing each training phase of the study. Each portion of the study was completed in a computer-based format with adult participants ages 18 and older considered in good physical health, with little to no exposure to engaging in yoga postures. Results of this study indicate with confidence that individuals' performance improves across successive phases of the study. |
|
Impacting Cheerleader Safety Through the Observer Effect |
MADISON DUKE (ABA Technologies), Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Cheerleading has a high rate of serious injuries, but the safety of cheerleaders has seldom been researched, in behavior analytic research or by other fields. Behavior-based safety interventions have not yet been evaluated as methods to increase athlete safety. The present study examined scored observations, a common intervention in the behavior-based safety literature as a method to increase cheerleader safety. Scored observations may produce the observer effect, which is an increase in safe behavior by an observer who has observed and scored another person performing a behavior. The present study asked participants to observe and score basic cheerleading movements prior to completing the same basic movements themselves. Behavior skills training was used as a supplemental intervention when behavior did not meet mastery criteria. This study extends the current literature by applying behavioral techniques to increase safety in a new population, cheerleaders. In addition to providing additional support for an intervention previously used in sports contexts, the present study also evaluates the use of scored observations in a sports application. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Trouble With Carceral-Centrism |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Brett Gelino (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Brett Gelino, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ROBERTO ASPHOLM (University of St. Thomas) |
Abstract: Over the last decade or so, mass incarceration and police violence have emerged as the center of liberal-progressive social justice discourse and political mobilization in the United States. As such, these phenomena might be considered the twin pillars of carceral-centrism, an interpretive and political tendency in which the pathologies of the criminal justice apparatus are thought to represent the nation’s gravest injustices, if not the wellsprings from which all other social problems flow. This presentation will trace the genesis of carceral-centric thinking and activism, offer critiques of both its interpretive and political tendencies, and consider alternatives. The implications of these alternatives for interpreting social problems more generally and for building social movements capable of addressing those problems will be examined. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers engaged with vulnerable populations and social problems of all kinds. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the historical circumstances that gave rise to carceral-centrism and shaped its interpretive and political contours. 2. Assess the interpretive shortcomings of carceral-centrism and their political consequences. 3. Apply critiques of carceral-centrism to the interpretation of and strategic (political) implications for other social problems. |
|
ROBERTO ASPHOLM (University of St. Thomas) |
Roberto R. (Rob) Aspholm is an assistant professor of social work at the University of St. Thomas. His background is in community practice with young people in dispossessed urban communities, primarily on the South Side of Chicago and in East St. Louis, Illinois. Rob’s research focuses on the interconnections between street gangs, gun violence, social policy, and race and inequality. He is the author of Views from the Streets: The Transformation of Gangs and Violence on Chicago’s South Side, published by Columbia University Press in 2020. His work has appeared in scholarly journals including Critical Criminology, Social Service Review, and Advances in Social Work as well as popular outlets like Jacobin Magazine, Damage Magazine, and Current Affairs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Measurement, Application, and Death in Research on Stimulus Equivalence |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Christoffer K. Eilifsen, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: In psychology, including in various forms of behaviorism, many once prominent research traditions are no longer active fields of inquiry. While research on stimulus equivalence currently appears relatively vibrant when looking at the number of published articles, historical fields of inquiry proposing to study similar derived or emergent phenomenon have, following a period of research activity, subsequently disappeared from the literature. One such field is research on mediated generalization, a line of research that originated in a branch of behaviorism with somewhat differing theoretical commitments from modern behavior analysis. Lessons may potentially be drawn from the demise of this tradition for current research on stimulus equivalence. By the time of its demise, research on mediated generalization had several interrelated characteristics including: (a) unobservable explanatory constructs guiding scientific activity, (b) reliance of inferential group statistics for analyzing effects on the dependent variable, (c) indirect measurement of the dependent variable, and (d) complete domination by basic laboratory research. While the first two topics will provide context, the current presentation will focus on the two latter issues. Publication trends relevant to these characteristics as they appear in the empirical literature on mediated generalization, modern stimulus equivalence research and research in the related field of relational frame theory will be presented. Several topics arising from this comparison will be discussed. including the use of so-called savings and reaction time measurements and the interplay between basic research and application in stimulus equivalence and related fields. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Persons with an interest in historical and current research trends in behaviorism in general and/or historical and current research trends mediated generalization and stimulus equivalence specifically. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain similarities and differences between stimulus equivalence and mediated generalization; (2) describe historical and current publication trends in research programs on mediated generalization, stimulus equivalence and relational frame theory; (3) provide examples of and discuss how theoretical commitments influence research programmes in the study of derived and emergent relations. |
|
CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Dr. Christoffer Eilifsen is an Associate Professor at Oslo Metropolitan University in Norway. His research background is in empirical research on stimulus equivalence, including studies of the long-term retention of equivalence classes, research on the effect of training structures on equivalence class formation, and the analysis of reaction time in studies of stimulus equivalence. In addition, he has also always had a soft spot for the philosophy of science and a variety conceptual and historical issues in behavior analysis and beyond and has published in this field as well. He has recently lapsed into academic sector management, and now works as the Program Director responsible for a PhD Program in Behavior Analysis, an ABAI accredited MS in Behavioral Science and an ABAI accredited BS in Psychology with an Emphasis on Behavior Analysis, all at the Oslo Metropolitan University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Prevent-Teach-Reinforce: A Function-Based Approach to Addressing Challenging Behavior in the Classroom Setting |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Madeline Rose Risse (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences) |
CE Instructor: Madeline Rose Risse, M.S. |
Abstract: Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) is a unique standardized process for function-based assessment and intervention that focuses on the selection of evidence-based strategies that are most feasible for the interventionist to prevent the likelihood of problem behavior, teach an alternative replacement behavior, and reinforce the replacement behavior. The PTR model utilizes a collaborative multi-step process to teaming, goal setting, assessment, intervention development, and progress monitoring. This symposium consists of two presentations that evaluated the effectiveness of the PTR model when implemented with four students in the school setting. The first presentation will focus on using the PTR model to decrease the inappropriate vocalizations of a 4th-grade student with autism. The second presentation investigated the effects of the PTR model for a student with autism when used to decrease elopement from a 2nd-grade classroom. In both cases, PTR was an effective approach to decreasing challenging behavior and increasing a collaboratively identified appropriate behavior using contextually fit, stakeholder-selected intervention procedures in the classroom setting. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): functional assessment, school, school-based intervention, teachers |
Target Audience: School-based professionals; board-certified behavior analysts in educational settings |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the steps of the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce model to decrease challenging behavior and increase appropriate behavior, (2) identify collaborative components of the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce process that enhance the contextual fit of procedures and maximize intervention outcomes, and (3) describe the differences between the manualized Prevent-teach-Reinforce approach and the typical FBA/BIP approach used within school settings. |
|
Implementation of the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model to Decrease Inappropriate Vocalizations Exhibited by a Student With Autism |
Christine Colon (University of South Florida), PARIS N THIE (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: It has been shown that students with disabilities who can effectively and efficiently communicate their wants and needs in their natural classroom environment are more likely to access reinforcement in the natural environment, thereby increasing the likelihood of continued maintenance of a corresponding replacement behavior. However, students who have difficulty communicating their wants and needs often engage in problem behaviors maintained by peer or adult attention and/or escape from academic tasks that are inadvertently reinforced by stakeholders in complex settings, such as the school setting. Because problem behavior often serves the purpose of communication based on response effort and learning history, teaching equivalent communicative replacement behaviors may be the most advantageous approach. The Prevent-Teach-Reinforce model is an evidence-based intervention that has demonstrated efficacy in training appropriate alternative behaviors while decreasing problem behaviors (Dunlap et al., 2019). This study used an AB design to evaluate the effect of the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce model on inappropriate vocalizations of a 4th grade student with autism spectrum disorder. The results showed that the implementation of the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce intervention led to a decrease in the student’s inappropriate vocalizations. |
|
Using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model to Decrease Elopement From the Classroom |
Zachary Grossman (University of South Florida), GRACE NOEL MAXWELL (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Research indicates that roughly half (49%) of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder frequently engage in elopement from adult supervision, a dangerous behavior that can lead to injury or death if left unchecked (Anderson et al., 2012; Mouridsen et al., 2008). Elopement from the classroom poses particular challenges in complex learning environments due to safety concerns and loss of instructional time. This is especially troubling as previous research shows that increased instructional time in the classroom results in better learning outcomes (Andersen et al., 2016). This case study evaluated the use of the multi-component Prevent-Teach-Reinforce intervention to decrease elopement from the classroom in a 2nd-grade student. The teacher-implemented Prevent-Teach-Reinforce intervention included modifications to the student’s curriculum, differential reinforcement of other behavior, reinforcement of the replacement behavior, and extinction. Teachers were successful in implementing the intervention and reported positive outcomes overall. The results indicated that the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce was successful in reducing the student’s level of elopement from the classroom. |
|
|
|
|
|
Charting the Course for Racial Equity and Community Support: Equitable Literacy Instruction for Underserved Communities |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Courtney Smith (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Clay M. Starlin (Worcester State University) |
CE Instructor: Mary Sawyer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For decades, ineffective teaching methods have impeded the educational achievement of American students, disproportionately affecting those from low-income and marginalized communities. The COVID-19 pandemic lockdowns only served to intensify and worsen this persistent issue. In our symposium, we will present three studies aimed at addressing the urgent literacy crisis in three elementary schools. The first two studies involve the pilot and initial follow-up of the Fit Lite® model. Conducted pre-pandemic, the preliminary study evaluated the efficacy of a low-cost literacy intervention with 14 third graders in a Title 1 school in rural South Carolina. Conducted post-pandemic lockdowns, the initial follow-up study applied Fit Lite® with six students in kindergarten through 2nd grade in a privately funded, tuition-free school serving children experiencing homelessness. The third study replicated and expanded upon the Fit Lite® model, involving 18 second-grade students in another rural Title-1 elementary school. In each study, students exhibited significant growth in early literacy and/or oral reading skills, surpassing two percentile ranks for every hour of instruction based on US national normative assessment data. Harnessing precision teaching, reinforced practice, and regular progress assessments, the Fit Lite® model presents a promising avenue to tackle educational disparities, with future implications and potential discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): at risk, early literacy, elementary education, precision teaching |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Describe the educational achievement disparities that exist between socio-economic quartiles, differentiating between low-middle and middle-high statuses, and marginalized groups versus privileged counterparts.
(2) Explain why effective literacy instruction is a critical service that must be provided equitably in a framework of educational achievement social justice.
(3) Justify why behavior analysts are uniquely positioned to serve this calling |
|
Hope for the At-Risk and Homeless: Two Preliminary Applications of a Behavioral Literacy Intervention |
MARY SAWYER (University of West Georgia) |
Abstract: Highly effective precision teaching-based literacy interventions like the Fit Learning ™ model have demonstrated their potential in the private sector. However, their extensive training requirements and associated costs have rendered them inaccessible to struggling schools with limited budgets. To address this challenge, the pilot study introduced Fit Lite ™ to cater to the needs of 14 third-grade students facing high-risk literacy difficulties. Implemented in an after-school program with minimal training, a group of four educators with no prior precision teaching experience produced an average improvement of 16 percentile points per student in comparison to national standardized progress-monitoring benchmarks over a span of approximately 12 weeks. Subsequently, a tuition-free, privately funded urban school for homeless children served as the setting for a study with six students at-risk for academic failure in kindergarten through second grade. Across approximately 14 weeks, participants achieved an average improvement of 25 percentile points compared to the national average on standardized progress-monitoring tools, with a significant portion (75%) of their instruction provided by newly trained interns. These findings provide preliminary and supplemental support of the Fit Lite™ model as a potential pathway in charting the course toward efficacy and equity in literacy instruction for underserved communities. |
|
Validating Progress: Extending Preliminary Findings With Enhanced Precision in At-Risk Populations |
KENDRA B. NEWSOME (Fit Learning), Donny Newsome (Fit Learning) |
Abstract: Educational equality is a critical component of social justice. Longstanding disparities in educational achievement and access to effective instruction have been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. The Fit Lite ® model is a brief, intensive literacy intervention that incorporates empirically validated techniques, including precision teaching, repeated reinforced practice, and frequent progress monitoring with standardized assessments of oral reading skills. This manuscript replicates and extends analyses of a behaviorally informed model of literacy instruction, Fit Lite ® , pioneered by Sawyer et al. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 14, 623–630, (2020), which demonstrated significant improvements in reading proficiency among a cohort of marginalized students. The current study includes a stronger demonstration of experimental control and involved 18 second-grade students in a rural Title-1 elementary school. The current findings verify the replicability of the model, with both iterations producing growth in oral reading skills greater than two percentile ranks per hour of instruction, based on US national normative assessment data. The potential for Fit Lite ® and similar intervention packages for addressing educational inequity are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Sold to the Highest Bidder: Ethics in the Age of Private Equity |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C |
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University, Ret.) |
YULEMA CRUZ (Rutgers University) |
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The ethics involved in practicing applied behavior analysis continues to be incredibly important for ethical service delivery. Over the past several years, the role of private equity in behavior analysis has been seriously increasing. Venture capitalists have awakened to the fact that there is lots of money to be made in autism services. Business people are buying aba clinics that service individuals with autism, because there is great profits to be made from the insurance mandate money. We are hearing more ethical horror stories that involve venture capitalists buying agencies, and then firing staff and increasing case loads to maximize profits. And, much to our chagrin, the public press is picking up on these awful stories, writing very public and very national news stories about how behavior analysis, as practiced by these venture capitalists, are practicing unethical behavior with a fragile population. This ethics panel of ethics experts will discuss the ethics of private equity, and we will do so in our innovative way of posing ethical dilemmas to the panelists, for them to discuss how they think about such cases and what to do about them. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Any and all practicing behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. define and describe what a private equity firm does and how they do it; 2. describe at least 3 actions that private equity firms have done to harm clients and caregivers 3. describe exact actions that behavior analysts, who work for private equity firms, can take to promote ethical practice in their work. |
Keyword(s): autism, Ethics, evidenced-based-practice, Private equity |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) II |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Joshua Mellott (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Joshua Mellott, Ph.D. |
|
Evaluation of a Compounding Functional Analysis Procedure to Inform Behavioral Intervention |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JOSHUA MELLOTT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
|
Abstract: Since the introduction of functional analysis (FA) procedures by Iwata et al. (1982), researchers have evaluated the evocation and maintenance of challenging behavior through the presentation of either isolated or multiple, synthesized reinforcement contingencies. Despite a consensus around the influence that idiosyncratic variables can have on the results of a functional analysis, to date there have been no investigations into the utility of procedures to assess for the potential of order effects when presenting establishing operations (EO) in an FA. The goal of the current study is to evaluate the role of sequence in EO presentation when indirect assessment suggests that challenging behavior may be maintained by more than a single contingency. Establishing operations were presented one at a time within a single test condition, allowing authors to analyze the impact of compounded evocative stimuli. Subsequent treatment procedures were informed by the results of the compounding functional analysis, and allowed for increased generality across contexts and caregivers. The current presentation will outline a set of procedures for the compounding presentation of establishing operations, present assessment and treatment data, and discuss potential implications for individualization of treatment procedures. |
|
Expanding Our Understanding of Prompts to Include Consequence Prompts and Motivating Operations Prompts |
Domain: Theory |
KEVIN MARCHINI (Helping Hands Family) |
|
Abstract: A more thorough understanding of prompts is relevant to both implementation of procedures and understanding failures in mastery and generalization, the current conceptualization addresses both the antecedent (stimulus prompts) and behavior (response prompts), but it fails to address prompts that would be relevant to the consequence and Motivating Operation (MO). Prompts are defined as supplementary stimuli that increase or evoke responding and are not directly part of the contingency (antecedent, behavior, or consequence) (Cooper et al., 2021). Prompts are typically defined as either stimulus prompts (e.g., positional, size, exaggerating properties of the stimulus, etc.) or response prompts (e.g., physical, model, gestural, etc.) (Dietz, et al. 1985). Prompts can be defined in reference to implementation or can be examined to determine supplementary stimuli leading to failures in establishing stimulus control. Important to both implementation of prompts and determining failures to establish stimulus control, prompts should be expanded to include all elements of the contingency to include the Consequence and M) as part of the 4-term contingency. Expanding prompts to include prompts related to both the consequence and MO would be beneficial in more effective and efficient implementation of procedures by allowing systematic fading of prompts and lead to a better understanding in failures in mastery and generalization related to consequence prompts and MO prompts. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supporting Mentees in the Aquistion of Cultural Humilty and Soft Skill |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Dana R. Reinecke, Ph.D. |
Chair: Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University) |
CHERYL J. DAVIS (Russell Sage College; SupervisorABA) |
JACOB PAPAZIAN (Capella University) |
FERNANDE DEGUENON (Verbal Beginnings) |
Abstract: The number of BCBAs has increased rapidly in the last few years, and many mentees are receiving supervision from mentors who trained under earlier task list content. With the addition of cultural humility and soft skills on the current task list, and future test content list 6, it is imperative that supervisors are versed in teaching these skills to trainees. Improving cultural humility and soft skills in behavior analysts is crucial to improve the practice of behavior analysis for diverse groups of individuals across cultures. Currently, there is not much data on teaching cultural humility and soft skills to current and future behavior analysts. This panel will discuss using culturally humble practices within supervision as a model, as well as strategies for assessing and teaching these practices with mentees using evidence-based practices. Similarly, we will discuss how soft skills can be modeled in supervision and systematically assessed and trained in mentees. The panelists are supervisors who prioritize cultural humility and soft skills in their practice. The moderator will facilitate questions from the audience as well as ones that organically transpire in the course of the conversation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This event is designed to increase intermediate or advanced skills in providing mentorship to mentees, specifically, increase cultural humility and soft skills. Attendees should have completed the required supervision course and provided supervision to mentees, BCaBAs, or RBTs, as well as want to increase their own skills in this area. In addition, these more nuanced skills will be explicitly reviewed using objective measures and concrete ways to teach them will be provided. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to discuss the importance of teaching cultural humility and soft skills with mentees. Participants will be able to describe at least three ways to teach cultural humility and soft skills with mentees. Participants will be able to describe current best practices related to assessing skill acquisition with mentees of cultural humility and soft skills |
Keyword(s): cultural humilty, mentorship, soft skills, Supervision |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Practices for Health, Hygiene, and Self-Care Routines for Learners With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Herrod (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Herrod, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Participation in health, hygiene, and self-care routines is important for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) to promote wellness and safety. Challenges to participate in health or wellness routines are associated with negative outcomes such as lack of independence, poor hygiene, stigmatization, and other health issues. The present symposium comprises four presentations that evaluate various aspects of health and wellness care for learners with IDD. We begin by presenting an evaluation of the use of synchronous schedules of reinforcement when increasing tolerance during eight types of health routines for adults with disabilities. The next presentation evaluates the impact of conducting terminal probes after mastery of steps in health and self-care routines for young children with autism. The third presentation consists of an intervention package including noncontingent reinforcement, differential reinforcement, and graduated exposure on disruptive behavior and cooperation during mock medical examinations for individuals with disabilities. Our final presentation entails a multidisciplinary approach, involving both medical and behavioral methods, to treat encopresis in children with autism. Together, the symposium provides recommendations for practitioners and caregivers regarding the implementation of wellness practices and implications are highlighted. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): developmental disability, health, hygiene, self-care |
Target Audience: Audience will benefit from an understanding of evidence-based, behavior analytic practices for instruction when attending this CE event. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the necessity for health and wellness skills for learners with disabilities, (2) identify best practices for supporting learners during health and wellness routines, (3) discuss individual considerations for health and wellness practices. |
|
Using Synchronous Schedules of Reinforcement to Promote Tolerance of Health Routines in Adults With Disabilities |
MARISSA E. KAMLOWSKY (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Katie McHugh (The University of Kansas), Bryan Alan Simmons (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Toleration of health routines (i.e., the absence of interfering behavior during medical and health-related procedures) is important for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) to promote health and safety (Centers for Disease Control & Prevention, 2018). In the current study, we evaluated the use of synchronous schedules of reinforcement (SSR; Diaz de Villegas, 2020) for increasing tolerance during eight types of health routines with five adults with IDD. Results showed SSR alone was effective for increasing tolerance during five of eight health routines. Additionally, procedural modifications of SSR were necessary to increase tolerance during two routines, and SSR with modifications was ineffective for one participant. Finally, we extended treatment effects by training participants’ direct-care staff to implement procedures using behavioral skills training (BST; Parsons et al., 2013). Results showed staff implemented procedures with high fidelity, and treatment effects maintained. Measures of social validity (e.g., participant affect and staff acceptance), limitations, and areas for future research are discussed. |
|
Interspersal of Terminal Probes to Promote Efficiency in Health and Self-Care Tolerance Procedures |
MARY HALBUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Megan Ruffo (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mikayla Crawford (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Elizabeth J. Preas (Austin College) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often exhibit fears and challenging behaviors during health- and self-care routines. Caregivers may also avoid or delay completing vital self-care routines (e.g., toothbrushing) due to the fear their child experiences. Negative consequences are associated with poor compliance with health and self-care routines, such as poor hygiene, stigmatization, illness, and potential health issues that remain untreated due to missed appointments. Although graduated exposure has been shown to increase tolerance, this procedure can be time and resource intensive. It is possible that many intermediate steps that were trained as part of previous research may not be necessary and could be skipped throughout treatment, which would increase efficiency. The present investigation addressed this by conducting terminal probes after mastery of every three training steps across a variety of health or self-care skills for young children with Autism. Results suggested that all current participants skipped multiple steps (e.g., range 2 to 18 steps), resulting in mastery across tolerance skills (e.g., dental routines, haircutting, taking medications). Future research and clinical implications will be discussed. |
|
A Multidisciplinary Treatment for Encopresis for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JESSICA HERROD (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University), Laura Suzanna Coleman (Marcus Autism Center), Scott Gillespie (Emory University), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Toilet training is a common challenge for caregivers, particularly for caregivers of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Incontinence can negatively impact the hygiene, physical comfort, independence, and quality of life for children with ASD. Encopresis, or incontinent bowel movements, is typically caused by constipation for most children. Children with ASD are 3.8 times more likely to have constipation than their typically developing peers. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to address limitations in previous research treating encopresis by evaluating a brief multidisciplinary intervention, involving both medical and behavioral approaches, to treat encopresis in children with ASD without the use of laxatives, enemas, and punishment procedures. We conducted a randomized clinical trial with a treatment as usual group and one intervention group, receiving the Multidisciplinary Intervention for Encopresis (MIE). Results indicate that the MIE resulted in statistically significant changes in independent continence with a for participants completing the MIE. Additionally, participants in the MIE group continued to improve post-treatment in follow up. The presentation discusses practical significance and impact for children, caregivers, and practitioners in the treatment of encopresis. |
|
A Practical Approach to Increasing Cooperation During Routine Wellness Exams: Intervention for Neurodiverse Patients |
ABIGAIL KONECKI (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Robert K. Lehardy (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities often sustain several comorbid medical diagnoses, resulting in the need for increased usage of health care services. They also experience greater health disparities than their neurotypical peers, at least partially as a result of challenging behaviors exhibited during healthcare visits (Ervin et al., 2014). Behavioral interventions that would be feasible for health care providers to implement during routine medical procedures may help increase access to care. Following an assessment to determine if disruptive behavior was maintained by escape from medical demands, the present study evaluated the effects of an intervention package consisting of noncontingent reinforcement, differential reinforcement, and brief graduated exposure on disruptive behavior and cooperation during mock medical examinations. Both generalization to a novel implementer and maintenance across 2 weeks were evaluated for each participant. Preliminary results suggest that the standard intervention package may be effective for reducing challenging behavior and increasing cooperation during routine medical examinations for a noteworthy portion of patients. |
|
|
|
|
|
Personalizing Interventions for Treatment-Resistant Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior (SIB) |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University) |
CE Instructor: Savannah Tate, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The disrupting effects of alternative reinforcement and the presence of self-restraint are the basis for defining subtypes of self-injurious behavior, which differ markedly in response to treatment. Assessment and treatment of treatment-resistant subtypes poses many practical and conceptual challenges. Foremost is the challenge of ensuring safety, which is addressed in the first presentation. Informed by practices that have evolved over time and focused research on SIB, the protective procedures assessment (PPA) is a principled approach to identifying procedures that mitigate risks of SIB and enable safe assessment and evaluation of treatment efficacy. The second presentation will describe newly developed criteria for subtyping SIB that should facilitate wider application of the subtyping model in practice and research. The third presentation will describe an approach to treatment development that relies heavily on pre-treatment assessments, training, and pilot testing of component combinations to empirically derive interventions targeting treatment-resistant subtypes. The final presentation will discuss how clinical procedures described in prior presentations are products of an individualized, mechanistic approach to classification and treatment of clinical problems. Also discussed is how this approach aligns with the paradigm of precision medicine, which can advance understanding of clinical problems and inform the design of more personalized interventions. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Assessment, Automatic, Self-Injurious Behavior, Treatment |
Target Audience: Audience members should understand functional analysis methodology and classification of subtypes of self-injurious behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. Describe how level of differentiation in the function analysis quantifies sensitivity to disruption by reinforcement
2. Describe the protective procedure assessment and how it can be used to inform safety measures when assessing self-injurious behavior
3. Describe how hypotheses about mechanisms thought to be in operation for each subtype informs treatment design |
|
Simplified Methods for Identifying Subtypes of Automatically Maintained Self-Injury |
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gayane Yenokyan (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jasmeen Kaur (University of Nebraska Medical Center - MMI) |
Abstract: Automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) can be categorized into three distinct subtypes based on patterns of responding observed during functional analysis. Current best practice for identifying these subtypes involves first applying structured criteria to determine whether SIB is automatically maintained and then applying additional criteria to determine the specific subtype. In this investigation, we conducted a series of studies to both simplify and validate these procedures, such that the subtyping model could be applied more consistently in both research and clinical practice. In Study 1, we use participant subtypes reported in published literature to identify the optimal level of differentiation (LOD) of SIB across the play and no-interaction conditions to distinguish between Subtypes 1 and 2. In Study 2, we validate this LOD cutoff as a reliable method of subtyping SIB through its application to a cohort of clinical cases. In Study 3, we demonstrate how the combination of visual analysis and LOD can be used in practice to accurately identify an automatic function of SIB and classify subtypes without the additional application of standard structured criteria. Implications for both research and clinical practice are discussed. |
|
Initial Outcomes of the Protective Procedures Assessment: Minimizing Risks When Assessing, Treating, and Conducting Research on Self-Injury |
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Providing clinical services to individuals with automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) classified as Subtype 2 and 3 is challenging as they are less responsive to treatment and present with more severe injuries relative to those with socially maintained SIB. Thus, identifying appropriate, effective, and minimally intrusive patient protections is essential. Here, we describe the protective procedures assessment (PPA), a principled approach to selecting the optimal level of protection that is minimally restrictive yet allows the assessment and treatment of SIB. Following semi-structured interviews, and in consideration of caregiver preferences, potential protective procedures are identified based on the mechanics of SIB and the types of injuries that may be produced. An assessment is then conducted comparing responding in a control condition with the combination of procedures most likely to prevent injury relative to responding in test conditions with lower levels of protective procedures. Outcome measures include: rate of SIB, risk level rating, and level of protective procedures (based on a rating scale). The optimal level of protective procedures are employed during assessment and treatment analyses, then systematically faded once treatment produces reductions in SIB. Outcomes of the PPA as applied to individuals with Subtype 2 and 3 SIB will be reviewed. |
|
The Evolutionary Process of Integrating Treatment Components and Tactics for Reducing Self-Injurious Behavior and Self-Restraint |
JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Individuals with automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB), Subtypes 2 and 3, typically require multiple treatment components including protective equipment and restraint to obtain clinically significant reductions in SIB and self-restraint. In this talk we present initial findings from a sample of participants admitted to an inpatient hospital unit, enrolled in a clinical trial evaluating the efficacy of combination treatment for treatment-resistant subtypes of automatically maintained SIB. These cases are used to illustrate an approach to treatment development that relies heavily on pre-treatment assessments, training procedures, and pilot testing prior to initiating treatment. Specific assessments are conducted to (a) systematically identify effective components to ensure safety (protective procedures) and identify sources of competing reinforcement and responses (competing stimuli, tasks, and self-control items), (b) implement intensive training to establish prerequisite skills to maximize effects, and (c) pilot test various combinations of treatment components to identify optimal arrangements. Next, treatment components are applied in combination treatment and after obtaining low rates of SIB and self-restraint, treatment is generalized; when possible, protective procedures are systematically faded. Outcomes presented for participants are quantified in terms of reductions in SIB, self-restraint, and the level of protective procedures. |
|
Causal and Treatment-Action Pathways and Their Relevance to Understanding and Treating Automatically Maintained Self-Injury |
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Analysis of the response dynamics of self-injurious behavior (SIB), including the disrupting effects of alternative reinforcement and/or self-restraint, has provided the basis for delineating subtypes that differ markedly in their response to reinforcement-based treatment. These and other findings allow us to make inferences about the distinct mechanisms that may be in operation for each subtype such as the establishing operations that evoke the behavior and the consequences that reinforce it (i.e., the causal pathways of SIB and self-restraint). This knowledge, in combination with our understanding of the mechanisms by which various treatment components engender behavior change (i.e., the treatment-action pathways), provides the basis for developing interventions directly targeting the causal pathways of SIB. This approach to the classification of clinical problems and treatment is the hallmark of both applied behavior analysis and precision medicine – and differentiates them from non-mechanistically based approaches that focus on management of presenting concerns. The current discussion will illustrate how knowledge of causal and treatment-action pathways has informed the ongoing development of more efficacious behavioral interventions targeting the most treatment-resistant subtypes of automatically maintained SIB. |
|
|
|
|
|
Science Can Guide Us: Assent, Countercontrol, and Treatment Refractory Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Nicholas Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has directed little empirical attention to the interrelated concepts of assent, countercontrol, and treatment refractory behavior. Despite recent conceptual discussions of assent (Morris, Detrick, & Peterson, 2021), countercontrol (Spencer, King, Martone, & Houlihan, 2022), and treatment refractory behavior (Blenkush, O’Neill, & O’Neill, 2023) the field has yet to develop standardized measures for any of these concepts. To that end, we developed and tested the validity of (1) the Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale; (2) a treatment protocol for countercontrol in residential settings; (3) an operational definition of treatment refractory behavior to include associated variables; and (4) the Refractory Behavior Index assessment tool. Across presentations, we will discuss conceptual overlap between assent, countercontrol, and treatment refractory behavior with an emphasis on empirical evaluation and clinical case analysis. We conclude that science can, and should, guide us in our attempts at tackling complex treatment issues such as assent, countercontrol, and treatment refractory behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in the limitations associated with the standard of care in applied behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) conceptualize and define assent, countercontrol, and treatment-refractory problem behavior; (2) list associated variables for consideration; (3) identify limitations associated with the standard of care in applied behavior analysis and regulatory restrictions in their region that might contribute to assent, countercontrol, and treatment-refractory problem behavior; and (4) understand how to utilize the Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale (BATS) and Refractory Behavior Index (RBI) in their own practice |
|
Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale (BATS): A Proposed Tool
to Assess and Optimize Assent |
(Applied Research) |
HALLE APELGREN (Judge Rotenberg Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are obligated to consider “obtaining assent
from clients when applicable” as dictated by the ethics code -
section 2.11 (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). Assent
is broadly thought of as client agreement or approval of treatment
procedures. In behavior analysis, there is limited research
describing assent procedures or studying the implications for
treatment outcomes (Morris, Detrick, & Peterson, 2021). To
address this gap, an assessment tool, the Behavioral Assent to
Treatment Scale (BATS), will be proposed that weighs factors
such as safety, risk/benefit analysis, behavioral dimensions,
socially significant goals, essential/nonessential treatment
progress, and legal/ethical obligations. Next, we will examine the
treatment of countercontrol as a special example of the necessary
risk/benefit analysis associated with client assent in applied
behavior analysis. Considerations of countercontrol and assent
share some common features as the former can be an indirect
byproduct of a learning history which was inattentive to the latter.
Here we will review the cases of individuals enrolled in a
residential treatment facility and examine vital components of
treatment. Pre- and post-treatment measures of assent (with interobserver agreement) will be provided as preliminary construct
validation for the BATS. |
|
Countercontrol in Residential Treatment Settings |
(Applied Research) |
JOSEPH TACOSIK (Judge Rotenberg Education Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner described countercontrol as a response to socially
mediated aversive consequences in personal, group,
governmental, religious, therapeutic, economic, and educational
environments that are primarily reinforced through negative
reinforcement (i.e., removal or weakening of aversive stimuli)
and may be strengthened through positive reinforcement (e.g.,
peer approval or other attention). Residential treatment settings
are inherently restrictive, potentially aversive to consumers, and
thus may evoke countercontrol by clients, especially when
assent/consent is withheld or provided by someone other than the
individual receiving treatment (e.g., a guardian). We provide
insights specific to challenges presented by countercontrol in
residential treatment settings to include the following: (1) the
potential for false-positive functional hypothesis results; (2) the
limited control of setting events; (3) the idiosyncratic nature of
conditioned aversive stimuli; (4) the various competing
contingencies of reinforcement; (5) associated delayed
consequences that complicate treatment; and (6) the general
insensitivity of rule-governed behavior in relation to the effects of
countercontrol. We will provide clinical case examples (with
inter-observer agreement) of countercontrol challenges and
propose a standard set of considerations for residential treatment
facilities. |
|
The Refractory Behavior Index (RBI): Identification of Treatment
Refractory Behaviors |
(Theory) |
LYNDE KAYSER (Judge Rotenberg Education Center), Jessica Lindsay (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Across disciplines, the term treatment refractory refers to
inadequate reductions in symptomology following appropriate
treatment. In behavior analysis, treatment refractory behavior
problems consist of the sustainment or worsening of maladaptive
behavior topographies despite appropriate behavior analytic
service delivery. To objectively evaluate and identify refractory
behavioral presentations, we propose the utilization of the
Refractory Behavior Index (RBI). The RBI employs a five-point
scale to quantify variables that are indicative of the development
of treatment refractory behavior problems. Variables are
categorized across three primary domains: (1) Assessment and
Intervention; (2) Quality of Treatment; and (3) Course of
Behavior Problem. Based on a review of an individual’s treatment
history and behavioral presentation, ratings across each domain
enable an assessment of responsiveness to treatment across time
and interventions. We will review the proposed definition of
treatment refractory behavior in behavior analysis, discuss factors
contributing to the development of behavioral resistance to
treatment (including assent & countercontrol), evaluate these
factors within the context of the RBI, and discuss the potential of
the RBI to identify refractory behavior problems. |
|
Quantifying Treatment Resistance: A Review of Case Examples |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA LINDSAY (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Lynde Kayser (Judge Rotenberg Education Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to review clinical cases, based
on practical experience, that exemplify the spectrum of treatment
refractory behavior. Clinical cases will be scored using the
Refractory Behavior Index (RBI) to quantify resistance to
treatment (with inter-observer agreement). It is hypothesized that
individuals whose behaviors score low on the index are more
likely to demonstrate behavioral progress following behavior
analytic treatment; whereas individuals receiving high scores may
exhibit challenging behaviors (including assent withdrawal &
countercontrol) which persist or worsen despite behavior analytic
treatment. Historical information pertaining to each clinical case
will be reviewed and considered in relation to the development of
treatment refractory behavior. Through widescale use, the RBI
may help practitioners identify relevant risk factors, and indicate
areas in need of further assessment and/or intervention. The
advancement of behavior analysis relies on the ability to
objectively describe and measure behavioral presentations. We
will discuss how the RBI might highlight the need for and
promote the develop |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Prosocial Strategies in Behavioral Organizations |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kaitlyn Hui (Missouri State University- student) |
Discussant: Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic) |
CE Instructor: Autumn N. McKeel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Prosocial (Atkins et al., 2018) describes an approach to supporting organizations and systems to better achieve the shared purpose of groups by integrating Acceptance and Commitment Training, Ostrom’s core design principles, and multilevel selection theory. Presenters will discuss the implementation of Prosocial strategies within ABA organizations to improve the quality of services and experiences of practitioners. The first presentation describes the development of an acuity scale to quantify workload for behavior analysts and technicians with data supporting the validity and reliability of the assessment to achieve workplace equity. The second presentation discusses the use of Prosocial guided by a functional assessment of workplace climate to improve organizational performance across each of the core design processes underlying effective organizations with improvements in reported experience of employees at multiple levels. The third and fourth presentations apply the Prosocial model in the specific context of implementing relational training guided by the PEAK Relational Training program in a special education and clinical setting. Results from both studies show that Prosocial implementation of common ABA technologies can improve staff experience conducting the technologies. Implications of these findings and future research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and practitioners. No prerequisite skills required. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Use an acuity scale to measure workload and correlated outcomes 2. Describe the use of a network analysis to pinpoint Prosocial processes 3. Evaluate performance across core design principles within a Prosocial framework |
|
Evaluating Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Caseloads With an Acuity Scale: BCBA Acuity Scale for Interpreting Caseload Severity (BASICS) |
JUSTICE LESLIE DEAN (Emergent Learning Clinic), Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic), Jesse Lee Sears (Emergent Learning Clinic) |
Abstract: With little standardization in caseload size, board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) can face a variety of barriers to caseload management including time management, lack of resources, and overall profile of clients and intensity of cases (LeBlanc et al., 2019) An acuity scale is a tool that provides an objective measure of a patient's condition and the resources required to maintain their care (Klett et al., 2014) and are commonly used in healthcare fields such as nursing and social work. However, there has yet to be such a scale developed for practicing BCBAs. The BCBA Acuity Scale for Interpreting Caseload Severity (BASICS) is a tool developed to assess the overall intensity of caseload management by analyzing areas such as challenging behavior, communication, medical needs, and parent training needs. The purpose of this study was to evaluate BASICS scores of practicing BCBAs’ caseloads across a variety of settings. Practicing BCBAs completed the BASICS for their caseload and completed the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI). The BASICS offers a potential solution for interpreting caseload severity by providing a systematic approach and may be a useful resource for BCBAs to determine and maintain an ethical caseload within their available resources. |
|
Using a Prosocial Framework to Improve Staff Experiences Implementing Relational Training |
AARON LIBMAN (PLEA), Stuart E. Libman (PLEA), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System (PEAK; Dixon 2014-2016) is an assessment and training framework used to guide behavioral programming with autistic learners. Prior research has demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral skills training in improving implementation of PEAK technologies (Belisle et al., 2016); however, the complexity of implementing PEAK adaptively and flexibly can lead to experiences of stress and unwillingness among staff. In the present study, we evaluated implementation of PEAK programming and staff psychological experiencing of PEAK programming consistent with a Relational Density Theory framework. Results showed positive affective relations centering around the agency and more negative affective relations around PEAK as a technology. An idiographic network analysis was used to develop a training workshop using Prosocial (Atkins et al., 2018) as a behavioral systems approach, isolating flexibility processes to adapt programming. The result was an integration of PEAK with other behavior analytic approaches and expanding variation, selection, and retention mechanisms within programming at the individual and organizational level (i.e., Prosocial-PEAK). Post-test results not only showed improvements in PEAK implementation, but also greater positive affective experiences around the technology and other organizational variables. |
|
Prosocial Implementation of the PEAK Relational Training System in a Clinical Setting: A Replication |
BLAYNE DAKOTA STEMPLE (Missouri State University), Mikayla Campbell (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Emergent Learning Center), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Low job-satisfaction and burnout are commonly experienced by individuals providing behavior analytic services (Plantiveau et al., 2018), with turnover occurring highest in front line staff. Despite the negative impacts of high turnover rates, there is minimal behavior analytic research on the topic. The variables that contribute to turnover rates are idiosyncratic and require a functional assessment to inform intervention development. The primary focus of this study was to utilize a novel functional assessment approach with front-line staff of a behavior analytic organization concerning workplace climate in the context of service delivery. A multidimensional scaling procedure was utilized as a probe to evaluate the complex relational patterns of each staff member, including stimuli related to professional values, workplace climate, outcome variables, and technologies (i.e., the PEAK Curriculum,?Dixon, 2008). As well, participants completed the Process-Based Assessment Tool (PBAT;?Sanford et al., 2022) following treatment sessions to evaluate processes related to primary outcome variables. A network analysis was used to analyze these results and explore relationships among processes and outcomes. The results of the functional assessment were utilized to conduct a function-based intervention at the group level, which was found to impact measures of workplace climate and service delivery.? |
|
Utilizing Prosocial to Support Positive Workplace Climate and Performance in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services |
STEPHANIE VICKROY (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Mikayla Campbell (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Emergent Learning Center), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Prosocial (Atkins et al., 2018) is an approach to supporting organizations by promoting adaptive and flexible responding within groups by integrating elements of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) with Ostrom’s core design principles (CDPs) to guide collective action. Service providers in the field of applied behavior analysis often experience high rates of burnout, low job satisfaction, and high turnover rates, particularly when professional social support and psychological flexibility are less likely to occur. The purpose of this study was to evaluate prosocial intervention to support workplace climate and performance at multiple levels within an ABA clinic. Assessment data were collected using the Prosocial Guided Interview (PGI; Belisle & Paliliunas, 2023), Prosocial Vision Panning Worksheet (Belisle & Paliliunas, 2023), and a modified version of the Process-Based Assessment Tool (PBAT; Hayes et al., 2022). In addition, positively valanced affective experiences were measured using a multidimensional scaling procedure. Results of the assessment guided the development of a Prosocial intervention that targeted identified CDPs to move toward the shared vision of the organization and its members utilizing a workshop format guided by the ACT Matrix. Results suggested that performance across PGI categories and reported stress and burnout with improvements in group cohesion. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethical Considerations Across Fields, Roles, and Organizations |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Nadine Lorna Hempkin (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education Operated by The New England Center For Children and Ulster University) |
Discussant: Lina M. Slim (Lina Slim Consulting; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Shannon Ward, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts often work as members of multidisciplinary teams providing services to vulnerable or at-risk populations. Due to the client population served and working alongside various professionals, behavior analysts may encounter situations that pose unique ethical considerations (Bailey & Burch, 2011). Familiarity with ethical mandates of different professions may benefit behavior analysts to develop systems to teach and maintain ethical behavior among supervisees, colleagues, and organizations that comply with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (2020). This symposium features four presenters who address various aspects of ethical practice in behavior analysis and related fields. Our first presenter will begin by highlighting the usefulness and efficacy of an ethics network developed to promote cross-level and cross-departmental collaboration in a human-service organization. Our second presenter will operationalize ethical engagement and evaluate the effects of instructions and textual prompts on spontaneous ethical engagement of BACB supervisees. Our third presenter will compare ethics codes across different fields (e.g., behavior analysts, occupational therapists, etc.). Our final presenter will compare assent methodology practices in early childhood and behavior analytic research. This symposium will offer attendees ethical considerations in clinical and research practice, particularly when working within an organization and as part of a multi-disciplinary team. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Assent, Ethical Codes, Ethics, Staff Training |
Target Audience: Attendees should have an understanding of the BACB ethical code and experience reflecting and incorporating the BACB ethical code into practice, training, or research. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify considerations in developing an ethics network in a human-service organization; 2) Identify methods for teaching and promoting ethical engagement among behavior analytic supervises; 3) Identify differences and comparisons between different professional ethics codes; 4) Identify the use of assent procedures in both early childhood development research and behavior analytic research. |
|
Responsivity to an Ethics Network in a Human-Service Organization |
(Service Delivery) |
KATHRYN GLODOWSKI (Mary Baldwin University), Nicole Hockenberry (Mission Autism Clinics), Dana Anthony (Mission Autism Clinics), Catherine R. Hinckley (Mission Autism Clinics) |
Abstract: The BACB’s Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2020) guides our practice and our professional responsibilities, and some certificants of the BACB may experience possible conflict between engaging in ethical practice and organizational policies at their place of employment (Greeny, 2022). An ethics coordinator (Brodhead & Higbee, 2012), ethics committee (Cox, 2020), or ethics network (Leblanc, et al., 2020) could help mitigate such conflict. In this paper, we described the formation of our organizational Ethics Network, based on the network developed by Leblanc, et. al. (2020). We also reported on the use of our ethics hotline during the first year of the network, showcasing the possible cross-level and cross-departmental collaboration with occasional organizational change that occurred related to situations submitted to the ethics hotline. Future research could include additional measures for ethical behavior at the individual and group levels when an Ethics Network is in place as well as a component analysis to determine which resources of an Ethics Network have a greater impact on ethical behavior. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Instructions and Textual Prompts on Spontaneous Ethical Engagement Among Behavior Analytic Supervisees |
(Applied Research) |
ROXANNE GAYLE (Trumpet Behavioral Health, Endicott College, Pepperdine University), Jennifer Roeder (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amber Valentino (ALV Consulting, LLC) |
Abstract: Improving the ethical conduct of behavior analysts is an important outcome in teaching, training, and supervision. It is also a vital outcome within organizations that provide behavior analytic services. Several studies have addressed how to establish ethical cultures and facilitate decision making among behavior analytic supervisees (e.g., Cox, 2020; LeBlanc et al., 2020; LeBlanc et al., 2021; Valentino et al. 2023). These researchers offer suggested methods, while advocating for more direct empirical research to be conducted on how to establish ethical repertoires within the behavior analytic workforce. To date, there has been very few published research specifically defining or targeting ethical behavior aside from discussion-based literature (Cox, 2021). What we do know is that ethical behavior is operant behavior and thus we need to consider the environmental variables that affect behavior on an individual basis (Cicero, 2021), context and culture (Brodhead, 2019; Rosenberg & Schwartz, 2019), ethical principles (Kelly et al., 2020), and the law (Sellers et al., 2020). This study aimed to operationalize ethical engagement among behavior analytic supervisees and to specifically evaluate the effects of instructions and textual prompts on spontaneous ethical engagement. |
|
Comparing and Contrasting Professional Ethics Codes (Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), Occupational Therapy (OT), Speech and Language Pathology (SLP), Specialist in School Psychology (SSP)) |
(Theory) |
MARGARET RACHEL GIFFORD (Louisiana State University Shreveport), Jana Beaubouef (Louisiana State University Shreveport) |
Abstract: Ethical guidelines of principles and standards of conduct for a profession are generally referred to as ethical codes. Ethical codes, are created unique to each profession to serve their practitioners and clients. This project examined the ethical codes of behavior analysts, occupational therapists, school psychologists, and speech-language pathologists and compared them to one another. This examination revealed that there are main topics included in most, or all, of the ethical codes along with resemblances and differences in each comparison. Eight main topics were identified: confidentiality, scope of practice, informed consent, welfare, honesty, rights, reporting, and equality. Many differences between the codes were also identified. These differences, subtle or major, could cause potential conflict or lend to more effective collaborating when differing professions interact and service clients. The hope is that this examination and comparison of ethics codes can help professionals be aware and respectful of the ethical principles and standards of all professions to best benefit all parties. |
|
A Review and Comparison of Assent Methodology in Early Childhood Research |
(Theory) |
SHANNON WARD (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children), Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Michelle P. Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE)), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland; Emirates College for Advanced Education), Shaza Mohamed Attia (Emirates College for Advanced Education; Sanad Village), Victoria Nguyen (Emirates College for Advanced Education) |
Abstract: Assent, typically understood as a proxy to consent, allows individuals who cannot legally consent (due to their age or being under the care of a legal guardian) the opportunity to decide whether or not to participate in research activities. Recently in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Morris et al. (2021) reviewed behavior analytic research to determine the extent to which assent practices are reported and described in behavior analytic research. The current review replicated and extended the methods of Morris et al. to investigate the scope of assent methodology used with early childhood (EC) research participants. We reviewed EC research conducted over the last 40 years, and 1,159 articles were analyzed. Similar to Morris and colleagues, relatively few articles report on assent methodology. Results are compared to the findings of Morris et al. and comparisons are made between assent procedures used in EC and behavior analytic research. The potential implications of these findings will be outlined, including a discussion on future research, policy development, and design of ethical practices. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Training and Testing Relational Responding |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Bradley Ray Tiefenthaler (Montana Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Discussant: Matthias Raemaekers (Ghent University) |
CE Instructor: Bradley Ray Tiefenthaler, M.Ed. |
Abstract: A capacity for arbitrarily applicable relational responding enables an individual to interact with complex and dynamic environments and has therefore attracted considerable attention from researchers and practitioners alike. The four papers in this symposium describe efforts to further develop both the basic science of relational responding and interventions designed to establish and refine repertoires of relational responding. Paper one describes randomized controlled trials examining the efficacy of a relational frame theory based applied behavior analysis intervention on learners’ overall abilities, such as intelligence, adaptive behavior skills, and autism symptom severity. Paper two details the co-emergence of verbal abilities and repertoires for relational responding in autistic learners. Paper three details the refinement of measures of various patterns of relational responding, and in doing so refines our understanding of the relationships between these patterns. Paper four presents new methods for investigating relational responding and transformations of functions. The work presented in this symposium blends basic and applied settings and involves a variety of populations. These works contribute to continuing the development of procedures for basic research and protocols designed to equip individuals with the behavioral repertoires required for effective patterns of exchange with their physical and social environments. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): intelligence, measure development, relational framing |
Target Audience: Prerequisites for this symposium include, but are not limited to, master’s level mastery of the application of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Compare traditional behavior analytic programming to comprehensive programming including relational training with autistic learners; (2) Describe the interdependent emergence of relational learning and behavior; (3) Describe the features of function transformation tasks; (4) Describe the functional (in)dependence of various patterns of relational responding. |
|
Randomized Controlled Trials Comparing Content of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Treatment Elements for Autistic Children |
(Applied Research) |
MARK R. DIXON (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Aletha Sutton (Hawaii Department of Education Windward District Office), Dayna Williams (Hawaii Department of Education Windward District Office), Angelica Pikula (Hawaii Department of Education Windward District Office) |
Abstract: There has been consistent interest in examining the overall impact of relational frame theory (RFT) based applied behavior analysis (ABA) intervention among autistic individuals. Among these topics, increasing attention has emerged in examining RFT’s impact on the learner’s overall abilities, such as intelligence and autism symptom severity. A series of three studies were conducted, each with increasing sample size, length of intervention and precision of experimental control. Study one included a 12-week single center preliminary randomized trial among RFT-based ABA, conventional ABA, and a convenience waitlist control with 31 autistic participants. Study two included 83 autistic participants and involved a multi-center parallel-group randomized controlled trial between RFT-based ABA and treatment-as-usual with increased treatment intensity and inclusion of more standardized or criterion-referenced assessments. In study three, a year-long multiple-center parallel-group randomized controlled trial was conducted, with weekly exposure of 60-90 min of ABA intervention. 50 Pre-K participants were randomly assigned to receive RFT-based ABA or treatment-as-usual, and measures were taken on their intelligence, adaptive behavior skills, and conventional behavior-analytic assessments. Overall results showed that RFT-based ABA was uniquely positioned to produce global-level changes. Implications for the practice of ABA will be discussed. |
|
The Emergence of Complex and Adaptive Relational Repertoires in Autistic Learners |
(Applied Research) |
JORDAN BELISLE (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: A conceptual link between relational frame theory and intelligent behavior has been discussed in the conceptual and empirical literature (Cassidy et al., 2010), where intelligent behavior is defined by its emergent and adaptive properties. Conceptualizations of relational framing that emphasize the relational field as comprising complex interdependent behavior networks may more closely approximate flexible intelligent behavior than traditional models. The presentation will discuss a series of studies that demonstrate the co-emergence of relational networks and verbal behaviors in autistic learners receiving behavior analytic services. The PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA; Dixon, 2020) provides a measure of verbal operant learning and relational learning. Results from PCA outputs show the early emergence of elementary verbal operants with non-arbitrarily applicable relational responding and early forms of mutual entailment. Later skill development involves more complex forms of arbitrarily applicable relational responding, including combinatorial entailment of multiple frame families, and transformations of stimulus function. Interventions built from this relational learning model show the success of interventions adapted from PEAK at the subject-level across multiple levels and dimensions of relational responding (Barnes-Holmes et al., 2020). These results challenge traditional accounts of verbal behavior and expand on relational frame theory accounts of human learning and intelligence. |
|
The Composition and Measurement of Relational Responding |
(Basic Research) |
Jamie Cummins (Ghent University), MARTIN FINN (Ghent University), Jan De Houwer (Ghent University), Maura Nevejans (Ghent University), Dylan Colbert (Dublin Business School) |
Abstract: Behaviour analysts increasingly recognize the importance of relational responding skills in human language and cognition, and view relational responding as a generalized operant response class. Studies typically delineate different “relational responses” along descriptive lines: for instance, “same/opposite” responding, “before/after” responding, “you/me” responding, etc. In order for the field to advance, our understanding of relational responding should evolve such that relational operant(s) are delineated functionally, rather than topographically. As well as this, valid, reliable, and precise measures of individual-level relational abilities are required, but existing measures have not been subjected to rigorous testing in this regard. In this talk, I will describe a series of studies that on the one hand seek to provide such a functional understanding of relational responding, and on the other hand also attempt to improve upon the reliability, validity, and precision of extant relational responding assessments. Combining results from a range of studies primarily in typically-developed adults, results suggest that our understanding of the functional relationship between relational operants can be improved via experimental investigation, but that more rigorous and precise measurement procedures are firstly required to do so. |
|
Function Transformation Tasks: New Methods for Investigating Relational Responding and Transformations of Stimulus Functions |
(Basic Research) |
MARTIN FINN (Ghent University), Matthias Raemaekers (Ghent University), Jan De Houwer (Ghent University) |
Abstract: Relational responding is of psychological interest as a result of the transformations of stimulus functions that accompany relational responses. Recent research has developed a class of procedures specifically designed to investigate transformations of stimulus functions. This presentation will introduce this class of procedures, called function transformation tasks, and describe their core features and potential use cases. This talk will present data from a series of experiments each conducted with a sample of 20 verbally able human adults and in which two different function transformation tasks were employed. These experiments examined the establishment of contextual control over transformations of functions involving various kinds of stimulus properties across these two procedures. These experiments also examined the utility of these function transformation tasks in establishing novel relational mands (Murphy & Barnes-Holmes, 2009). The implications of function transformation tasks for future research on relational responding will be discussed, and some use cases for function transformation tasks in applied settings will be described. |
|
|
|
|
|
Towards a Technology of Generalization: Simple Generative Responding With the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica E. Van Stratton, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Successful learners apply what they’ve learned to a variety of new contexts. This symposium will detail the role of instruction in initial learning and application towards an emerging technology of generalization. First, Vicci Tucci will describe how the Competent Learner Model uses explicit instruction to establish repertoires that allow students to successfully learn in a variety of typical instruction settings, leading to decreases in undesirable behaviors without explicit deceleration techniques. Second, Andrew Kieta will explain an emerging technology for generalization – or simple generative responding – used at Morningside Academy to ensure that skills, concepts, and principles learned in classroom settings are successfully applied in real-world contexts. Next, Nicole Erickson will explain how she used Morningside’s simple generative responding technology to design a year long project aimed at teaching students how to apply the foundational reading skills learned in the classroom to the unprompted reading of news articles outside of the school environment. Last, Adam Stretz will detail another implementation of Morningside’s simple generative responding technology. He taught middle school students how to write persuasive essay, then taught them how to use that repertoire in order to tackle real challenges in their lives, by identifying and persuading change agents in their communities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Application, Generalization, Generative Responding, Instruction |
Target Audience: Professionals interested in behavioral education, direct instruction, Precision teaching/frequency building, Response to Intervention, communication, and designing for and teaching towards generalization. Audience should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis as applied to academic learning behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. describe how the Competent Learner Model uses instruction of new repertoires to decrease behaviors typically targeted for deceleration, 2. list and describe Morningside's five ingredients for simple generative responding, 3. compare and contrast those five ingredients with typical approaches to programming for generalization, 4. describe how instruction is used during initial instruction and during instruction for application to increase the likelihood of simple generative responding. |
|
Just Teach…Using the Competent Learner Model Curriculum to Develop Skills Versus Decelerating Undesirable Behaviors |
(Service Delivery) |
CHRISTINA LOVAAS (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Kristina Zaccaria (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model™ (CLM™) is a teacher friendly toolkit for the comprehensive transfer and utilization of the principles and procedures of Applied Behavior Analysis, Direct Instruction, and Precision Teaching. The intent behind the design of the CLM is to (1) get educators to master the implementation of ABA, DI, and PT best practices, and (2) motivate them to use these practices in their classroom to “Just Teach” and accelerate student learning versus just decreasing undesirable behavioral challenges. The CLM™ Curriculum develops the Competent Learner Repertoires, which allow learning to occur in everyday circumstances within and across school, home, and community settings. The CLM™ takes the approach to program for vital learning-to-learn competencies by teaching learners to become competent observers, listeners, talkers, problem solvers, participators, readers, and writers. The benefit of this approach for learners with significant learning and behavioral challenges, is that CLM™ uses explicit instruction designed to establish those repertoires that allow a learner to benefit from increasingly typical instructional procedures, presentations, groupings, and formats allowing them to thrive in inclusive educational environments. |
|
Towards a Technology of Generalization: Morningside’s Five Ingredients for Guaranteeing Simple Generative Responding |
(Theory) |
ANDREW ROBERT KIETA (Morningside Academy; The Wing Institute), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Too many students learn things in school that they never use in the real world, while successful learners engage in previously taught behaviors under a vastly wider variety of contexts than those presented during initial instruction. For instruction to be meaningful, a technology of application, or simple generative responding, is necessary. Morningside Academy is developing such a technology, by identifying five ingredients that make application of skills to meaningful real-world contexts more likely: 1. The use of how, when, and why statements via Think Alouds during initial instruction, 2. The sequencing of successive approximations of increasingly less structured activites to practice application of initial instruction, 3. The addition of how, when, and why statements via think alouds during instruction of application to those structured forms, 4. The use of delayed prompting procedures that include when and why statements as learners practice with those structured forms, and 5. Evaluating and decision-making with the Standard Celeration Chart. |
|
Towards a Technology of Generalization: Simple Generative Responding of Reading Skills to Real-World Contexts |
(Service Delivery) |
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy; The Wing Institute), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Too often, schools assume that classroom instruction will carry over to the real-world. Teachers bemoan the challenge of encouraging or compelling students to independently read outside of school. In this study, Morningside’s five ingredients for promoting simple generative responding were used to design an instructional sequence leading to application of newly learned reading skills to real-world contexts. The school year began with instruction of essential reading skills: word reading fluency, main idea composition, and passage reading with prosody. Then, the classroom teacher modeled how to write main idea statements about short, non-fiction articles read in the classroom. Through a series of increasingly less structured forms, students were taught to find an article that piqued their interest, write a main idea statement about that article, and recruit reinforcement peers through structured sharing of the results. Simple generative responding instruction then moved out of the classroom, as students were assigned to find and read an article at home, write a main idea statement, and share the results at school with peers. Finally, additional strategies were used to remove teacher prompts and increase the likelihood students would read news articles independently outside of the school setting. |
|
Towards a Technology of Generalization: Simple Generative Responding of Persuasive Writing Skills to Real-World Challenges |
(Service Delivery) |
ADAM G. STRETZ (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy; The Wing Institute), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Successful learning occurs when students apply repertoires learned in the classroom to more varied and meaningful real-world contexts. For middle school students learning to write persuasive essays, that means using that repertoire to effect change outsides of the school setting. In this study, Morningside’s five ingredients for promoting simple generative responding were used to design an instructional sequence leading to real-world application of persuasive composition repertoires. First, students were taught to write persuasive compositions based on teacher selected prompts. Then, during teacher-guided application, students learned about types of real-world challenges they could influence. They learned how to discuss and ask questions about those issues, to generate possible solutions, and to write about them in persuasive essays. Next, students went home and generated lists of problems they faced in their lives and brought those back to school to discuss which could be meaningfully affected through persuasive writing. After learning to identify people or agencies that could help them solve a specific problem, students wrote to those people and shared the results with the class. Finally, other strategies were used to promote application, without teacher prompting, of persuasive writing to other problems in the students’ lives. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Matching Law: Past, Present, and Future |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Jack J McDowell (Emory University) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Matching Law was developed in the early days of behavior analytic research to describe the allocation of behavior across response alternatives as a function of relative reinforcement available from those alternatives. Today, the Matching Law and other quantitative accounts of behavior have surpassed their beginnings as mathematical descriptions of behavior and serve as important conceptual tools that build bridges to other disciplines and solve significant clinical and social problems. In recognition of ABAI’s 50th year, this symposium highlights the history, conceptual advances, and future of the Matching Law with respect to research, application, and the development of public policy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Researchers, BACBAs, practitioners, and graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define the Matching Law; (2) Describe how the Matching Law can be used to predict choice; (3) Describe applications of the Matching Law to understand complex behavior; (4) Describe how the Matching Law can be used to guide the development of novel therapeutics |
|
The Matching Law and Neuroscience |
PAUL L. SOTO (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Since the publication of Herrnstein’s 1961 paper on the relation between relative and absolute rates of responding and rates of reinforcement, there have been many studies extending the matching law to a variety of domains, many studies refining the matching law, and many studies focused on explaining matching as the outcome of other behavioral processes. The precision and robustness of the phenomenon of matching has made it particularly conducive for the investigation of biological variables, primarily variables of the central nervous system, that mediate and moderate matching. Some of the work on the matching law and neuroscience will be highlighted for this symposium on the matching law. |
Dr. Soto completed a Ph.D. at Emory University and postdoctoral training at the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Soto is an assistant professor in the Department of Psychology at Louisiana State University (LSU). Dr. Soto previously held positions in the School of Medicine at Johns Hopkins University and at Texas Tech University. Dr. Soto’s research interests are in (1) the use of laboratory animal models of psychiatric diseases and symptoms for the evaluation of potential therapeutic approaches, (2) the use of drugs and genetically engineered animals to identify the neurobiological contributors to basic and complex behavioral processes, and (3) the investigation of short- and long-term effects of exposure to psychiatric medications. Recently, Dr. Soto has begun advocating for the use of single-case experimental designs in areas outside of behavior analysis, such as behavioral neuroscience, because of the scientific and ethical benefits provided by these designs. |
|
Applying the Matching Law to Quantify the Influence of Socially Mediated Reinforcement on Behavioral Disorders & Differences |
SAMUEL L MORRIS (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Quantitative models of behavior allow for precise descriptions of behavior-environment functional relations and facilitate improvement in our ability to predict and influence behavior. These characteristics are evident in basic research on the matching law and may be especially beneficial in its application to problems of societal importance. This talk will explore how the matching law can quantify the influence of socially mediated reinforcement across diverse contexts of applied significance, including assessment and intervention for (a) conversational behaviors, (b) social time allocation, and (c) disruptive or challenging behaviors. Previous research, ongoing projects, and important future directions related to each area of application will be discussed. The ultimate aim of this talk is to highlight how continued application of the matching law can facilitate progress in research and clinical practice. |
Sam Morris obtained his Ph.D. in Psychology with a specialization in Behavior Analysis at the University of Florida under the mentorship of Dr. Tim Vollmer. He was an Assistant Professor and the Applied Behavior Analysis Program Coordinator at Southeastern Louisiana University before beginning his current position as an Assistant Professor in the Department of Psychology at Louisiana State University in 2022. Dr. Morris' laboratory utilizes experimental manipulations of the environment to investigate causal influences on choice and inform methods of facilitating behavior change. The individualization of reinforcement procedures and relative efficacy of different types and parameters of reinforcement have proven uniting themes underlying his research to date. Dr. Morris teaches a variety of behavior-analytic courses at the undergraduate and graduate level, serves on the editorial board for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and frequently serves as a reviewer for top behavior-analytic journals. |
|
Dynamics of Behavioral Persistence in Self-Injury |
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: In the majority of cases, self-injurious behavior (SIB) is maintained by social positive or social negative reinforcement. However, in some cases SIB persists in the absence of socially mediated consequences. This latter functional class of behavior is said to be automatically maintained because the response dynamics imply the behavior produces its own reinforcement. Researchers have long noted distinct patterns of automatically maintained SIB within the functional analysis and other assessments. One pattern is characterized by elevated levels of SIB in environments with minimal stimulation, and low levels of SIB in highly enriched environments. This differentiated pattern is referred to as Subtype 1 SIB. Another pattern is characterized by invariant SIB that occurs across environmental conditions irrespective of the degree of stimulation present. This intransient and undifferentiated pattern is referred to as Subtype 2 SIB. Notably, Subtype 1 SIB is far more responsive to treatment using reinforcement alone, rarely requires protective equipment and restraint, and presents with less serious injuries at the time of intake relative to Subtype 2 SIB. The contrasting dynamics of Subtypes 1 and 2 with respect to how SIB is disrupted by alternative reinforcement has led to speculation about possible differences in the type or magnitude of sensory consequences that SIB produces across subtypes. In this presentation I will summarize some evidence in support of this hypothesis, and discuss recent developments, informed by matching theory, that may shed additional light on the typologies of automatically maintained SIB. |
Dr. Falligant is a clinical psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). He received his Ph.D. from Auburn University, and is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and a Senior Behavior Analyst in the Neurobehavioral Unit at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. The Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute serve individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) who suffer from severe behavioral dysfunction, including self-injury. Dr. Falligant’s work coalesces around the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior in individuals with IDD. His research focuses on the analysis of transdiagnostic neurobehavioral variables underlying behavioral dysfunction, persistence and relapse, and the identification of functional behavioral phenotypes pertinent to treatment-resistant behavior. A unifying theme across these areas is the fine-grained analysis of behavioral events, including the microstructural analysis of behavior and its dynamics. |
|
The Scalability of Quantitative Models of Choice: Implications for Public Policy, Big Data, and Beyond |
DEREK D. REED (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
Abstract: Matching Theory is the foundational concept for most modern quantitative models of choice in behavior analysis. In particular, Matching Theory is responsible for two leading behavioral economic models that have robust literature in taking behavior analysis to scale: delay discounting and operant demand. Despite the proliferation of behavioral economic models to large-scale issues of social importance, the direct translation of the Matching Law to these issues remains relatively scant. This presentation will provide an overview of the Matching Theory underpinnings of modern behavioral economics and briefly showcase the scalability afforded by these studies. The bulk of the presentation will focus on the translational promise of Matching Theory, specifically. A discussion of previous translations outside the operant lab will serve as models for continued application. The presentation will conclude with specific areas in which Matching Theory could have translational success. |
Dr. Derek Reed is Director of Applied Behavioral Sciences at Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc., with over 20 years of experience in behavior analysis and behavioral economics. He has served as Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and The Psychological Record. Dr. Reed has over 180 publications, coauthored three edited books and one textbook, and has won numerous awards for his scholarship, such as the American Psychological Association Division 25 B. F. Skinner Foundation New Applied Researcher Award, the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Don Hake Award for Translational Research, and the Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences Early Career Award. He served as Coordinator of the Association for Behavior Analysis International’s Science Board and on the Board of Directors for the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, of which he was previously Executive Director. Dr. Reed’s research focuses on the application of behavioral economic principles to improve issues of societal concern. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why Behavior-Based Wellness is Good for Business |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:25 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: OBM |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Kristyn Peterson (Zendicoded ) |
CE Instructor: Kristyn Peterson, Ph.D. |
|
Why Behavior-Based Wellness is Good for Business |
Domain: Theory |
KRISTYN PETERSON (Zendicoded) |
|
Abstract: Does “employee wellness” conjure up images of questionable products and pseudoscience instead of research-based approaches to employee experience? Then, this presentation is for you. In today's dynamic and demanding work environments, employee wellness has emerged as a paramount concern – especially for organizations laboring under burnout and turnover.
Learn how Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) can foster an engaged and satisfied workforce, enhance productivity, and boost worker satisfaction through behavior-based employee wellness programs. This presentation reinterprets research-based wellness frameworks through a behavior analytic lens; from how to analyze and harness cultural selection to creative strategies for measuring behavior-based wellness.
Practical strategies for service delivery will be provided, including how to align wellness initiatives to an organization’s mission, vision, and values, and how to gain buy in from stakeholders. Finally, research and strategies on measuring return on investment (ROI) and methods of tying wellness to organizational key performance indicators (KPIs) will be provided to empower BCBAs to create a culture of health, reduce absenteeism, and boost productivity. |
|
Target Audience: The target audience for the CE are BCBAs and BCBA-Ds with a foundational understanding of Organizational Behavior Management and behavioral selection at the cultural level. Participants should |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Independently generate specific, measurable and observable behaviors for each of the eight dimensions of wellness. 2. Identify two strategies for aligning behavior-based wellness initiatives to an organization’s mission, vision, or values that are based in behavior-analytic research. 3. Identify three or more variables that could be measured to determine the ROI of organizational behavior-based wellness programming. 4. Determine organizational KPIs that are influenced by increased employee wellness |
|
|
|
|
|
You’re the Best! (But You Could Be Better): How to Analyze and Grow Your Skillset |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:25 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: David Cabrera (Independent) |
CE Instructor: Brittany Ruth Schmidt, M.A. |
|
You’re the Best! (But You Could Be Better): How to Analyze and Grow Your Skillset |
Domain: Service Delivery |
DAVID CABRERA (Independent), Sara Guzman (Independent), Brittany Ruth Schmidt (BASS ABA Therapy) |
|
Abstract: Approved course sequences provide a strong foundation of the theoretical principles of applied behavior analysis. Our field experience is meant to bridge the gap between theory and application, and continuing education is meant to deepen and expand our scope of competence. Unfortunately, although it should be a priority for one’s workplace, there is often little guidance to evaluate the influence and quality of the provider’s clinical setting. Without the appropriate support in their workplace, providers are unlikely to be trained to assess areas of improvement for their own skill set, and there be unnecessary barriers to develop the scope of competence needed to effectively serve their clients. This leads both aspiring and experienced clinicians to outsource their training, on their own time and without the resources to apply new skills and concepts in their practice. This presentation will examine the elements of the BCBA scope of practice compared to one’s unique scope of competence, evaluate the barriers to expanding one’s clinical versatility, as well as discuss strategies to address those barriers. |
|
Target Audience: The target audience should be certified as a BCBA or BCaBA. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will examine their scope of practice and competence. (2) Participants will identify environmental barriers to expanding the depth and breadth of their scope of competence. (3) Participants will take part in activities and discussion to further strategize and grow their professional competence in order to provide effective care. |
|
|
|
|
|
Investigations of Simultaneous Presentation During Treatment for Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Delanie Fetzner Platt (Kennedy Krieger Institute ) |
Discussant: Sean D. Casey (Hartland Feeding) |
CE Instructor: Sean D. Casey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Consequence-based interventions are commonly used in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders; however, these interventions may be accompanied by an increase in additional challenging behaviors after food enters the mouth. Simultaneous presentation, the presentation of preferred and nonpreferred or target foods together, has been used to increase acceptance, but less is known about the efficacy of other mealtime behaviors like packing. The following presentations will demonstrate how simultaneous presentation may be used to increase acceptance, decrease packing, and affect food preference. The first presentation will describe how simultaneous presentation was used to reduce packing of nonpreferred foods by one child with autism spectrum disorder using a multiple baseline design across foods. The second presentation will review shifts in preferences for preferred and nonpreferred foods before and throughout intervention with simultaneous presentation with two participants using a multiple baseline design across foods. Results demonstrated that simultaneous presentation may reduce packing and increase acceptance of nonpreferred foods. Additionally, acceptance of preferred foods may decrease following intervention, suggesting further research is needed to evaluate preference shifts. Conclusions and future directions regarding simultaneous presentation as a treatment approach will be shared based on the collective outcomes across both presentations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, food refusal, food selectivity, simultaneous presentation |
Target Audience: Graduate students; BCaBAs/BCBAs/BCBA-Ds; practitioners who have experience with or an interest in assessing and treating pediatric feeding disorders |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define simultaneous presentation in the context of treating feeding disorders; (2) describe the general procedures used when implementing simultaneous presentation; (3) identify potential advantages and limitations of implementing simultaneous presentation when treating feeding disorders. |
|
Using Simultaneous Presentation to Increase Consumption for a Combined Food |
MIA ROSE GOODWIN (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Lauren Cacciatore (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Lisa Guerrero (Little Leaves Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: Most research on the treatment of feeding problems focuses on consequence-based interventions and the use of extinction-based procedures (Berth et al., 2019). At times, after non-removal of the spoon (i.e., escape extinction) is implemented effectively, other mealtime-related problem behaviors arise, such as packing or expulsion (Sevin et al. 2002). Research investigating interventions to reduce packing is limited relative to the investigation of non-removal of the spoon. Piazza et al. (2002) compared the use of simultaneous and sequential presentation to increase the consumption of non-preferred foods in children with feeding problems. They found that simultaneous presentation increased consumption of the target foods; however, escape extinction was required at times. Similarly, Ahearn (2003) evaluated the use of simultaneous presentation to increase the acceptance of vegetables in a child with autism spectrum disorder. In this study, we implemented a protocol that used simultaneous presentation to reduce packing in one child with autism spectrum disorder. Our results showed that we effectively reduced packing with the use of simultaneous presentation. Additionally, we will describe how the high-preferred food was not faded out in this protocol, as we incorporated all the target foods and the high-preferred food into a mixed food. |
|
Assessment of Preference Shift When Treating Food Selectivity With Simultaneous Presentation Method |
SARA STOTT (The University of Kansas; St. Gerard House), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In the treatment of food selectivity, simultaneous presentation, the physical pairing of a nonpreferred and preferred food, has been shown to increase acceptance of the nonpreferred food for children with autism spectrum disorder. Although the pairing of the two foods has often increased the acceptance of the nonpreferred foods, there are no research data on the effect of such pairing on the preference of the preferred food. The current study evaluated the preferences of several foods prior to treatment, and then the simultaneous presentation method was implemented for each nonpreferred food within a multiple baseline across foods design with two children with autism spectrum disorder. Preferences for the foods were periodically assessed during the intervention phase. The results showed that acceptance of the nonpreferred foods increased while selection of the previously preferred foods decreased. The current study provides some initial and tentative data to suggest that there may be preference shifts not only for the nonpreferred foods but also for the preferred foods used in this intervention. Future research should explore this phenomenon more completely to ensure that individuals with food restriction do not avoid eating the limited number of foods they may have in their repertoires. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Autism Society Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Commission: Making Informed Decisions |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jack Scott, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
KIYA OLSON (Therapy Pathways, LLC; Member of the Autism Society of America Panel of Professional Advisors: and Board member of the Illinois Autism Task Force) |
ALLIE TASCHE (Vice President of National Programs, Autism Society of America) |
Abstract: Parents of children with autism and other consumers need access to accurate information about ABA services. The Autism Society (AS) is the largest grassroots autism organization in the US. In response to concerns and complaints about the nature and quality of ABA services voiced by many parents and adult self-advocates, the Autism Society convened an ABA Commission to address these issues. The Commission consisted of members of the Autism Society staff, the Panel of Professional Advisors, the Council of Autism Advisors, autism self-advocates, and others. Three online Town Hall meetings were held with speakers selected to represent varied constituencies (i.e., self-advocates, parents of children who have received ABA, and professionals across related fields). Transcriptions of comments were analyzed by the ABA Commission to determine the nature and strength of concerns. The Commission compiled summaries of the proceedings and developed a guide for consumers. The guide “Making Informed Decisions: Understanding and Navigating Applied Behavior Analysis” addressed misconceptions about ABA, identified common concerns and benefits of ABA treatment, and, with adherence to the behavioral literature on ABA for persons with autism, identified best practices and red flags. This guide has been posted on the Autism Society website and viewed over 4,000 times. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Target audience: Intermediate-level attendees should have experience in delivering and supervising ABA interventions for persons with autism. They must also be able to recognize improper delivery of ABA services. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state the most frequently reported self-advocate concerns about ABA services, (2) state the most frequently reported parent concerns about potential harm to their child from receiving ABA services, and (3) direct parents and other consumers to the Autism Society ABA Services Guide. |
Keyword(s): ABA complaints, autism services, Autistic concerns, Parent concerns |
|
|
|
|
|
The Intact Mind and Why It Matters |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
CE Instructor: Yanerys Leon, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: AMY LUTZ (University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: In her 2006 memoir Strange Son, Cure Autism Now co-founder Portia Iversen described the “intact mind” she believed was buried within even the most cognitively impaired autistic individuals, like her son Dov. But the sentiment itself was not new. Emerging largely out of psychoanalytic theory dating back to the mid 20th century, the intact mind was amplified in parent memoirs even as biomedical discourse consolidated in the 1970s around a very different depiction of autism: as a biologically based, intractable neurodevelopmental disorder. With as many as 1 out of every 36 American children now affected, according to the CDC, discourse originally unique to autism has come to inform current debates at the heart of intellectual and developmental disability practice and policy in the United States – including ongoing battles over 14(c) subminimum wage programs, guardianship, and facilitated communication. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Honestly, I think everyone needs to understand the intact mind – from researchers, clinicians and providers, to policy makers, to families, to the general public. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the "intact mind" assumption in autism; (2) understand the psychoanalytic roots of this concept; and (3) recognize the ways in which the intact mind is foundational to much contemporary policy and practice affecting those with profound autism and other severe intellectual and developmental disability |
|
AMY LUTZ (University of Pennsylvania) |
Amy S.F. Lutz, PhD is a historian of medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, the Vice-President of the National Council on Severe Autism (NCSA), and the parent of a profoundly autistic son, Jonah, 24. She has written about profound autism for many platforms, including The Washington Post, The Atlantic, Psychology Today, Spectrum, and Slate. Her most recent book is Chasing the Intact Mind: How the Severely Autistic and Intellectually Disabled Were Excluded from the Debates that Affect Them Most (2023); she is also the author of We Walk: Life with Severe Autism (2020) and Each Day I Like It Better: Autism, ECT, and the Treatment of Our Most Impaired Children (2014). She lives outside of Philadelphia with her husband and whichever of her five kids happen to be home at the time. |
|
|
|
|
|
What Do You Mean You Aren't Hungry? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Barathi Chinnappan, M.A. |
Chair: Barathi Chinnappan (Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia) |
KRISTIN VESPE (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia) |
MICHELLE DUNN (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia) |
SANDRA F. CONCORS (ABC Consultants) |
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of feeding disorders has a research basis in applied behavior analysis (ABA); however, the research has often been conducted in specialized intensive feeding clinics or outpatient programs where participants are medically stable enough to receive a lower level of outpatient care (e.g., Rivas et al, 2014; Patel et al, 2002; Mueller et al, 2003). At times, pediatric patients require acute hospitalization for medical stabilization due to dehydration, food refusal or acute malnutrition which puts them at risk for additional medical complications. When these patients are admitted to the hospital the initial goal is nutritional rehabilitation and medical stabilization. The availability of a multi-disciplinary team can change the course of a typical medical hospitalization for this population. The multi-disciplinary team includes physicians, psychologists, psychiatrists, clinical social workers, and nursing. Behavior analysts serve as a consultant to the team to incorporate behavioral principles into treatment. This panel will discuss the treatment of Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID), anorexia nervosa, and exercising behaviors using behavioral technology and the individualization of standardized medical clinical pathways to increase patient outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Clinicians working with, or interested in learning more about, individuals who engage in food refusal, are diagnosed with ARFID or other eating disorders. |
Learning Objectives: (1). Participants will be able to discuss potential behavioral treatments for ARFID and anorexia nervosa.
(2). Participants will be able to discuss the role of a multi-disciplinary team in the treatment of ARFID and anorexia nervosa.
(3). Participants will be able to identify behaviors that are associated with eating disorders and potential treatment options. |
Keyword(s): ARFID, Eating disorders, feeding intervention, Food selectivity |
|
|
|
|
|
Functional Analysis in Acceptance and Commitment Training and Therapy |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Katelyn Frahm (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Capella University) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analysis broadly describes identifying environment-behavior interactions that influence behavior. In the context of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy or Training (ACT; Dixon et al., 2023), assessment must identify behavior-behavior process interactions that mediate behavior-environment relationships, and this analysis extends from research on relational framing and rule-governed behavior. Presenters will discuss a series of innovative studies that attempt to isolate behavior-behavior and behavior-environment relations with clients and staff. The first presentation demonstrates a method for identifying salient ACT processes using novel analytic methods to guide intervention, including an experimental functional analysis and language processing using speech samples. The second presentation compares ACT-based supports to existing strategies for staff who may implement ACT methods with clients, showing how ACT-based analyses can support all members within a treatment context. These varied yet compatible methods will be discussed with an eye to the future of behavior analytic practice and supporting the whole service context. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practicing Behavior Analysts and RBTs |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the core processes of the ACT Hexaflex 2. Discuss the role of speech analysis in identifying ACT processes 3. Describe the role of ACTr with staff implementing behavioral services |
|
Comparison of Training Methods for Discriminating Between Acceptance and Commitment Training Processes From Speech Samples |
TAYLOR MANUGE (Brock Univeristy), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Thomas G. Szabo (Capella University), Vriti Bajaj (.), Samantha Wallbank (Brock University), Kenneth Fung (University of Toronto), Johanna Lake (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health) |
Abstract: Accurate identification of the six processes of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTr) is foundational for practitioners, yet no published research has compared methods for teaching this skill. This exploratory study compared the efficacy and efficiency of two methods (discrimination training, DT and self-paced, mastery-based training, SPMB) for training graduate students to identify two ACTr processes from speech samples. Two processes were selected as training targets based on a logical analysis conducted with six behaviour analysts trained in ACT. Respondents rated fusion/defusion and lack of present moment awareness (PMA)/PMA to be of relatively equal discrimination difficulty. The training procedures were compared in an adapted alternating treatment design embedded within a delayed concurrent multiple baseline design across four students. In the DT condition, participants viewed training videos and completed exercises, and participants read chapters of an ACTr text in the SPMB condition. Participants completed assessments after each training session which included listening to a vignette then selecting the observed process. Results suggest that students accurately identified the ACTr processes in few session (M= 9), although the relative efficacy and efficiency of the two training procedures is somewhat undifferentiated. Findings may inform future ACTr research and ultimately increase the effectiveness of ACTr interventions. |
|
A Comparative Analysis of Behavior Skills Training (BST) and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to Increase Instructional Control With Behavior Technicians |
JESSE LEE SEARS (Emergent Learning Center), Claire Stromley (Emergent Learning Center), Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic) |
Abstract: Behavior technician reliability and validity of implementing direct sessions with clients can vary from person to person. Literature in the field of behavior analysis utilizes behavioral skills training as the gold standard in training staff to competency of skills. Research has shown that Acceptance & Commitment Therapy may be an effective intervention when striving for long term effects of behavior change. The current study evaluated whether behavior skills training (BST) was effective and/or more effective than values based training following BST when teaching instructional control procedures to behavior technicians. Utilizing a multiple baseline design, data show that the BST package was indeed effective in teaching technicians to increase instructional control with their clients. Preliminary data also show that values based training increased compliance in these strategies even more. Data suggest that BST may not be enough in maintaining competent behaviors in staff, therefore, more intrinsic, values based approaches may be evaluated and implemented to increase maintenance. |
|
|
|
|
|
Data Science and Behavior Analysis: A Love Story in a Foreign Land |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: David J. Cox, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: DAVID J. COX (RethinkFirst; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Biological organisms are always embedded within a dynamically changing environment rich with stimuli, each potentially influencing one or more behaviors at any given moment. Due to technological constraints, behavior analysts historically had to select which environmental stimuli and behaviors to focus on for data collection. But times have changed. Current technologies enable the collection of extensive data on both behavior and the environment, overcoming traditional limitations. However, managing and analyzing larger datasets necessitates a core set of scalable skills which is the domain of data science. With the right data and skills, however, behavior analysts can begin to explore questions with unprecedented precision, such as: • The exact influence of many variables in the multiple control of behavior; • Detailed, data-driven descriptions and predictions of motivating operation; and • The interplay of molar and molecular contingencies for describing and predicting behavior for a specific individual. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analytic practitioners and researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core areas of data science as a field; (2) describe how to translate theoretical ideas into structured datasets where data science can be leveraged to derive data-based answers to related questions; (3) describe at least three areas where combining data science and behavior science might lead to a novel understanding of the behavior of biological organisms. |
|
DAVID J. COX (RethinkFirst; Endicott College) |
Dr. David Cox leads Data Science for RethinkFutures. Dr. Cox has worked within the behavioral health industry for 17 years. He began working in behavioral health by providing and then supervising Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. After 8 years of clinical work, Dr. Cox went back to school to earn a MS in Bioethics, a PhD in Behavior Analysis from the University of Florida, Post-Doctoral Training in Behavioral Pharmacology and Behavioral Economics from Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, and Post-Doctoral Training in Data Science from the Insight! Data Science program. Since 2014, Dr. Cox’s research and applied work has focused on how to effectively leverage technology, quantitative modeling, and artificial intelligence to ethically optimize behavioral health outcomes and clinical decision-making. Based on his individual and collaborative work, he has published over 45 peer-reviewed articles, three books, and over 150 presentations at scientific conferences. |
|
|
|
|
|
Black and White to Grey Areas: Ethical Guidelines Are Not Always Clear in Clinical Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Shayla Oksa (Yellow Brick Academy) |
CE Instructor: Ann Marie Kondrad, M.A. |
Abstract: As a relatively young scientific field, the research and ethical standards from the experimental to the clinical fields can present gaps in the translation from one setting to another. Clinical behavior analysis has shown significant growth in the field since 2014 which opens the need for additional training and collaboration between professionals. The Behavior Analyst Certification Boards Ethical guidelines are designed to ensure the field of applied behavior analysis as well as promote an environment in which the clinician and their clients are continuing to learn and grow. This symposium combined identified gaps in clinical behavior analysis including the need for diversity in behavior analytic training, to carrying significant workloads that increase behavior analyst stress as well as decrease the overall quality of services provided, and deficits in ethical training and the ability to access research-based resources. From the data presented in all three presentations, gaps as well as recommendations for future research and training will be identified. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify the gap in diversity amongst professional behavior analysts in the field, strategies to advocate for workloads that improve the quality of services offered to clients as well as prevent burnout within the field, and the need for further training in adhering to the ethical code while conducting services in the applied setting. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and Diversity of Practice |
WLADIMIR DORELIEN (The Chicago School / A Friendly Face Autism Center), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy) |
Abstract: The introduction of the Autism care act in 2014, coincided with an increase of 15% in the number of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The influx of new learners in need of ABA treatment, and the recognition by the surgeon general of the United States of ABA has the treatment of choice has also brought about an influx in the number of ABA practitioners with varying educational history and an exponential growth in the number of agencies being created to provide ABA treatment to children diagnosed with ASD. The purpose of this study was to identify the percentage of BCBAs and ABA therapists since 2014 whose only area of practice is treatment of children with ASD, their diversity of educational background and the overall reasons for their choice. The results showed that 62% of all respondents work exclusively with children with ASD with the overall reasons being greater employment opportunity and financial gains. |
|
Behavior Analyst Workload: Are We Overworked and Underpaid? |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Tim Caldwell (TCS Education), Cameryn Padron (Penn State Universities) |
Abstract: The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2020) mandates that behavior analysts address any conditions that interferes with service delivery (2.19) and only accept clients if sufficient resources exist (3.03). Within clinical practice, we have heard many examples of behavior analysts’ and future behavior analysts being assigned to situations where these ethical codes may be violated. Between high caseloads, working outside their areas of expertise, and limited support available, this can decrease quality of services and increase burn-out. Combined with many behavior analysts having their certification for less than 10 years, this can be a risk within the field if proper training and supports are in place. This symposium will provide information related to reported caseloads, compensation, and issues related to workload for behavior analysts and/or future behavior analysts. Data were collected using an electronic survey sent to clinical behavior analysts nationwide. From data, we will determine if reports indicate we are overworked and underpaid or practicing within ethical boundaries. |
|
Evaluating Clinical Methods of Expanding Practitioners Knowledge in the Field While Adhering to Ethical Codes |
ANN MARIE KONDRAD (Yellow Brick Academy), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rachel Garcia (The Chicago School), Shayla Oksa (Yellow Brick Academy) |
Abstract: The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2020) introduced ethical codes surrounding the use of social media for networking, consultation, and collaboration (5.10; 5.11). As social media policies and procedures are fluid to meet the commercial needs, it is difficult for ethical standards to reflect the continuous changes. Additionally, there are limited resources available to verify the validity of information presented on social media platforms. Behavior analysts are required to complete ethical continuing education units each recertification cycle; however, the topic is subject to their choice. This can serve as a barrier to behavior analysts who use social media as a method of training, consultation, collaboration, and networking through ABA social media groups. This symposium will provide information regarding modalities of research, training, consultation, and collaboration between behavior analysts. Based on the survey data results, the authors will determine gaps in training and adherence to BACB ethical codes within the applied clinical setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behaviorally-Oriented Communication Interventions for People With Aphasia |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Jane Button, M.Ed. |
Chair: Jane Button (Linggo ) |
SHAWNA ASHLEY FLEMING (Evergreen Communication Therapy, Linggo) |
BRITTANY CLARK (Evergreen Communication Therapy) |
Abstract: Aphasia is an idiosyncratic acquired language disorder, often caused by stroke. Typically, individuals with aphasia receive low-dose Speech Language Pathology (SLP) therapy within the first year post-stroke and while some improvements are noted, multiple studies have established that intensive therapeutic interventions are most effective. Behaviourally-oriented approaches have been shown to be effective for other conditions, but are not commonly employed in the treatment of aphasia. A history of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) for this population will be outlined and discussed. The presentation will review data sets of individuals with various types of aphasia and how verbal operants and stimulus control transfer procedures can be used to create individualised treatment approaches. Presenters will include a Speech Language Pathologist (SLP) who will focus on discussing behaviourally-oriented intensive aphasia program and Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA)s who will discuss classifying aphasia and applying a verbal behavior theoretical analysis (including verbal operants, verbal operant assessment, and stimulus control transfer) to aphasia research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Individuals should have knowledge in verbal behavior, particularly in understanding the elementary verbal operants and the role that stimulus control plays in acquiring new behaviors. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe how Speech-Language Pathologists and Board-Certified Behavior Analysts can collaborate in providing effective aphasia therapy (2) Contrast a linguistic vs. behavioral interpretation of aphasia |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Safety Across Industries |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Trey Ximenez, M.A. |
Abstract: In 2021, more than 40% of the 2.6 million reported nonfatal injuries and illnesses by private industries resulted in the worker missing at least one day of work (Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2021). Workplace injuries not only have significant human and social consequences but also impose substantial costs on both the worker and the organization (Ludwig & Laske, 2023). Behavioral Safety, also known as Behavior-Based Safety, is a systematic approach to promoting behavior supportive of injury prevention through direct observation of behaviors and conditions. It has proven to be effective across a wide range of industries, relying on evidence-based methods to encourage safe behaviors, ultimately leading to a reduction of incidents or injuries (Cooper 2009; Sulzer-Azaroff & Austin 2000). This symposium aims to present the latest research findings focused on both direct and indirect safe behaviors, with the goal of enhancing safety culture across various industries. These developments have the potential to enhance the identification and management of safe behaviors and facilitate their application in diverse settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior-based safety, behavioral safety, injury reduction, safety management |
Target Audience: Target audience includes advanced graduate students (those studying in ABA and OBM programs), professionals within the field of ABA/OBM, leadership teams, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds. The prerequisites include a Basic understanding of Organizational Behavior Management and familiarity with research methodologies and behavior analytic interventions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) Describe effective research-based Behavioral Safety applications and their components to increase safe behaviors in the healthcare sector. (2) Describe the impact of peer observations and feedback on reducing injuries at an oil refinery and chemical manufacturing company. (3) Describe the effects of leadership meeting checklists and comparative feedback on safety leadership performance in safety meetings. |
|
Current State of Behavioral Safety in Healthcare |
TREY XIMENEZ (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In 2009, the healthcare sector surpassed the manufacturing industry by reporting the second-highest number of nonfatal work-related injury and illness cases, a trend that continues to the most recent report (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2021). The growing need to protect the safety of healthcare workers and patients provides an opportunity for Organizational Behavior Management to apply evidenced-based practices to reduce unsafe behaviors while enhancing the quality of care (Kelley & Gravina, 2018). Behavioral safety applies behavioral technology to reduce incidents triggered by unsafe or at-risk behaviors through observing the behavior(s), applying behavior-change strategies, and adjusting as needed to achieve desired performance (Cunningham & Austin 2007). This review compiles prior research on behavioral safety programs within healthcare sector and assesses various elements, including how safety is measured, the components of interventions, the context in which they are applied, and the resulting outcomes. These advancements have the potential to improve the identification of safe behaviors, adaptation to different healthcare settings, and provide a valuable framework for implementing safety measures in healthcare. |
|
Strategies for Tracking and Monitoring Staff Injuries: Insights From the Neurobehavioral Unit |
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shelby Lynne Quigley (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Amigo Care ABA, Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis), Brittney Nicole Workman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Amigo Care ABA), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Health care and human service providers are likely to be injured on the job (BLS, 2021) and those who work with individuals who display severe forms of challenging behavior may be at particularly high risk of injury. Despite governmental requirements to track and monitor workplace hazards (CDC, 2015), there is little research on how organizations can best collect and summarize these data. Identification of key variables associated with risk of injury; as well the development of effective monitoring systems is integral to the prevention and reduction in severity of staff injuries. The purpose of this study is to describe a behavior-based safety approach to reporting and monitoring staff injuries, as well as to share different strategies to visually depict staff injuries including the use of body images to denote injury locations, cumulative records of injury by frequency and severity, as well as categorizing the various behaviors that lead to injury. Case examples will be reviewed demonstrating how injuries were minimized through different levels of intervention including increasing compliance with utilization of staff protective equipment, as well as modification of medications and/or behavioral plan recommendations. |
|
Analytics Replication and Cross Validation: Behavioral Observations Reduce the Probability of Injury for a Week |
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Firzana Syazania (Appalachian State University), Jacob Leslie (Appalachian State University), Taylor Brynds (Appalachian State University), Drew Sipe (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral observations in Behavioral Safety involve direct peer observations to identify specific at-risk behaviors in a work environment. Peer observations, along with feedback has been shown to decrease injuries year over year (Ludwig & Laske, 2023), however, little is known of the impact on the work crew in the days directly following a behavioral observation. Previous analytics on three years of safety data from a chemical manufacturing company suggested injury probability decreased between 15 to 25% over the three days following a peer behavioral observation (Granowsky et al., 2023; Sant et al., 2022). The current research sought to replicate and cross-validate this finding using the subsequent three years of safety data from the same divisions within the chemical manufacturing company as well as three years of safety data from an oil refinery confirmed the validity of the statistical model and predictive results. Changes in R2 were noted along with potential contamination of variance from industry differences and historical events like the covid pandemic. |
|
Improving Safety Leadership Performance: An Evaluation of Behavior-Based Leadership Checklists and Group Comparisons on Safety Meetings Performance |
LUCA GIANI (BEHAVIOR FACTORY), Gianluca Aldo Ghezzi (Behavior Factory), Davide Mazzola (Behavior Factory), Matthew M Laske (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In behavioral safety projects, a reoccurring safety meeting allows a leader to update the team about their latest performance but also encourages participation, proactive discussion, and problem-solving related to safety. Literature in behavioral safety generally recommends involving workers in active discussion about observations data during meetings but provides fewer details about how leaders do that (Ludwig & Laske, 2022; McSween, 2003; Krause, 1996). In this study, we evaluated the effects of a leadership meeting checklist, targeting critical leader behaviors, and individual or comparative feedback on leadership performance in safety meetings. Fourteen leaders were randomly assigned into two groups. Leaders in the first group were provided vocal-verbal feedback and an aggregate score representative of their performance (i.e., score-only condition). Leaders in the second group were provided with vocal-verbal feedback and their scores in comparison to other leaders’ scores (i.e., comparison condition). Preliminary findings show that leaders who saw their score in relation to other leaders (i.e., comparison) improved their performance and maintained performance over time more than their peers who only received their score with no comparative feedback (i.e., score-only). Implications of these findings will be discussed and recommendations for targeting leadership performance will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Case for Critical Thinking: The Need for Expanded Analysis of Variables in the Practical Application of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
4:30 PM–4:55 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Ken Winn (Advanced Behavioral Resources) |
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S. |
|
A Case for Critical Thinking: The Need for Expanded Analysis of Variables in the Practical Application of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
KEN WINN (Advanced Behavioral Resources) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral phenomenon, especially in applied settings requires an analysis of variables beyond simple three-term contingencies often utilized in understanding variables maintaining behavior, especially problem behaviors. Often, we are taught concepts such as complex schedules of reinforcement, motivating operations, and singular concepts such as sings of damage or adjunctive behavior, but these are often overlooked in practical settings, given the nature, intensity, and frequency ey of problem behaviors, such as high intensity self-injury.
In this paper, we will explore a sequence of analyzing multiple contingencies and factors impacting the behavior of the clients we serve, in practical and user-friendly ways. There is a strong need for critical thinking in our field. Rather than “Blame” the clients (including those that support our clients, such as parents, teachers, and administrators to name a few), we need to explore an expanded and detailed analysis of multiple variables at play. This requires an application of the advanced concepts and principles underlying behavior in the context in which the behavior is emitted. |
|
Target Audience: This is for practicing behavior analysts who are scientist/practitioners. Target audience includes those with advanced knowledge of maintaining variables, logical constructs, and the ability to think critically about themselves, their interventions, and the environments where these interventions are implemented. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will demonstrate an understanding of inductive and deductive reasoning
2. Participants will demonstrate an understanding of the skills needed in critical thinking to properly analyze the many variables maintaining behavior in natural settings
3. Participants will demonstrate an understanding of 10 factors that influence responding
4. Participants will demonstrate an understanding of what it to think critically
5. Participants will demonstrate an understanding of how to properly conceptualize individual cases for individuals with complex behavioral problems. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and B. F. Skinner: A 20th Century Science and Scientist’s Contributions to The 21st Century |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Maria Amalia Andery, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MARIA AMALIA ANDERY (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo) |
Abstract: Behaviorism was inaugurated in 1913 by Watson’s paper. From 1930 to 1990, Skinner published near 300 titles, contributing heavily to behavior analysis and behaviorism. His work was driven by the development of science itself, as shown by his experimental work, and by context, or else, social variables, as shown by his philosophical writings and by titles intended to reach a broader public. A longitudinal analysis of Skinner’s most influencing articles and books clearly shows how behavior analysis as a science, and Skinner’s perspective as an intellectual were in synchrony with the political, social cultural, and scientific issues of the 20th century over the six decades of his career. This is why one could say that behavior analysis and Skinner were a 20th century science and scientist. But behavior analysis is also equipped to heavily contribute to issues that characterize the 21st century. To understand many of the impacts of Internet on individual behavior and cultures or to intervene successfully on education, for example, some of the philosophical and scientific principles built by behavior analysis and Skinner, such as selection by consequences, operant and respondent behavior, reinforcement, stimulus control, operant verbal behavior are key, useful, and may bring a new and fresh perspective to these and other 21st century issues. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Information will be updated soon. |
Learning Objectives: Information will be updated soon. |
|
MARIA AMALIA ANDERY (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo) |
Maria Amalia Pie Abib Andery is a full professor of Psychology at the Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo (PUC-SP) with undergraduate training in Psychology at PUC-SP, a Master degree at the University of Manitoba and a Ph.D. degree at PUC-SP. Maria Amalia’s training, research interests, and publications are in the field of behavior analysis, cultural practices and the relationships between verbal and non-verbal behavior. Maria Amalia advised many master and doctoral students, published 39 papers in Brazilian and foreign journals, more than 38 book chapters and contributes as a blind reviewer to Brazilian and international journals. Maria Amalia was also a member and consultant at national and state Brazilian agencies of Research and to the Ministry of Education. Maria Amalia founded the graduate Program of Experimental Psychology at PUC-SP, was dean of the College of Human and Health Sciences of the University, provost of Graduate Studies and is presently the Rector of the Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo (since 2016). |
|
|
|
|
|
Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Accreditation: Program Coordinators’ Experiences with Applying and Obtaining Accreditation and Recognition |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Benjamin N. Witts, Ph.D. |
Chair: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University) |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana) |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic training programs of various levels and arrangements are engaging in continuous quality improvement through ABAI’s accreditation system. We invite you to learn about how exemplary training programs engage with the accreditation process to refine their programs and meet accreditation standards. The panelists’ programs represent a diverse range of accreditation experiences, including programs seeking accreditation or recognition, newly accredited or recognized programs, and established programs. This session is designed for program coordinators, faculty, and those interested in recognition and accreditation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The audience should have basic knowledge about higher education, coursework requirements, and curriculum development, and a general interest in learning about accreditation. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the accreditation process and standards, and 2) identify ways in which programs meet standards. |
Keyword(s): Accreditation, Higher Education, VCS |
|
|
|
|
|
The Dog is Always Right: Assessment and Treatment of Pet Dog Behavior Challenges |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Stephanie Keesey-Phelan (The Dog Behavior Institute) |
Discussant: Kiki Yablon (Kiki Yablon Dog Training/Karen Pryor Academy/BehaviorWorks) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie Keesey-Phelan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many dogs engage in a variety of behaviors that can create challenges for the people living with them. The dog training industry is quick to provide blanket recommendations. In other words, dog trainers often provide recommendations for treatment based on topography, without considering the function of the behavior. Behavior analytic research has clearly demonstrated the superiority of function-based treatments. While researchers have started to extend this model to dog behavior, it is still often overlooked in practice. These presentations will walk through two dog behavior case studies in which a behavior analytic approach was used for canine clients and their people at the Dog Behavior Institute. The first case included a functional analysis (FA) of dog-directed reactivity; the FA was conducted remotely and clients coached using behavior skills training (BST). The second case involved a treatment analysis for a dog jumping on visitors. We will discuss the strength of using behavior analysis to address common dog behavior challenges. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Dogs, functional analysis, treatment analysis |
Target Audience: Participants should have an understanding of a function-based approach to behavior change, including assessment and treatment. Some familiarity with functional analyses may be beneficial. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Describe the application of the functional analysis methodology to dog behavior problems
(2) Name at least one sign of stress in dogs that might be considered when assessing access vs. escape functions in dog behavior
(3) Name an ethical consideration when implementing functional analyses with dogs |
|
Canine Functional Analysis of Dog-Directed Reactivity |
STEPHANIE KEESEY-PHELAN (The Dog Behavior Institute), Ran Courant-Morgan (The Dog Behavior Institute) |
Abstract: This study involved the application of functional analysis (FA) methodology to dog-directed reactivity in a home-based setting. Reactivity involved whining, growling, or barking in the presence of another dog while oriented toward that dog. The experimenter used behavior skills training (BST) to teach caregivers to implement two single-function functional analyses. All training and coaching of the FA conditions were completed remotely via Zoom. The first FA tested for an escape function and involved an escape test and matched control. The second FA tested for an access/tangible condition and involved an access test and matched control. The caregivers implemented the FAs on two separate days while the experimenter coached them live via Zoom. The results of the FAs indicated that dog-directed reactivity was maintained by escape. These results suggest that behavior analytic FA methodology can be applied to the behavior of domestic dogs and extends the literature on conducting FAs remotely. |
|
Treatment Analysis as an Alternative to a Functional Analysis for a Dog Jumping on Visitors |
RAN COURANT-MORGAN (The Dog Behavior Institute), Stephanie Keesey-Phelan (The Dog Behavior Institute) |
Abstract: The current study involved a treatment analysis of escape and attention provided noncontingently to decrease jumping. Rose was an adolescent mixed breed dog whose family reported that she was overexcited when people visited the home. Reactions included repeatedly jumping on, pawing at, and licking visitors, as well as barking when leashed away from visitors. Video of Rose’s responses to visitors was analyzed and baseline data were used to design a treatment analysis. A treatment analysis using NCR was selected as the intervention after considering the risks and benefits of conducting a functional analysis. Providing reinforcement for these behaviors in their natural environment could result in increases in the behavior that would be dangerous for typical visitors to the home, which included both children and elderly family members. Noncontingent attention and escape were provided on a more dense schedule than the schedule on which the behavior occurred in baseline conditions. Providing non-contingent escape resulted in the lowest rates of jumping, suggesting that this behavior functioned to access escape. The results of this study suggest that a treatment analysis could be a desirable alternative to a functional analysis in an applied setting with dogs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Approaches and Strategies of Compassionate Care in Behavioral Analytic Service Delivery |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kaori G. Nepo, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kathleen Bailey Stengel (NeurAbilities Healthcare ) |
KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities) |
ADRIANA NEUMANN (NeurAbilities) |
JESSICA COOKE (NeurAbilities Healthcare) |
Abstract: Taylor et al. (2019) highlighted the lack of empathy and Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) recognized the imperative need to shift the focus toward the perspective of consumers. In response, BACB published the updated ethical standard, The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020). The revised code highlights the growing need to address service delivery with careful consideration of cultural and diverse consumers. Developing rapport with consumers is one of the critical aspects of ensuring effective treatment, which is well-documented across disciplines. However, the implementation of compassionate care is not the primary focus within the framework of many academic programs, the fieldwork experience required for the aspiring students as outlined in the BACB task list, and continued education for BCBAs. Further, components of such compassionate service delivery have not been extensively studied (Rohrer & Weiss, 2023). In this presentation, our panel of experts will discuss innovative approaches and strategies including artificial intelligence training designed to promote compassionate care within the realm of applied behavior analysis. Additionally, the panelists will plan to shed light on the potential approaches to advance the field by sharing preliminary data. Behavior Analyst Certification Board (2017). BCBA/BCaBA task list (5th ed.). Littleton, CO Behavior Analyst Certification Board. (2020). Ethics code for behavior analysts. Rohrer, J. L., & Weiss, M. J. (2023). Teaching compassion skills to students of behavior analysis: A preliminary investigation. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 16(3), 763-782. Taylor, B. A., LeBlanc, L. A., & Nosik, M. R. (2019). Compassionate care in behavior analytic treatment: Can outcomes be enhanced by attending to relationships with caregivers? Behavior Analysis in Practice, 12(3), 654-666. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: intermediate |
Learning Objectives: 1. The participants will learn the gap in the field between practice and ethical standard 2. The participants will identify strategies to assess components skills in compassionate care 3. The participants will identify innovative approaches to promote compassionate care |
Keyword(s): AI, compassionate care, service delivery |
|
|
|
|
|
A Glimpse Behind the Curtain: How Reexamining the Threshold of Operant Behavior May Improve Clinical Outcomes |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jared T Armshaw (University North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Brennan Patrick Armshaw, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will broadly explore the scope of behavior analysis and its flexibility of application. The symposium will address topics ranging from: behavior medicine, and the nature of the flexible unit, to merging neuroscientific and behavioral principles to improve stroke rehabilitative outcomes. The first presentation provides conceptual and empirical foundations in support of non-traditional areas of application of ABA, with a focus on the medical realm. The author will focus on how subthreshold operant relations (i.e., neuromuscular activity) promote the expansion and application of ABA to improve the quality of life of the people behavior science can serve. The second author expands upon the notion of neuromuscular activity as an operant. The author will present data from a basic translation study focusing on the different operant dimensions in neuromuscular responses. In the final part of the symposium, we shift our attention to stroke rehabilitation. Here, we explore how behaviorists can integrate neuroscientific principles with behavioral principles to enhance post-stroke recovery. This symposium aims to provide a sampling of diverse and non-traditional applications of behavior science. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Having a basic understanding of behavior principles is sufficient for this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able: 1) provide examples of the scope in which behavior principles can be applied, 2) provide an explanation of why subthreshold responses can be considered operants, and 3) be familiar with how physiological systems like neuromodulator are beneficial to drive recovery following brain damage in relation to behavioral rehabilitation |
|
The Lost Operant: Does Applied Behavior Analysis Have a Place in Neuromuscular Rehabilitation? |
(Applied Research) |
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (West Virgina University) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts leverage the scientific foundation of behavior analysis to improve the quality of life of those they serve. Historically, the scope of its application has largely focused on responses above the observable threshold. The application of the applied behavior analysis (ABA) has demonstrated particular success in the areas of autism and neurodevelopmental disabilities. The success applied behaviorists have experienced should not be conflated with the scope of its application. Rather, the success should stand as an exemplar of the power of establishing and applying a sophisticated understanding of operant dynamics. The utility of arranging operant dynamics to promote behavior change has been demonstrated when working with observable responses. However, the opportunity to improve the quality of life is not limited to responses traditionally considered observable. This presentation has three aims. First, highlight nontraditional areas of application. Particular emphasis will be placed on the medical realm where the target response is one that falls below the observable threshold, neuromuscular activity. Second, discuss the flexible nature of the operant and potential gaps in our understanding. Finally, suggest how behaviorists can engage in research and practice designed to expand our understanding of such operants and promote additional areas of application. |
|
Investigating the Use of a Limited Hold Feedback Strategy to Change Electromyographic Waveform Characteristics During Isometric Contractions of the Vastus Medialis Oblique |
(Basic Research) |
J. LOGAN GIBSON (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (IBSTR) |
Abstract: Early use of the muscles involved in knee flexion and contraction is associated with improved rehabilitation outcomes following a total knee replacement. Timing of muscle activation in the Vastus Medialis Oblique (VMO) plays an important role in activities such as standing and walking. While there are benefits to using monitoring via Surface Electromyography and contingent feedback to increase peak amplitudes, we are not aware of empirical work investigating specific monitoring and feedback strategies focused on altering the characteristics of the waveform, such as the attack slope which would be interpreted as a change in timing of the response. Using healthy volunteers, we compared the speed at which maximal responding occurs between 3 distinct criteria conditions in which the participant has a given amount of time following the beginning of a muscle contraction to reach peak amplitude: three seconds, two seconds, and 1.25 seconds. These data suggest that the addition of a limited hold component when added to the contingency, may improve the response timing of the VMO. |
|
Where the Sidewalk Bridges: An Investigation Into Neuroscience and Behavior Tactics in Stroke Rehabilitation |
(Basic Research) |
JARED T ARMSHAW (University North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Abstract: In this presentation, we will explore how behaviorists can harmonize neuroscientific principles and tactics with behavioral principles in the frame of stroke rehabilitation, a major cause of disability. We will discuss how behavioral principles applied to stroke rehabilitation may be augmented by or applied in coordination with physiological or brain-stimulation-based strategies. We will present the translational results of a study utilizing one such example in which we manipulated the dopaminergic system, a neuromodulatory system that facilitates the (re)organization of neural systems crucial for functional behavior patterns, in tandem with rehabilitation to augment post-stroke recovery outcomes a translational rodent model. We will discuss the implications and new potentials of this approach, which utilizes brain stimulation rather than pharmaceutical intervention and, therefore, brings behavioral timing to the foreground of physiological interventions. We will then discuss these results in the wider context of rehabilitation research and the need to improve behavioral and physiological approaches to rehabilitation in a broader scope. |
|
|
|
|
|
Considerations for Working With Adult and Aging Populations With Disabilities |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB |
Area: DDA |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Jenna Gilder (The May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Jenna Gilder, Ph.D. |
|
Behavioral Analytic Strategies for Working With Neurodiverse Clients Showing Early Dementia Symptoms |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JENNA GILDER (The May Institute) |
|
Abstract: As neurodiverse children age, they are at risk for a number of diseases. Dementia is reported as the most feared disease by individuals over 65, according to the National Institute of Health. For younger individuals it is the second most feared condition after cancer. This fear is not unfounded since individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are at risk for Major Neurocognitive Disorder, commonly called dementia. Adults with Down syndrome, a subset of IDD, are even more at risk (Bram et al., 2019). This is especially the case for early onset Alzheimer’s disease (Janicki & Dalton, 2000). This paper presentation will discuss how we as behavior analysts can adapt our approaches to best work with individuals who have, or are at risk for, this dual diagnosis. Information on how to adapt behavior support plans, communicate with caregivers, and work with staff across disciplines will all be addressed. Previous client cases will also be discussed to demonstrate how strategies can be applied. Behavior analysts should leave this presentation with a tool kit of behavior analytic strategies that can be used to meet the behavioral needs of clients who have, or are at risk of receiving, a dementia diagnosis. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing Crisis, the Next Pandemic: How Do We Hire Staff? How Do We Train Them? How Do We Retain Them? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kimberly L. Duhanyan, M.Ed. |
Chair: Kimberly L. Duhanyan (Melmark New England) |
JENNIFER FLANDERS (Melmark New England) |
CONNOR DURKIN (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: The staffing crisis has been one that many human service agencies identify as one of the biggest challenges facing the daily work in our field. The staffing crisis impacts employee burnout, student outcomes, integrity and best practice within our programs. Provider agencies nationwide are sharing similar stories of the workforce challenges. Representatives across departments who interact with potential and newly hired staff will participate as panel members. Initial questions posed by the chair will focus around (1) interviewing and hiring, (2) onboarding, (3) the orientation and onsite training process, and (4) staff retention. Within each of these areas, we questions will further highlight barriers, obstacles and strategies we have implemented to help overcome the effects of the staffing crisis. Objectives: 1. Participants will identify barriers to staffing across human service agencies. 2. Participants will state strategies to overcome barriers related to hiring patterns. 3. Participants will describe evidence-based strategies to evaluate staff retention strategies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Clinicians, supervisors, leadership of ABA organizations, as well as ABA students |
Learning Objectives: Objectives: 1. Participants will identify barriers to staffing across human service agencies. 2. Participants will state strategies to overcome barriers related to hiring patterns. 3. Participants will describe evidence-based strategies to evaluate staff retention strategies. |
Keyword(s): hiring, retention, staffing, training |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training: Efficacy, Application, and Procedural Integrity Across Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland) |
CE Instructor: Karl Fannar Gunnarsson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The symposium includes a series of three studies where functional communication training and delay tolerance models were taught to staff members using variations of behavior skills training and pyramidal training. The principal study used BST to train staff in providing a variation of Hanley´s (2012) FCT program within a school setting, looking at skill generalization to a student learner. The second study was a replication and extension of the first where it explored adding three levels of a pyramidal model to the BST within a special school environment, highlighting its adaptability and effectiveness in teaching functional communication and delay tolerance. The third study was a replication and extension of the second, adding levels to the pyramidal approach and focusing further on the procedural integrity of Functional Communication Training when implemented within the pyramidal framework in a supported home facility. This series of studies outlines the importance of maintaining procedural fidelity while also demonstrating the effectiveness of the pyramidal model when combined with BST. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavior-Skills-Training, Functional-communication-training, Procedural Integrity, Pyramidal Training |
Target Audience: Current RBT, BCaBA, BCBA or BCBA-D certificates. Knowledge of Functional Communication Training and staff training in a clinical environment. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the key components of pyramidal behavioral skills training; (2) Identify ways to assess the accuracy of staff training methods in varied settings; (3) Describe the peer-to-peer training process and its benefits in staff training scenarios. |
|
"Can I Have My Way Please?“: Training University Students to Implement Delay Tolerance and Functional Communication to Children With Developmental Disabilities |
BÁRA DENNÝ ÍVARSDÓTTIR (Landspítali - The National University Hospital, Iceland), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is a validated method used widely to instruct caregivers and others in skills grounded in applied behavior analysis. This study employed BST in role-play to teach three female university students, aged 24-26, a six-step functional communication training, and subsequently assessed its transference to teaching an autistic student in a specialized classroom. Two students were pursuing a master's in applied behavioral analysis at the University of Iceland, with backgrounds in psychology and 1-4 years' experience with disabled individuals. The third held a BA in social education, was enrolled in an additional program, and had seven years of experience in the field. Using a multiple baseline probe design, the research gauged the effect of BST on the students' competency in communication training. Results indicated a significant increase in correct step implementation, averaging from 7.4% to 98%. In real-world scenarios, this accuracy reached 99%. The findings emphasize BST's efficacy in imparting communication techniques both in simulated and actual settings. Participant feedback further attested to the training's strong social relevance. |
|
"Train the Trainer": How Does Knowledge and Skills Transfer Within a Pyramidal Training Model? |
FELIX HOGNASON (University of Iceland / Reykjavik University), Azra Crnac (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: This study examined the efficacy of using pyramidal behavioral skills training for teaching staff skill-based functional communication. Three central queries were addressed: the consistency of training implementation across pyramid tiers, maintenance of trained skills among participants, and participants' capability to apply skills with a child post-training. Six staff and interns from a special school participated, along with a student undergoing functional communication training. Participants were educated using the pyramidal behavioral skills methodology. A synchronized multiple baseline probe design was employed. Training for each subsequent participant commenced only after the prior one completed their training. The researcher initiated by instructing two participants, who then taught their peers. On average, training accuracy reached 93% across all participants. Their performance in executing functional communication skills averaged at 98%, while real-life application with a student was observed to be 96% accurate. The outcomes advocate for the pyramidal approach as an economically sound method for staff training in evidence-based techniques, especially in settings requiring distributed responsibility and enhanced training efficiency for new personnel. |
|
Combining Behavior Skills Training and Pyramidal Training; Evaluating Procedural Integrity of Functional Communication Training |
ARNDÍS BJÖRG ÓLAFSDÓTTIR (Reykjavik University), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University) |
Abstract: Traditional staff training, which often emphasizes written and verbal directives without specific criteria, can be suboptimal for teaching crucial clinical skills. This study aimed to evaluate the precision of Functional Communication Training (FCT) using multi-tiered pyramidal Behavior Skills Training (BST) and the procedural fidelity of non-expert trainers. Eight support staff participated. A multiple probe design gauged the relationship between pyramidal BST and FCT accuracy. Results revealed that pyramidal BST effectively taught staff to implement FCT, with accuracy surging from an initial average of 0.6% to 99% post-training. Procedural fidelity of BST remained commendable at 84.2%. However, a decline in FCT accuracy was observed during follow-up with a hypothetical example post-training, averaging 54.3% for six staff who subsequently trained another participant. Notably, their accuracy improved to an average of 74.2% after training peers. The two participants who didn't train others showed post-training accuracies of 45.2% and 67.7%. This research underscores the efficacy of pyramidal BST for training support service staff and accentuates the advantages of peer-to-peer training. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Self-Awareness to Accountability: A Multidimensional Approach to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Supervision |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Edward Justin Page (StepOne Neurodiversity Services) |
Discussant: Jessica Naomi Cadette Dunn (Orlando Health) |
CE Instructor: Elisa M. Cruz-Torres, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Four core principles lay the foundation of the “Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts”- Benefit Others, Treat Others with Compassion, Dignity, and Respect, Behave with Integrity, and Ensure Competence. While these principles and codes assist in maximizing credibility to our profession, they, above all, aim to protect the dignity and safety of our consumers. In addition to enhancing the mastery of conceptual knowledge and technical skills, Board Certified Behavior Analysts® must also be diligent in their delivery of culturally responsive care when addressing the needs of our diverse population, providing equitable and inclusive treatment to all recipients of our services, and teaching and modeling throughout clinical practice and supervisory experiences. This symposium will begin by highlighting some of the current issues impacting culturally responsive supervision by first examining the impact of potential personal biases in service delivery. Suggestions for approaches and strategies to alleviate and promote ethical and culturally responsive training processes will be reviewed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): culturally responsive, ethics, supervision |
Target Audience: Attendees should be practicing certified analysts who are or will be supervising others (i.e., BCaBAs, RBTs) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Define and describe how implicit biases influence service delivery. 2. Operationally define behaviors that exemplify culturally competent supervision. 3. Identify strategies and resources to promote culturally sensitive supervisory training and practices. |
|
Before We Go Out, We Must Go In |
ELISA M. CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts® do no harm by protecting the welfare and rights of consumers. This includes, but is not limited to, identifying and addressing factors and behaviors that negatively impact their professional activities and actively seeking to address and resolve the identified issues that may be contributing to these outcomes during the provision of services, including supervisory experiences.
Providing culturally responsive supervision requires acknowledgment and acceptance that our personal biases influence how we treat others. In other words, in order to treat others with compassion, dignity, and respect, we must first become self-aware about how our unconscious thoughts, feelings, and perceptions as internal environmental stimuli affect the delivery of our services. This presentation will describe how increasing awareness of our own cultural beliefs and values can maximize behaving in an honest and trustworthy manner and be a catalyst for the provision of more culturally sensitive training, ultimately promoting cultural competency in supervisory practices. |
|
Beyond the Code: Elevating Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Supervision |
CANDACE BARRETT (University of Miami) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts in supervisory roles are held accountable for their supervisory practices. As supervisors, they must prioritize the development and implementation of positive supervision and training relationships with their supervisees. One crucial aspect to consider during this process is diversity, which should be incorporated as a primary influence in shaping training and supervision practices. It is essential to recognize that each supervisee comes from a different background and culture. As a supervisor, you must be able to provide training and supervision that is responsive to their unique needs and experiences. Although our ethics code outlines supervisory practices, the execution often needs to be revised. The primary objective of the presentation is to explore various strategies and considerations that can aid in developing responsive supervision and training processes. Ultimately, the aim of enhancing supervisory practices is to ensure that supervisees receive adequate training and professional development that will enable them to provide high-quality services to their clients. By prioritizing positive relationships and diversity, behavior analysts can improve their supervisory practices and outcomes for supervisees and clients. |
|
|
|
|
|
Crafting Competence and Staff Retention Through Behavioral Skills Training |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sudha Ramaswamy (Mercy College) |
Discussant: Erik Jacobson (Upstate Caring Partners (NY)) |
CE Instructor: Amanda M Adams, Ph.D. |
Abstract: To ensure effectiveness, leaders of behavior analytic organizations must actively engage in the recruitment and retention and skill development of teachers, assistants and direct support professionals. This symposium concentrates on identifying effective strategies to attract and retain staff while facilitating their acquisition of the necessary knowledge and skills for optimal job performance. By shedding light on these issues, this research contributes to positive social change by offering insights leaders can leverage to formulate effective strategies for training. Such support can foster retention of crucial staff members, enabling them to deliver services accurately and efficiently such that it positively impacts the educational, vocational, social and emotional well-being of students and clients. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is a dynamic and adaptable framework for fostering behavior change, and when the fundamental components of BST are systematically applied to target behaviors, it can lead to an effective and efficient learning process. The two papers presented within this symposium include a component analysis to examine the impact of fundamental elements of the model on task performance of direct support professionals, as well as a second paper examining the efficiency of the BST model in improving teacher soft skills and programmatic decision making. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: intermediate |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify strategies for increasing employee retention, teaching skills and employee management that employ the BST model. 2. Participants will be able to identify the benefits of feedback when applied as a stand alone training within BST to improve task performance |
|
Facilitating the Development of Soft Skills and Decision-Making in School Staff via Behavioral Skills Training |
ALAN KINSELLA (The Manhattan Childrens Center), Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center) |
Abstract: The human services field, especially within education, grapples with a significant challenge in staff turnover and retention, affecting treatment quality and organizational reputation (Shaun, 2021). While numerous approaches exist to address these issues, uninformed strategies run the risk of depleting available resources (such as time, effort, and money) and placing additional strain on the remaining workforce. Through a blend of quantitative and qualitative analyses, involving exit surveys, teacher meetings, and student program data, key variables were identified that influence staffing patterns.
Performance management tactics and a behavioral skills training model was employed within a multiple baseline across participants design as well as pre and post training measures to determine the efficacy of behavioral skills training and tactics employed to change teacher behavior. Measures included making informed programming decisions, managing parent correspondence, giving/receiving feedback, fostering a positive work culture, and conducting productive team meetings. Results will be discussed with respect to the efficiency of the BST model in improving soft skills, classroom management and communication as well as improving the decision-making skills reflected in improvements in results of decision analysis data. |
|
Component Analysis of Behavioral Skills Training With Direct Support Professionals |
AMANDA M ADAMS (Anderson Center for Autism & Capella University), Bryan J. Blair (Capella University) |
Abstract: Direct support professionals (DSPs) often receive limited, low-quality training that can affect outcomes for those they support. These choices to provide low-quality training are related to limitations in funding, training resources, and high employee turnover rates. Further quantitative exploration of an efficient and effective method of BST training can support overcoming these deficits in training and resources. Using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants, I studied the individual and combined impacts of lecture presentation, clarification with task aids, modeling, and repetition until mastery (practice and feedback) on DSP task performance. Nine full-time DSPs who work across day and residential care for people with disabilities volunteered for training on instruction using the three-term contingency. The components varied, including a lecture, a job aid, a model, and a feedback session. No single component was sufficient to increase the accuracy of skill performance to the mastery criteria. All components had some effect on performance among participants. Rehearsal with feedback increased accuracy for all participants, regardless of the application in the intervention order. Exploration into the benefits of feedback as standalone training and BST component was necessary as this may be a critical feature missing in the current inadequate human services training models. |
|
|
|
|
|
Telling the Truth: Behavioral Procedures for Increasing the Accuracy of Reporting Past Events |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
CE Instructor: Mariele Cortez, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MARIELE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The controlling relation between nonverbal environment and verbal response is the central feature of the tact. However, stimulus control may be distorted by certain special consequences that are mediated by the listener under particular circumstances. In a major case of stimulus control distortion, the speaker emits a response under circumstances that normally control an incompatible response, what is called a lie. Inaccurate responding about past events could have detrimental effects on social relationships and also affect children’s safety. Caregivers expect their children to report their past behavior honestly when asked about their routine at school, how they got hurt, and so on. Honest verbal reports are also important, for example, in clinical settings and court proceeding, which may involve children’s eyewitness testimony. The positive relation between past and present behavior, whether verbal or not, has been labeled correspondence. We refer to do-say correspondence when individuals say or accurately report what they have done. Research on do-say correspondence has investigated the role of specific conditions under which reports about past may be accurate (honest) or inaccurate (dishonest). I will describe how basic experimental research on do-say correspondence has identified environmental variables that lead to dishonest reports. Additionally, I will present some behavioral procedures for increasing the accuracy of reporting past events in children, including those with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). I will also discuss the role of teaching problem-solving strategies on accurately reporting past events. This presentation will conclude with a call for researchers to systematically investigate the variables and the procedures that may lead to reliable reports of past events. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in the experimental analysis of verbal behavior and, more specifically, in tacts of past events. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Functionally analyze honest and dishonest reports about past events; (2) List the effects of different environmental variables on children’s reports accuracy about past events; (3) Describe procedures for increasing the accuracy of reporting past events; (4) Discuss the importance of applying the methods and strategies of basic research when planning interventions for teaching tacts of past events. |
|
MARIELE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Dr. Mariele Cortez is an Assistant Professor of Psychology at Federal University of São Carlos (Brazil), where she teaches courses and supervises master and doctoral students in Psychology. She is also a researcher member of the National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching in Brazil that is a network that integrates basic, translational and applied research in a multi-institutional program. She is the current Editor-in-Chief of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis (BJBA) and she has served as associate editor of BJBA and Perspectives in Behavior Analysis (Brazil). She has reviewed manuscripts for various Brazilian and international scientific journals like JABA and EJOBA. Dr. Cortez’s research focuses on the study of verbal behavior with special interest in evaluating the efficacy of a variety of procedures to teach language for children with or without autism and investigating environmental variables that affect the accuracy of reporting past events, using single-subject designs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Methodologies for Acquired Brain Injury Training: Barriers, Retrospective Review & Caregiver Training |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
CE Instructor: Anneka Hofschneider, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Annual estimates in the United States report nearly 795,00 people to suffer a stroke and 214,110 hospitalizations related to a traumatic brain injury (TBI) to occur. Alarming data also state someone suffers a stroke once every forty seconds while 586 TBI-related hospitalizations take place daily (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2023). Given these statistics: research, practice, and dissemination of behavior analytic applications within brain injury rehabilitation is necessary. This symposium will highlight recent research and retrospective review of staff and caregiver training across the continuum of brain injury (neurorehabilitation) rehabilitation. The first presentation will share with the audience existing barriers identified by current practitioners in the field of neurorehabilitation. Implications and considerations from the study will be discussed. The second presentation will review findings from procedures aimed at training staff to collect novel data at an acute neurorehabilitation setting. Pre-and post-training data will be reviewed. The third paper will share results from a Behavioral Skills Training (BST) package for stroke caregivers implementing multidisciplinary skills. Limitations and future directions will be discussed. Presenting authors will illustrate the efficacious relationship and continued need of behavior analytic principles within neurorehabilitation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): barriers analysis, brain injury, caregiver training, staff training |
Target Audience: basic; practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: (1) identify barriers noted by behavior analytic practitioners in brain injury rehabilitation; (2) provide an overview of how individualized data collection systems could change rehabilitation practices in relation to managing behavior; (3) identify components of a stroke caregiver training package and its utility for multidisciplinary training. |
|
Behavior Analytic Services in Acquired Brain Injury Rehabilitation: Identifying Barriers and Promoting Progress |
Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), AVA MINOLLI (California State University, Sacramento), Shelby Marie Bryeans (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Acquired brain injury (ABI) is a major public health concern in the United States (Dewan et al., 2018) and can result in behavioral consequences that impede rehabilitation goals and limit independent living options (Heinicke & Carr, 2014). Behavior analysts are well equipped to serve ABI survivors (LeBlanc et al., 2013; Mozzoni, 2008); however, only 0.08% of board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) report doing so (BACB, n.d.). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate why limited visibility and recognition of applied behavior analysis (ABA) remains a critical barrier to workforce development in ABI settings. We asked 12 subject matter experts to describe their experiences via semi-structured interviews and conducted a thematic analysis using a semantic approach (Braun & Clark, 2006; 2013). We organized our results into the following domains: employment demographics (e.g., team models, common behaviors addressed), company history with behavior analysis (e.g., who advocated for the addition of BCBAs), value (e.g., perceived value of ABA from their team), barriers (e.g., why barriers exist, potential solutions), and final thoughts (e.g., advice for behavior analysts). We will discuss how a better understanding of the identified barriers can aid in informing more specific and effective strategies to tackle these ongoing obstacles. |
|
Findings From a Retrospective Review on Staff Training in a Hospital Setting |
OLIVIA CRIDDLE (Craig Hospital), Arielle Reindeau (Craig Hospital) |
Abstract: This presentation will focus on a retrospective chart review conducted at an acute neurorehabilitation unit. Providing the audience with a view into the initial stages of the brain injury rehabilitation continuum, the presenting author will describe and share a comparison assessment of a patient’s brain injury related behaviors (BIRBs) before and after the implementation of an applied behavior analysis-based neurobehavioral program. In addition to this comparison, the presenting author will review the data collection systems developed and used in the acute (hospital) setting. This data collection system has been used for over 110 patients, all who have suffered moderate-to-severe brain injuries. This presentation will offer the audience the following: conceptualization of how to operationalize medically-oriented behaviors; a timeline of staff training to collect novel data; and a review of the statistical analysis conducted on data at pre- and post-program time periods. Data will be reviewed depicting outcomes on brain injury related behaviors (BIRBs). |
|
Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training for Stroke Caregivers |
ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills), L. Fernando Fernando Guerrero (Institute for Effective Behavioral Interventions) |
Abstract: Following a stroke, an individual may experience a multitude of long-lasting effects including physical, cognitive, and behavioral changes. These changes often impact home and family dynamics, particularly a caregiver’s role. For example, caregivers may find themselves in opposing roles such a child giving care to a parent. Caregiving at the various stages of stroke recovery requires individualized and patient and caregiver-specific goals. Additionally, goals or skills may come from various disciplines and specialties typically involved in stroke rehabilitation (for example, Physical Therapy). Despite support for caregiver training, there is little information on effective and useful methods to train those finding themselves in a caregiving role. This study evaluated the use of Behavioral Skills Training for three caregivers implementing skills from three disciplines (Occupational, Physical, & Speech Therapy). Results will be discussed including demonstration of criterion-level performance and above-baseline generalization probes for all caregivers. Data and future directions will also be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Development and Validation of Owner-Implemented Protocols for Companion Dogs |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
CE Instructor: Mindy Waite, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MINDY WAITE (Carroll University) |
Abstract: Behavior problems are common in companion animals, yet relatively few behavior intervention protocols have been validated for this population. Further, even fewer studies have packaged validated protocols for public consumption or assessed the incorporation of owners as implementers. As a result, owners must turn to unvalidated, publicly available protocols or work with behavior practitioners using procedures with undetermined validity and owner fidelity to protocol. This is problematic, as owners are typically expected to perform the majority of intervention implementation, and ineffective protocols or lack of procedural fidelity can result in poor outcomes. This presentation will discuss previous and current behavior analytic research incorporating owners into behavior protocols for companion dogs, including functional analyses, preference assessments, and a discussion of a recent study to develop and analyze a choice-based, owner-implemented protocol focused on training companion dogs to cooperatively participate in ear cleaning. Across studies, protocols were efficacious and had high social validity and owner integrity. For both the ear cleaning and preference assessment studies, owners implemented the majority of the protocols with both autonomy and high fidelity. However, some owners required individualized support, with the amount required being unique to each pair, suggesting that owner-implemented protocols may require some professional oversight. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: junior BCBAs, Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice (including practitioners, supervisors, etc.), Currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe existing literature on incorporation of owners into behavior protocols in companion animals; (2) describe ways to package protocols which may increase procedural fidelity during owner implementation; (3) prepare for different types and amounts of support requested by owners during autonomous protocol implementation. |
|
MINDY WAITE (Carroll University) |
Mindy is a clinical assistant professor in the Animal Behavior Program at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI and instructor at Virginia Tech in the Applied Animal Behavior and Welfare program, where she is also on several graduate student committees. She is a board-Certified Applied Animal Behaviorist (CAAB). In addition to teaching and consulting, Mindy engages in research on companion canine behavior. Her early studies focused on the prevalence, function, and function-based interventions for mouthing behavior in dogs. Current studies focus on developing and validating owner-implemented protocols which can be autonomously carried out by animal caretakers. Her previous publication focused on the modification and validation of an owner-implemented food preference assessment for dogs, and her current study focuses on the validation of a protocol offering asynchronous modeling and coaching to owners autonomously training their dogs to cooperatively engage in an ear cleaning procedure. Her research has received several awards, including the Marian Breland-Bailey Award and Fear Free Award, as well as competitive funding from Fear Free. She received her BS in Genetics from the University of Wisconsin-Madison, PhD in Molecular Biology (mouse brain development) from the University of Michigan, and MS in Behavior Analysis from Marquette University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Staff Safety and Workplace Violence in Children’s Hospitals: Behavior-Analytic Approaches to Mitigating a Systemic Issue |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Alec M Bernstein, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pediatric hospitals, both tertiary medical and psychiatric settings, continue to struggle with managing the challenging behavior of their patients. The inappropriate and unsafe management of challenging behavior often results in patient- and systems-level issues. Patients (many of whom with a neurodevelopmental disorder and limited vocal-verbal communication skills) experience high rates of physical restraint, chemical restraint, lengthy admissions, and foregone medical procedures. The hospital system experiences repeated staff injuries, low staff morale, turnover, and financial deficits. The fix to such a systemic issue is complex. Behavior analysts, however, have begun to empirically demonstrate their ability to mitigate the patient- and systems-level issues due to challenging behavior. This symposium includes three presentations that highlight the use of applied behavior analysis to address staff safety and workplace violence in various pediatric hospital settings from different perspectives. The first presentation focuses on reducing physical restraint by bringing simulation training to bedside staff. The second presentation focuses on improving staff safety through a behavior-based safety framework. The third presentation focuses on reducing chemical restraint and challenging behavior through a specialized-care pathway for patients most at risk for physical aggression. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral pediatrics, hospital, restraint, workplace violence |
Target Audience: The necessary prerequisite skills for attendees to gain the most from the symposium included (a) ongoing or completion of graduate-level work focusing on applied behavior analysis, (b) licensure and credentials as someone able to legally and ethically provide behavior-analytic services, (c) some experience providing behavior-analytic services in the healthcare setting. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify (1) best practices for reducing challenging behavior and increasing staff safety within the hospital setting, (2) strategies for integrating behavior analysis into healthcare, and (3) the generality of behavior-analytic methodology to both patient- and systems-level issues in the hospital. |
|
Reducing Restraint Use by Bringing Simulation to the Bedside |
OLIVIA MILLER (Children’s National Hospital; Simmons University) |
Abstract: The landscape of healthcare in the United States is currently undergoing significant challenges that are impacting both patient care and the healthcare workforce. This presentation addresses two pressing issues: the surge in patients experiencing behavioral crises and the nursing staffing crisis. These challenges have been exacerbated by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Hospitals across the country have witnessed a notable increase in patients grappling with behavioral health crises. The pandemic has intensified the unmet need for behavioral health services, making it increasingly difficult for individuals with behavioral health conditions to access the care they require. Patients, for example, experience prolonged hospital stays, overcrowded emergency departments, and limited access to timely and appropriate care. This presentation will review a pilot simulation training created to meet the training needs to support a patient on the medical floor. Following the success of the initial pilot simulation, the training was replicated with over 100 bedside staff, designed to manage escalating patient behavior. The training had a direct impact on the reduction of restraint use and increased preparedness and confidence of participants who manage escalating patient behavior. Results suggest simulation can be an effective strategy to train medical staff to manage challenging behavior and reduce restraint use. |
|
Using Behavior-Based Safety to Improve Employee Safety While Working With Individuals With Severe Challenging Behavior |
ALISON M. BETZ (ABA Technologies, Inc.), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Mathew C. Luehring (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
Abstract: The healthcare and social assistance industries continue to grapple with elevated rates of on-the-job injuries, surpassing those of any other private industry. In 2020, data from bls.gov (2021) underscored a concerning statistic: nonfatal occupational injuries and illnesses were nearly twice as prevalent in these sectors compared to other high-risk industries like mining and construction. One explanation for this pronounced disparity in injury incidence could be the distinct prioritization of employee safety in alternative industries, where evidence-based methodologies such as behavior-based safety (BBS) have been harnessed to enhance workplace safety for decades. As is customary with behavioral interventions, the initial step within the BBS framework includes a meticulous assessment of risk and safety to identify influential variables influencing on-the-job safety-related behavior. Our objective was to conduct a comprehensive safety assessment within a neuropsychiatric special care unit, which has been experiencing elevated instances of employee injuries, predominantly during interactions with patients who engage in severe problem behaviors. Through our assessment, we identified target behaviors linked to employee injury, along with their likely functions. We then implemented an observation and feedback system focusing on safe workplace behaviors. Results of the safety assessment and observation and feedback system will be presented and discussed. |
|
A Specialized Care Pathway for Autistic Patients With Aggressive Behavior Boarding at a Children’s Hospital |
ZHICHUN ZHOU OSTLUND (St. Louis Children's Hospital), Brandon May (Washington University in St. Louis; St. Louis Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder are more likely to be hospitalized for aggressive behavior than individuals with other behavioral health conditions. The heterogeneity of autism is more likely to require specialized inpatient care, which is largely unavailable. This leads to higher boarding rates, increased aggressive behavior, and longer lengths of stay in settings inadequate for managing aggressive behavior like medical hospitals. The following presentation outlines a specialized care pathway for autistic patients boarding at a Children’s Hospital, which includes changes in the physical environment and the implementation of a standardized set of behavioral strategies. Behavior planning was supported by changes in personnel, trainings, and process optimization. A case series outlines the effects of this pathway in reducing aggressive behavior, the use of crisis intervention, and PRN psychiatric medications. Workplace violence data shows a 50% reduction in OSHA recordable incidents across the hospital in the year since this pathway was implemented. |
|
|
|
|
|
Go to the People |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JAMES WITHERS (UPMC Mercy Hospital) |
Abstract: This talk with introduce the emerging field of street medicine – the direct delivery of care to those sleeping on the streets. Dr. Withers teaches medicine in Pittsburgh where he pioneered the work and has led a global movement to establish programs on all six continents. Street medicine has implications for effective care of excluded populations in that health teams are intentionally “woven” into the fabric of those populations, establishing trust and solidarity, allowing for not just healthcare but a shared journey towards social justice. This talk will review the history of street medicine, the unique qualities and values it embodies, the implications for improved care, medical education and how it allows the healthcare system to reclaim its’ humanity and relevance. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Clinicians, administrators, community advocates and learners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how street medicine evolved to address specific short-comings of the current healthcare system; (2) outline the core values and principle of street medicine practice; (3) describe how street medicine is augmenting and transforming healthcare through patient engagement, medical education and collaborative network development. |
|
JAMES WITHERS (UPMC Mercy Hospital) |
In 1992, Dr. Jim Withers dressed as a homeless person and joined a formerly homeless man to visit the street dwellers of Pittsburgh, making "house calls" at night. This initiative led to his program, Operation Safety Net (OSN) that brings medical care and social services directly to the unsheltered homeless. It also serves as a pioneering “classroom” for students of various disciplines to learn the principles of reality-based care. In 2005, Dr. Withers established the annual International Street Medicine Symposium (with current partners in North America, South and Central America, Europe, Australia, Africa and Asia) to foster collaboration in the care of those sleeping on the streets. In 2009, Dr. Withers created the new non-profit Street Medicine Institute to promote the global practice of street medicine. In 2019, Dr. Withers created the first Street Medicine Fellowship at the UPMC Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh.
Dr. Withers is in practice with the Pittsburgh Mercy health system, on the Internal Medicine teaching faculty of UPMC Mercy Hospital and an Assistant Clinical Professor of Medicine at the University of Pittsburgh. |
|
|
|
|
|
Looking to the Future: Harnessing Data and Technology in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kerry Ann Conde, Ph.D. |
Chair: Tricia Glick (Behavior Science Technology) |
KERRY ANN CONDE (St. Joseph's University, Behavior Science Technology) |
ELLIE KAZEMI (Behavior Science Technology (BST) & CSUN) |
MANDY RALSTON (NonBinary Solutions) |
Abstract: The transformative power of technology in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is evident through its myriad applications, from intuitive software systems and mobile apps for data collection to individualized computer-based learning programs. As the industry grapples with challenges like workforce turnover, clinician shortages, and low reimbursement rates, the integration of robust datasets becomes invaluable. The advent of vast repositories on procedural integrity and treatment fidelity, for instance, offers the ABA community unprecedented insights into effective intervention strategies. These datasets, coupled with innovative AI solutions, empower professionals to make evidence-based decisions, leading to more personalized and impactful interventions. This panel discussion delves into the future trajectory of the ABA industry, steered by the confluence of technology and data. Panelists will explore not just the potential of software systems and virtual reality but will delve deep into the revolutionary impacts of machine learning. Emphasis will be placed on how extensive data insights and advanced technologies can shape and refine staff training, service delivery, and, ultimately, the outcomes for individuals in the ABA sphere. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees should have a basic understanding of behavior analysis and organizational behavior management (OBM) because this panel will discuss more advanced topics in OBM, data analysis, and the use of technology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able 1. to describe how technology is used in ABA, including data collection software, virtual reality, and machine learning, 2. to explain how technology facilitates data collection and analysis in ABA, emphasizing its importance in tracking progress and making data-driven decisions, and 3. describe how to tailor technology solutions to meet the unique needs and goals of their companies. |
Keyword(s): AI, OBM, Procedural Integrity, Treatment Programming |
|
|
|
|
|
Significance of Evolutionary Theory and Cultural Design: Advancing Science and Practice of Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Yukie Kurumiya, Ph.D. |
Chair: April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
YUKIE KURUMIYA (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: The panel discussion will encourage audience to participate in an active discussion on how our science of behavior and its practice can evolve to induce the well-being of individual organisms, organizations, cultures, and societies, interdependently. This panel, initiated by the Evolutionary Science Special Interest Group, will explore how and why evolutionary theory can help our field analyze the reciprocal complexities of human behavior and cultural phenomena from a natural science perspective. We will also explore how such analyses and nurturing cultural designing will induce more humane behavior of individuals and more socially responsible actions in organizations. Finally, we aim to discuss how such evolutionary and cultural engineering can help advance, disseminate, and integrate the science of behavior analysis across diverse disciplines, and foster collaborations that can ameliorate current societal and global threats. We invite all who are dedicated to advancing the science of behavior at any level of their careers and education. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts from various backgrounds and different areas of expertise at any level of learning and self-evolution. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how evolutionary theory can help behavior analysts understand the behavior of individual organisms and cultural units; (2) identify strategies to analyze interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) and design metacontingencies to induce evolution of more humane behavior of individuals and more socially responsible organizations; and (3) Identify actions we as individuals to incorporate these natural scientific perspectives and cultural engineering analytical skills into education, training, practice, and leadership at individual, organizational, and global levels, enhancing the well-being of communities we belong to, both within and outside of the behavior science community |
Keyword(s): culture, evolution, metacontingency, training/education |
|
|
|
|
|
Data Analysis in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Carlos Rafael Fernandes Picanço (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
CE Instructor: Jenny Foster, M.S. |
|
Description, Prediction, and Control: Enhancing Scientific Understanding of Behavior by Integrating Novel Data and Sensor Technologies |
Domain: Theory |
JENNY FOSTER (The Center for Discovery), Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery), Tania Villavicencio (The Center for Discovery), Conor Anderson (The Center for Discovery), Jennifer Ferina (Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute), Yash Kiarashi (Emory University), Hyeokhyen Kwon (Emory University), Ali Rad (Emory University) |
|
Abstract: Single case study design and the visual inspection of data have, for decades, served as pillars for the analysis of behavior and interpretation of applied research data. While these approaches allow for the precise understanding and control of variables affecting individual behavior, emerging technologies in the fields of sensor engineering and data science offer unique opportunities for behavior analysts to broaden our view. Sensing technology can automate data collection, and in some cases, give access to otherwise invisible data (e.g., heart rate, skin conductance). Machine learning algorithms and modeling can also shed light on the interaction between multiple variables and subsequent behavior, and even help predict the likelihood of future behavior. Successful utilization and integration of these technologies, however, requires careful collaboration between BCBAs and data scientists and biomedical engineers. The Center for Discovery is an educational and residential facility, serving individuals with complex autism and other developmental disabilities. Here we present several successful collaborative projects with researchers from Georgia Tech, Emory University, and Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute that have allowed us to capitalize on sensing technologies and machine learning to: enhance data collection and analysis, increase our understanding of setting events, and inform clinical judgement regarding treatment. |
|
A Free Software and Open Database for Single-Model and Multimodel Matching-to-Sample |
Domain: Theory |
CARLOS RAFAEL FERNANDES PICANÇO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Fellipe Castro (Universidade Federal do Pará), João da Costa (Universidade Federal do Pará), Nicole Sauma Bentes Freitas (Universidade Federal do Pará), Olavo Galvao (Federal University of Para State), Elenice Seixas Hanna (Universidade de Brasilia), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Instituto Nacional de Ciência e Tecnologia sobre Comportamento Cognição e Ensino) |
|
Abstract: Behavior analysis faces some challenges in conducting and replicating research, such as, at least in part, the lack of accessible and reliable software and materials. This paper proposes two technical solutions to address these challenges: a free software for matching-to-sample (MTS) presentation and a media database for an artificially created language with 256 cvcv pseudowords with human and robot recorded audio, a font file for text presentation, and high quality no-background abstract images. The free software code base has approximately 25 years of collaborative work and was adapted to present simultaneous and multi model MTS formats with auditory-to-visual, visual-to-visual, visual-to-auditory, auditory-to-speech, and visual-to-speech modalities. We present two use-cases for these tools: (1) to study generalized recombinative reading with simultaneous MTS and (2) equivalence class formation with multi-model MTS. These tools can be used to design, implement, and simulate behavioral experiments in both cases. We provide some examples of simulated data and results that illustrate the potential of these tools for basic behavioral research. These tools can facilitate the access and dissemination of basic behavioral research in the mentioned topics, and promote open science and collaboration, and enhance the validity, reliability, and applicability of behavioral knowledge. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonizing Mixed Research Methods: A Path to Enrich Behavior Analytic Research and Practice |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Rocco G Catrone, Ph.D. |
Chair: Arvind Ramakrishnan (The Chicago School) |
ROCCO G CATRONE (The Chicago School Professional Psychology) |
EMILY GREGORI (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
KWADWO O. BRITWUM (Mount Saint Mary's University) |
Abstract: This panel presentation delves into the dynamic world of mixed research methods and their indispensable role in advancing behavior analytic research and practice. Within the field of behavior analysis, the traditional focus has been on single-subject methodologies which has allowed for a robust look at specific variables associated with quantitative behavior change. However, many other fields utilize larger group design methodologies and qualitative research that may benefit behavioral research. As a result, mixed research methods bridge the gap between quantitative and qualitative approaches, offering a more comprehensive perspective on complex human behavior. Our panel of will explore the potential of integrating qualitative data to enhance the depth and contextual understanding of behavior analytic research. We will discuss practical applications of mixed methods in clinical, research, and educational settings. This presentation will discuss and provide examples that will help to equip attendees with the knowledge and tools needed to embrace the synergy of mixed research methods in behavior analysis. This, ultimately, will help to foster more effective and nuanced practices for the benefit of individuals across diverse behavioral landscapes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Individuals who have engaged in single subject, group design, qualitative, mixed methods, or related research from theses to robust research lines. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Review and identify common research methods utilized within and outside of behavior analysis. 2) Identify and discriminate between common research methodological approaches within behavior analytic work. 3) Describe how to apply mixed method research approaches to be used in audience's daily practice. |
Keyword(s): Community-based Research, Inclusion, Mixed Methods, Research |
|
|